Millicom
TIGO
#1611
Rank
$12.58 B
Marketcap
$75.33
Share price
2.70%
Change (1 day)
159.85%
Change (1 year)

Millicom - 20-F annual report


Text size:

QuickLinks -- Click here to rapidly navigate through this document



UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549


FORM 20-F

(Mark One) 

o

REGISTRATION STATEMENT PURSUANT TO SECTION 12(b) OR (g) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
OR

ý

ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2007
OR

o

TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
OR

o

SHELL COMPANY REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

000-22828 Commission file number


MILLICOM INTERNATIONAL CELLULAR S.A.

(Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter)

GRAND-DUCHY OF LUXEMBOURG

(Jurisdiction of incorporation or organization)

15 Rue Léon Laval, L-3372 Leudelange Grand-Duchy of Luxembourg

(Address of principal executive offices)

David Sach, T: +352 27759 327    E: david.sach@millicom.com

(Name, Telephone, E-mail address of Company Contact Person)

Securities registered or to be registered pursuant to Section 12 (b) of the Act: None
Securities registered or to be registered pursuant to Section 12 (g) of the Act:
None
Securities for which there is a reporting obligation pursuant to Section 15(d) of the Act:

Common Stock, par value $1.50 per share

         Indicate the number of outstanding shares of each of the issuer's classes of capital or common stock as of the close of the period covered by the annual report:

102,428,260 shares of Common Stock as of December 31, 2007

         Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. Yes ý    No o

         If this report is an annual or transition report, indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. Yes o    No ý

         Note—Checking the box above will not relieve any registrant required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 from their obligations under those Sections.

         Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes ý    No o

         Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, or a non-accelerated filer. See definition of "accelerated filer and large accelerated filer" in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):

Large accelerated filer ý Accelerated filer o Non-accelerated filer o

         If this is an annual report, indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act). Yes o    No ý

         Indicate by checkmark which basis of accounting the registrant has used to prepare the financial statements included in this filing.

         o    U.S. GAAP    ý    International Financial Reporting Standards as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board    o    Other

         If 'Other' has been checked in response to the previous question, indicate by check mark which financial statement item the registrant has elected to follow: Item 17 o    Item 18 o





TABLE OF CONTENTS

 
  
 Page
FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS 3
PRESENTATION OF FINANCIAL AND OTHER INFORMATION 4
PART I 5
 ITEM 1. IDENTITY OF DIRECTORS, SENIOR MANAGEMENT AND ADVISERS 5
 ITEM 2. OFFER STATISTICS AND EXPECTED TIMETABLE 5
 ITEM 3. KEY INFORMATION 5
 ITEM 4. INFORMATION ON THE COMPANY 18
 ITEM 4A. UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS 55
 ITEM 5. OPERATING AND FINANCIAL REVIEW AND PROSPECTS 55
 ITEM 6. DIRECTORS, SENIOR MANAGEMENT AND EMPLOYEES 83
 ITEM 7. MAJOR SHAREHOLDERS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS 95
 ITEM 8. FINANCIAL INFORMATION 96
 ITEM 9. THE OFFER AND LISTING 97
 ITEM 10. ADDITIONAL INFORMATION 98
 ITEM 11. QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURE ABOUT MARKET RISK 106
 ITEM 12. DESCRIPTION OF SECURITIES OTHER THAN EQUITY SECURITIES 107
PART II 108
 ITEM 13. DEFAULTS, DIVIDEND ARREARAGES AND DELINQUENCIES 108
 ITEM 14. MATERIAL MODIFICATIONS TO THE RIGHTS OF SECURITY HOLDERS AND USE OF PROCEEDS 108
 ITEM 15. CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES 108
 ITEM 16A. AUDIT COMMITTEE FINANCIAL EXPERT 109
 ITEM 16B. CODE OF ETHICS 109
 ITEM 16C. PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES 109
 ITEM 16D. EXEMPTIONS FROM THE LISTING STANDARDS FOR AUDIT COMMITTEES 110
 ITEM 16E. PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES BY THE ISSUER AND AFFILIATED PURCHASES 110
PART III 111
 ITEM 17. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 111
 ITEM 18. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 111
 ITEM 19. EXHIBITS 111

2



FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

        Certain of the statements made in this document may be considered to be "forward-looking statements" as that term is defined in the U.S. Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995, such as statements that include the words "expect", "estimate", "believe", "project", "anticipate", "should", "intend", "probability", "risk", "may", "target", "goal", "objective" and similar expressions or variations on such expressions. These statements appear in a number of places throughout the document including, but not exclusively, "Information on the Company", and "Operating and Financial Review and Prospects". These statements concern, among other things, trends affecting the Company's financial condition or results of operations, capital expenditure plans, the potential for growth and competition in areas of the Company's business, the potential for new agreements or extensions of existing agreements to be signed with business partners or governmental entities or licenses to be granted by governmental authorities, and the supervision and regulation of the telecommunications' markets. Such forward-looking statements are not guarantees of future performance and involve risks and uncertainties; actual results may differ materially as a result of various factors.

        These factors include, but are not limited to:

    general economic conditions, government and regulatory policies and business conditions in the markets served by the Company and its affiliates;

    telecommunications usage levels, including traffic and customer growth;

    competitive forces, including pricing pressures, technological developments and the ability of the Company to retain market share in the face of competition from existing and new market entrants;

    regulatory developments and changes, including with respect to the level of tariffs, the terms of interconnection, customer access and international settlement arrangements, and the outcome of litigation related to regulation;

    the success of business, operating and financing initiatives, the level and timing of the growth and profitability of new initiatives, start-up costs associated with entering new markets, costs of handsets and other equipment, the successful deployment of new systems and applications to support new initiatives, and local conditions; and

    the availability, terms and use of capital, the impact of regulatory and competitive developments on capital outlays, the ability to achieve cost savings and realize productivity improvements, and the success of the Company's investments, operations and alliances.

        Readers are cautioned not to place undue reliance on these forward-looking statements, which speak only as of the date of filing hereof with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission. Millicom International Cellular S.A. undertakes no obligation to release publicly the result of any revisions to these forward-looking statements which may be made to reflect events or circumstances after the date hereof, including, without limitation, changes in Millicom International Cellular S.A.'s business or acquisition strategy or planned capital expenditures, or to reflect the occurrence of unanticipated events.

3



PRESENTATION OF FINANCIAL AND OTHER INFORMATION

        Unless the context otherwise requires, the term the "Company" refers only to Millicom International Cellular S.A., a stock corporation organized under the laws of the Grand-Duchy of Luxembourg, and the term the "Group", "Millicom", "we", "us" or "our" refers to Millicom and its subsidiaries, joint ventures and affiliates. Unless the context otherwise requires, when used herein with respect to a licensed area, "persons", "population" and "pops" are interchangeable and refer to the aggregate number of persons located in such licensed area and "equity pops" refers to the number of such persons in a licensed area multiplied by the Group's ownership interest in the licenses for such licensed area. The term "Attributable Subscribers" refers to 100% of subscribers in the Group's subsidiaries and the Group's percentage ownership of subscribers in each joint venture. Persons, population and pops data for 2007, 2006 and 2005 have been extracted from the "CIA—The World Factbook" for 2007 for countries where the license area covers the entire country. In addition, information on the countries in which Millicom operates has been extracted from the "CIA—The World Factbook" for 2007 with updates, where appropriate, from the U.S. Department of State's website. Unless otherwise indicated, all financial data and discussions thereon in this annual report are based upon financial statements prepared in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards as adopted by the European Union ("IFRS") and subscriber figures represent the total number of mobile subscribers of systems in which the Group has an ownership interest. In this report, references to "dollars" or "$" are to U.S. dollars, references to "SEK" are to Swedish krona and references to "Euro" or "€" are to the Euro.

        As a foreign private issuer, the Company is exempt from the proxy rules of Section 14 under the Securities Act of 1934, as amended (the "Exchange Act"), and the reporting requirements of Section 16 under the Exchange Act.

4



PART I

ITEM 1.    IDENTITY OF DIRECTORS, SENIOR MANAGEMENT AND ADVISERS

        Not applicable for Annual Reporting filing.

ITEM 2.    OFFER STATISTICS AND EXPECTED TIMETABLE

        Not applicable for Annual Reporting filing.

ITEM 3.    KEY INFORMATION

Selected Financial Information

        The Group reports under International Financial Reporting Standards, as adopted by the European Union ("IFRS"), with no difference for the Group to IFRS as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board.

        The following table sets forth summary financial data of the Group as of and for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2006, 2005, 2004, and 2003. The data are based upon the Group's audited consolidated balance sheets as of December 31, 2007, 2006, 2005, 2004 and 2003 and audited consolidated statements of profit and loss for the years then ended. The following information is qualified in its entirety by, and should be read in conjunction with, such statements.

        Unless otherwise indicated all financial data and discussions in this document are based upon financial statements prepared in accordance with IFRS.


SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL AND OPERATING DATA

 
 Year Ended December 31,
 
 2007
 2006
 2005
 2004
 2003
 
 (in thousands of U.S. dollars, except per share data)

Profit and Loss Statement Data:               
Revenues  2,630,614  1,576,100  922,780  665,579  420,052
Operating profit  662,926  441,288  275,369  173,275  86,467
Profit/(loss) for the period from continuing operations(1)  452,365  235,796  102,405  27,884  135,119
Net profit/(loss) attributable to equity holders for the period  697,142  168,947  10,277  65,891  176,921
Basic earnings (loss) from continuing operations per common share $4.35 $2.43 $0.98 $0.30 $2.13
Basic earnings (loss) per common share $6.90 $1.68 $0.10 $0.79 $2.71
Weighted average number of shares in basic computation (in thousands)(2)  101,088  100,361  98,803  83,335  65,312
Diluted earnings (loss) from continuing operations per common share $4.22 $2.41 $0.96 $0.28 $1.73
Diluted earnings (loss) per common share $6.61 $1.67 $0.10 $0.73 $2.24
Weighted average number of shares in diluted computation (in thousands)(2)  108,047  101,371  99,921  90,312  80,500
Dividends per share          

5


 
 
 As of December 31,
 
 
 2007
 2006
 2005
 2004
 2003
 
 
 (in thousands of U.S. dollars)

 
Balance Sheet Data:           
Property, plant and equipment, net 2,066,122 1,267,159 671,774 575,649 487,695 
Intangible assets, net 467,502 482,775 373,487 317,968 83,818 
Financial assets at fair value through profit or loss   327,803 397,137 375,583 
Investments in associates(3) 11,234 6,838 5,367 2,220 1,340 
Total assets 4,413,826 3,320,994 2,559,656 2,046,213 1,522,949 
Current liabilities 2,002,269 901,851 909,008 505,884 399,351 
Non-current liabilities 1,043,221 1,442,716 1,070,140 1,259,892 1,182,207 
Minority interest 80,429 77,514 34,179 43,351 26,571 
Shareholders' equity/(deficit) 1,287,907 504,874 299,605 237,086 (85,180)
 
 
 As of and for Year Ended December 31,
 
 2007
 2006
 2005
 2004
 2003
Operating Data (unaudited)(4):          
Total Subscribers:          
 Prepaid 22,357,879 14,069,319 7,037,877 4,414,635 3,413,035
 Postpaid 996,686 876,126 473,388 432,978 417,745
Monthly churn (%)(5):          
 Prepaid 3.7 4.7 4.3 4.4 4.6
 Postpaid 1.2 1.4 1.7 1.7 1.2

(1)
Millicom Peru S.A.and Pakcom Limited, both divested in 2006; Paktel Limited, divested in 2007; Comvik International (Vietnam) A.B., the company that was a party to the Business Cooperation Contract in Vietnam that expired in May 2005; MIC Systems; Liberty Broadband Limited (formerly Tele2 (UK)); and Celcaribe S.A. have been shown as discontinued operations. A more complete description of discontinued operations is contained in Notes 7 of the "Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements".

(2)
The average number of shares disclosed above has been adjusted for each year presented to reflect the reverse share split effected in February 2003, whereby three existing shares with a par value of $2 each were exchanged for one new share with a par value of $6 each; and the share split effected in February 2004, whereby one existing share with a par value of $6 each was exchanged for four new shares with a par value of $1.50 each. The average number of shares, which is calculated on a weighted average basis, does not include shares held by us that have no voting, dividend or other rights. These shares have been allocated to holders of share options upon the exercise of some of their share options. There were no treasury shares as of December 31, 2007.

(3)
Investments in associates under IFRS represented as of December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005, Navega.com S.A. and Metrored S.A.; as of December 31, 2004 and 2003, Navega.com S.A.. See "Operating and Financial Review and Prospects—Results of Operations".

(4)
Operating data excludes discontinued operations.

6


(5)
We calculate churn rates by dividing the number of subscribers whose service is disconnected during a period, whether voluntarily or involuntarily (such as when a subscriber fails to pay a bill) by the average number of subscribers during the period. We believe that we apply conservative policies in calculating subscriber totals and the related churn rates. For example, Millicom counts a customer as a "subscriber" only when the customer has made a revenue-generating call within a 60-day period. Other operators with whom we compete generally use less restrictive definitions, such as labeling a "subscriber" a customer who has made a revenue-generating call within a 90- or 120-day period. Our conservative definitions may result in different churn rates and market share figures than if we used criteria employed by some other operators in calculating subscriber churn and market share.

7



RISK FACTORS

Risks Relating to our Business

Emerging Markets Risks

Many of the countries that we operate in have had a history of political instability and any current or future instability may negatively affect our revenues or ability to conduct our business locally.

        We offer mobile telephony services in 16 emerging markets in Central and South America, Africa and Asia. Many of the countries in which we operate are considered to be emerging economies and, therefore, can be subject to greater political and economic risk than developed countries. The governments of these 16 countries differ widely with respect to type of government, constitution, and stability. Many of these 16 countries lack mature legal and regulatory systems. Some of the countries in which we operate, particularly Chad and Sri Lanka, suffer from political instability, civil unrest, or war-like actions by anti-government insurgent groups. These problems may continue or worsen, potentially resulting in civil war in these countries. Other countries in which we operate have only recently emerged from civil war and are attempting to rebuild their economies and governments, such as Sierra Leone and the Democratic Republic of Congo.

        As a result of the above, we face several risks, ranging from the risk that our networks may be disrupted to the risk that we may have to evacuate some or all of our key staff from certain countries, in which case there is no guarantee that we would be able to continue to conduct our local business as previously. Any of these events would adversely impact our revenues or results of operations.

Most of the countries in which we operate have weak legal and telecommunications regulatory regimes compared to those in developed countries and this creates risks for our operations.

        In order for our operations to provide mobile services, they must receive a license from the government of the country in which they operate. Our ability to operate is therefore dependent on the licenses granted by the government of each country. These licenses generally allow our companies to operate for a number of years, after which they are subject to renewal. To the extent that our operations depend on governmental approval and regulatory decisions, our local business may be adversely affected by changes in the political structure or by actions or decisions of specific government representatives in the relevant market. It is possible that a government could decide arbitrarily to revoke a license or impose new conditions that we do not agree with and may not get consulted about in advance. We may not always have access to efficient avenues for appeal and may have to accept arbitrary conditions imposed upon us. This could adversely impact our business and our revenues. Our favored recourse is often to the legal system of the relevant country; however, the legal and court systems of many countries in which we operate tend to be poorly developed and can be subject to political influence and other inherent uncertainties. It can therefore be difficult to obtain a rapid, fair and unbiased resolution of disagreements with governmental authorities.

        Even where we have other options, such as claiming compensation in arbitration proceedings for violations of a bilateral investment treaty, the process can be lengthy and costly. Even when the outcome is successful, the enforcement of any award favorable to us could be a challenge.

8


Some of the countries in which we operate have political regimes that do not view foreign business interests favorably and may attempt to expropriate all or part of our local assets or impose controls on our operations.

        This risk potentially exists in any of the countries in which we operate, but might be highest in Bolivia at the moment under the current Government. The government of President Evo Morales in Bolivia had initially declared that a nationalization of the telecommunications sector may be contemplated in connection with the government's decision to regain more control over the Bolivian economy, as shown by certain measures implemented in the oil & gas sector in 2005-2006. We believe that nationalization of the telecommunications sector will probably not occur but that the Bolivian government will attempt to impose measures to lower tariffs offered to customers and improve the offer and availability of mobile telephony and other telecommunications services in isolated rural areas, or increased taxes on private foreign-owned businesses such as Telecel, our Bolivian operation, to increase government revenues. Measures like these may have the effect of increasing our network rollout costs and reducing the profitability of our Bolivian operation.

Most of the countries in which we operate have underdeveloped economies with low gross domestic product ("GDP") per capita and therefore increased inflationary pressures and downturns could significantly impact our revenues.

        Our operations are dependent on the health of the economies of the markets in which we operate. We offer our services in emerging market countries with economies at various stages of development or structural reform. Most of the economies of the countries in which we operate have large sectors where a percentage of the local population earns a living on a day-to-day basis and primarily spends its income on basic items such as food, housing and clothing, and has less income to spend on mobile telephony services. Therefore, downturns in the economies of any particular country or region in which we operate may adversely affect demand for our services, which would result in reduced revenues.

        Some of these countries have historically experienced high inflation rates, although in the recent years inflation rates in all countries where we operate have been relatively low. Periods of significant inflation in any of our markets could adversely affect our costs and financial condition.

Most of the countries where we operate lack infrastructure or have infrastructure in very poor condition and, particularly in Africa, have an insufficient electricity supply.

        With the exception of Mauritius, the countries in which we operate often lack basic infrastructure or have infrastructure in poor or very poor condition, including in particular roads and power networks. The lack of suitable infrastructure is particularly acute in countries recovering from civil wars, such as the Democratic Republic of Congo and Sierra Leone, and in countries suffering from civil war-like events, such as Chad and Sri Lanka. In general, the rural areas in each of our operations often lack even the most basic infrastructure, as any development tends to be concentrated in urban areas. Millicom must often build its cell sites without the benefit of roads and other infrasctructures, which increases our network development costs.

        The electricity supply is insufficient in certain countries in which we operate (predominantly Africa, with the exception of Mauritius) due to the growth experienced in such countries. We therefore have to rely on diesel-powered generators that we source, install, maintain and refuel. In Chad and Sierra Leone, at December 31, 2007, close to 100% of our radio sites were powered by diesel-powered generators, and in the Democratic Republic of Congo it was the case for about 75% of our sites. This increases our costs and impacts the profitability of our African operations.

9


We have been subject to increasing foreign taxes in the countries in which we operate, which reduces amounts we receive from our operations and may increase our tax costs.

        Many of the foreign countries in which we operate have implemented new taxes or increased the rates of existing taxes applicable to corporations as a method of raising government revenue. Furthermore, competitive pricing pressure or the provisions of new tax laws may prevent us from passing these taxes onto our local customers. Consequently, any increase in taxes applicable to our local operating subsidiaries could reduce the amount of earnings they generate.

We could be subject to the impact of a deteriorating economic environment within the developed countries.

        Many of our countries receive significant inflows of funds from relatives and friends in developed countries that work abroad. A significant deterioration in the developed country economies could impact the ability of those abroad to continue remitting funds because of job losses or reduced wages. Currently, we have not seen a noticeable adverse impact because the job losses in developed markets have been mainly in industries, such as the financial sector, with limited or no impact on the jobs that normally attract the immigrant workers, but this situation could change if the economic environment gets worse. Lower remittances would reduce the disposable income which would impact our revenues.

The recent increase in food prices within developed countries could have an inflationary impact on the emerging market economies.

        A significant increase in food prices within our operating markets could impact the consumers' ability to pay for our products and services. Currently, we have not seen a noticeable difference in consumer behavior towards our products and services. This might be because there is an agricultural sector in many of the economies in which we operate which could be providing protection against inflationary food prices seen in developed countries, or because our products and services are essential for basic communication which is relatively high on the list of customer needs and therefore consumers are making sacrifices to continue spending on our services. However, this situation could change if food prices remain higher than before or increase.

Currency fluctuations or devaluations reduce the amount of profit and assets that we are able to report.

        Exchange rates for currencies of the countries in which our companies operate fluctuate in relation to the US$ and such fluctuations may have a material adverse effect on our earnings, assets or cash flows when translating local currency into US$. For each venture that reports its results in a currency other than the US$, a decrease in the value of that currency against the US$ reduces our profits while also reducing both our assets and liabilities. To the extent that our operations retain earnings or distribute dividends in local currencies, the amount of US$ we receive is affected by fluctuations of exchange rates for such currencies against the US$, which could affect our results of operations.

        We generally do not hedge our foreign currency exposures. Millicom had a net exchange gain of $15 million for the year ended December 31, 2007, compared to a gain of $6 million for the year ended December 31, 2006, excluding an exchange loss of $36 million on the 5% Mandatory Exchangeable Notes.

Most of our operations receive revenue denominated in the local currency of the venture's country of operation. In the future, any of the countries in which these operations are located may impose foreign exchange controls which will restrict our ability to receive funds from the operations.

        Most of the operations in which we have interests receive substantially all of their revenues in the currency of the countries in which they operate. We derive substantially all of our revenues through funds generated by our local operations and, therefore, we rely on their ability to transfer funds to the Company.

10


        Although there are foreign exchange controls in some of the countries in which our mobile telephone companies operate, none of these countries currently significantly restrict the ability of these operations to pay interest and dividends and repay loans by exporting cash, instruments of credit or securities in foreign currencies. Although we have so far experienced no major difficulty in obtaining permits to allow our operations to upstream cash directly or indirectly to the ultimate parent company of the Millicom group, this may not be the case in the future. Foreign exchange control restrictions may be introduced in countries where we operate or strengthened where such restrictions already exist, or other countries where we operate that do not currently have such restrictions may decide to impose them, in which cases the Company's ability to receive funds from the operations will subsequently be restricted, which will negatively impact the Company's revenues.

        In addition, in some countries, it may be difficult to convert large amounts of local currency into foreign currency because of limited foreign exchange markets. The practical effects of this are time delays in accumulating significant amounts of foreign currency and exchange risk, which could have an adverse effect on the Group's results of operations.

Our ability to reduce our foreign currency exposure may be limited by restrictions on borrowings in local currency.

        At the operations level, we seek to reduce our foreign exchange exposure through a policy of matching, as far as possible, cash inflows and outflows. Where possible and where it is financially viable, we borrow in local currency to help hedge against local currency net inflows. Our ability to reduce our foreign currency exchange exposure may be limited by restrictions on borrowings in local currency. As such, there is a risk that we may not be able to fund our local operation's capital expenditure needs or reduce our foreign exchange exposure by borrowing in local currency.

We own our operations through holding companies in jurisdictions which may effect changes to their respective laws that may unfavorably affect our financial status or tax treatment.

        We hold the interests in our mobile telephone companies through our subsidiaries in various jurisdictions in and outside Luxembourg, mainly but not exclusively through holding companies incorporated in the Netherlands and the Netherlands Antilles. The laws or administrative practices relating to taxation (including the current position as to withholding taxes on dividends paid by our local operations and tax concessions we have obtained in certain of our countries of operation), foreign exchange controls, or other matters, are periodically subject to change. Any such change could have a material adverse effect on our financial affairs and on our ability to receive, or the tax treatment of, funds from our local operations.

Our failure to comply with worldwide laws and regulations could result in liabilities and sanctions and this would have a material adverse effect on our business.

        We are subject to several laws and regulations with worldwide application, including as promulgated by:

    the Organization for Economic Cooperation and Development (OECD),

    the European Union (EU), through directives that are either directly applicable or that get translated into the law of the country of incorporation,

    the federal laws of the United States of America, including the securities laws thereof and the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1997, and

    the Grand-Duchy of Luxembourg, where the Company is incorporated.

11


            These laws and regulations impact where and how our business may be conducted. In addition, our shareholders, lenders, suppliers or other entities with which the Company and its operating subsidiaries conduct business may be subject to or seek to comply with these laws and regulations. Even though the Company has increased its compliance efforts, there is always a risk that non-compliance issues may arise with respect to the Company or its operating subsidiaries or any employee thereof. Any instances of non-compliance may result in consequences ranging from negative publicity and reputational damage to criminal and civil liability and the application of fines or disgorgement of profits to the Company on account of any of its employees or directors or the employees or directors of any of its operating subsidiaries. Any of the foregoing would have a negative impact on our business, financial condition or the results of operations.

    Risks Related to our Operations and the Mobile Telephony Market

    We face intense competition in the mobile telephone operator market.

            Our mobile telephony operations face competition from other mobile telephone operators in the markets in which they operate, as well as fixed line operators in some markets.

            We expect that additional mobile telephony licenses will be granted in some of our existing markets. Moreover, additional licenses may be awarded in markets where we already face competition from other technologies that are being or may be developed and/or perfected in the future. In some of our markets, there may be more mobile telephone operators than the market is likely to sustain. In addition, in some of our markets, our competitors may have a greater coverage area than us. The mobile telephone operators in each market compete for customers principally on the basis of services offered, quality of service, coverage area, accessibility of distribution and price. Many of our competitors have substantially greater capital resources than we do. Price competition is significant.

            In addition, new competitors, such as mobile and fixed line operators in developed markets that are able to leverage their existing networks may enter emerging markets. The level of competition is influenced by the continuous and swift technological advances that characterize the industry, the regulatory developments that affect competition and alliances between market participants.

            There is also a risk that, as new competitors enter into our markets and price competition intensifies, our customers may move to another mobile telephone operator. This may result in our revenue declining, which would adversely affect our results of operations.

            Any failure by us to compete effectively or aggressive competitive behavior by our competitors in pricing their services or acquiring new customers could have a material adverse effect on our revenues and overall results of operations.

    The mobile telephony market is heavily regulated.

            The licensing, construction, ownership and operation of mobile telephone networks, and the grant, maintenance and renewal of mobile telephone licenses, as well as radio frequency allocations and interconnection arrangements, are regulated by national, state, regional or local governmental authorities in the markets that we service. In addition, such matters and certain other aspects of mobile telephone operations, including rates charged to customers and the resale of mobile telephone services, may be subject to public utility regulation in the relevant market. Our operations also typically require governmental permits, including permits for the construction and operation of cell sites. We do not believe that compliance with these permit requirements generally has a material adverse effect on our company. However, we may become subject to claims or regulatory actions relating to any past or future non-compliance with permit requirements.

            Changes in the regulation of our activities, such as increased or decreased regulation affecting prices or requirements for increased capital investments, may materially adversely affect us.

    12


    Most of the countries in which we operate do not have universal service obligations and if such obligations were implemented the profitability of our operations may be negatively impacted.

            The purpose of universal service is to provide access to persons in non-urban areas and isolated areas with telephone and other telecommunications services by the telecommunications build-out in rural areas through subsidies. There is a telecommunications divide in all of the countries in which we operate in relation to access to telecommunications services (mobile, internet access, higher bandwidth telecommunication services) between urban and rural areas. When such services are available, they usually come at a significantly higher cost to the customer than in urban areas due to the lower population density in rural areas that are often hard to reach due to the lack of the most basic infrastructure, in particular roads and electricity. The goal of universal service is to promote the availability of quality services at fair, reasonable and affordable rates in all areas of the country, to increase access to advanced telecommunications services, and to enhance the availability of such services to all consumers, including those in isolated rural areas at rates that are reasonably comparable to those charged in urban areas. For instance, India has implemented a universal service obligation in its New Telecom Policy 1999 funded by telecommunications operators paying a part of their net earnings into the Universal Service Obligation Fund (USOF). We therefore believe that universal service obligations are a trend in telecommunications that will eventually become law in the countries in which we operate.

            To date, none of the emerging markets in which we operate in have universal service obligations.

            We expect that most of the countries in which we operate will do so in the future. We believe this may have a negative impact on our profitability.

    We face substantial competition for obtaining, funding and renewing mobile telephone licenses.

            We may pursue new license opportunities. In each market we face competition for licenses from major international telecommunications companies as well as from local competitors. While we typically try not to pay large amounts for mobile licenses, the competition for the granting or renewal of licenses is increasingly intense worldwide. As such, we might have to pay substantial license fees in certain markets, as well as meet specified network build out requirements. We may not be successful in obtaining or renewing any mobile telephone licenses or, if licenses are awarded, in obtaining those licenses on terms acceptable to us. If we obtain further licenses or renew existing ones, we may need to seek future funding through additional borrowings or equity offerings, and we may not obtain such funding on satisfactory terms or at all.

    Our markets are characterized by rapid technological change, which could render our products obsolete and cause us to incur substantial costs to replace our products.

            Fixed network and other system equipment used in the mobile telephone industry have a limited life and must be replaced frequently due to damage or as a result of ordinary wear and tear. In addition, substantial expansion of existing networks is required to remain competitive. Our networks are based on the GSM standard. The GSM standard has been most appropriate for our markets because it has the greatest availability of handsets with strong functionality and has relatively low repair and maintenance costs. As new technologies develop, such as third generation systems, including WiMAX and 3G, equipment may need to be replaced or upgraded or a mobile telephone network may need to be rebuilt in whole or in part, at substantial cost, to remain competitive. Unforeseeable technological developments may also render our services unpopular with customers or obsolete. To the extent our equipment or systems become obsolete, we may be required to recognize an impairment charge to such assets, which may have a material adverse effect on our results of operations.

    13


    The mobile telephony sector may be forced to open up access to its spectrum which may create further competition.

            In line with the current trend in the European Union ("EU"), where the European Commission intends to change spectrum regulation in such a way that spectrum (900 MHz and 1800 MHz bands) formerly reserved exclusively for GSM operators would be opened to other uses, such as 3G, we could find that new competitors are given access to the spectrum bands we operate in. Among the markets that we operate in, we believe that the region most likely to follow the trends in EU telecommunications regulation is Africa. Although we do not believe such changes will occur in the near future, we believe EU telecoms regulatory developments are likely to impact telecom regulatory trends in other parts of the world, particularly in Africa. If such trends become law, our competitive position in the relevant countries may become adversely affected.

    If we cannot successfully develop and manage our networks and distribution, for example as a result of natural disasters, we will be unable to expand our subscriber base and will lose market share and revenues.

            Our ability to increase our subscriber base depends upon the success of the expansion and management of our networks and distribution. The build-out of our networks and distribution is subject to risks and uncertainties which may delay the introduction of service and increase the cost of network construction. Such uncertainties may include natural disasters such as the tsunami in Sri Lanka (as occurred in late December 2004), the risk of hurricanes, volcanic activity and earthquakes in Central America, flooding in low-lying areas in Bolivia and Paraguay (as occurred in the first quarter of 2007) and in South-East Asia. Other risks include sabotage, which is an ongoing risk particularly in Colombia and Sri Lanka. To the extent we fail to expand our network and distribution capabilities on a timely basis, we may experience difficulty in expanding our subscriber base.

            In addition, our ability to manage our operations successfully is dependent upon our ability to implement sufficient operational resources and infrastructure. The failure or breakdown of key components of our infrastructure, including our billing systems, may have a material negative effect on our profits and results of operations.

    Rapid growth and expansion may cause us difficulty in obtaining adequate managerial and operational resources and restrict our ability to expand successfully our operations.

            Our future operating results depend, in significant part, upon the continued contributions of key senior management and technical personnel. Management of growth will require, among other things:

      stringent control of network build-out and other costs;

      excellence in sales, marketing and distribution;

      continued innovative product development;

      continued development of financial and management controls and information technology systems;

      implementation of adequate internal controls;

      hiring and training of new personnel; and

      coordination among our logistical, technical, accounting, legal and finance personnel.

            Our success will also depend on our ability to continue to attract, retain and motivate qualified personnel. Competition for personnel in our markets is intense due to the small number of qualified individuals available in most of our markets. Our failure to successfully manage our growth and personnel needs would have a material negative effect on our business and results of operations.

    14


    Our operations are dependent upon interconnection agreements and transmission and leased lines.

            Our operations are dependent upon access to networks not controlled by us, primarily networks controlled by current or former government owned public telecommunications operators or competing mobile telephone operators. Our financial results are affected by the cost of transmission and leased lines to effect interconnection. We may not be able to maintain interconnection or leased line agreements on appropriate terms to maintain or grow our business. A number of regulators have, or are expected to, reduce interconnection rates. Because we are often one of the larger suppliers of telephone services in the countries we service, this could have the effect of reducing our revenue. In December 2007, the Colombian regulator significantly reduced the interconnect rate. Since we have a customer base that receives significantly more calls from other networks than it makes, the change in the interconnect rate has had a significant impact on the revenues and profitability of this operation.

    Current concerns about the actual or perceived health risks relating to electromagnetic and radio frequency emissions, as well as the extensive publicity or possible resultant litigation, may have a negative effect on the market price of our shares, our financial position or the results of our operations.

            Media and other reports have suggested that electromagnetic and radio frequency emissions from mobile telephone handsets and base stations may cause health problems, including cancer. There is also some concern that these emissions may interfere with the operation of certain electronic equipment, including aircraft guidance systems, automobile braking and steering systems (e.g., GPS), and civil and military radars. Although we expect that the actual or perceived risks relating to mobile communications devices and base stations, or press reports about these risks will not significantly adversely affect us, its actual impact is difficult to estimate. It may have the effect of reducing our subscriber growth rate, subscriber base or average use per subscriber, which would have a negative impact on the market price of our shares.

            If a link between electromagnetic or radio frequency emissions and adverse health concerns is demonstrated, government authorities will increase regulation of mobile handsets and base stations as a result of these health concerns. Mobile telephone operators and handset manufacturers, including us, would be held liable for all or part of the costs or damages associated with these concerns. Any such regulations, or any litigation brought by potential victims, would also have a materially adverse effect on our financial position and results of operations.

    General Risks

    Our ability to generate cash depends on many factors beyond our control.

            Our ability to generate cash is dependent on our future operating and financial performance. This will be impacted by our ability to implement successfully our business strategy, as well as general economic, financial, competitive, regulatory, technical and other factors beyond our control. If we cannot generate sufficient cash, we may, among other things, need to refinance all or a portion of our debt, obtain additional financing, delay capital expenditures or sell assets. This could impact the operating performance of our business.

    Our debt may have an adverse effect on our financial health and prevent us from fulfilling our obligations under such debt.

            As of December 31, 2007, Millicom's total consolidated indebtedness was $1.8 billion. Of this amount, $0.6 billion represented the Company's indebtedness and $1.2 billion represented our consolidated share of the indebtedness of our subsidiaries and joint ventures.

    15


            Corporate guarantees issued by the Company secured $0.2 billion of the indebtedness of our operations at December 31, 2007. The Group's share of total debt and financing secured by either pledged assets, pledged deposits issued to cover letters of credit or guarantees issued by the Company was $0.7 billion at December 31, 2007.

            If we substantially increase our level of indebtedness, it may have important negative consequences for us. For example, it may:

      require us to dedicate a large portion of our cash flow from operations to fund payments on our debt, thereby reducing the availability of our cash flow to fund working capital, capital expenditures and other general corporate purposes;

      increase our vulnerability to adverse general economic or industry conditions or the loss of significant operations;

      limit our flexibility in planning for, or reacting to, changes in our business or the industry in which we operate;

      limit our ability to raise additional debt or equity capital in the future or increase the cost of such funding;

      restrict us from making strategic acquisitions or exploiting business opportunities;

      make it more difficult for us to satisfy our obligations with respect to the notes and our other debt; and

      place us at a competitive disadvantage compared to competitors who might have less debt.

    Our ability to receive funds from, and to exercise management control over, our operations can be dependent upon the consent of our partners who are not under our control. Disagreements or unfavorable terms in the agreements governing our joint ventures may adversely affect our operations.

            We participate in 16 mobile operations worldwide, including the following operations where we have local partners with sufficient minority rights to prevent us from having full control: Guatemala, Cambodia, Honduras and Mauritius. Our participation in each operation differs from market to market. Often our ability to withdraw funds, including dividends, from these operations and to exercise management control over our partners depends on receiving the consent of the other participants. While the precise terms of the arrangements vary, our operations may be negatively affected if disagreements develop with our partners.

            We rely upon dividends and other payments from our operations to generate the funds necessary to meet the Company's obligations, including the Company's debt obligations. The local operations are legally separate and distinct from the Company and have no obligation to pay amounts due with respect to the Company's obligations or to make funds available for such payments. Our local operations do not guarantee the Company's obligations. The ability of our operations to make such payments to the Company will be subject to, among other things, the availability of funds, the agreement of our partners, the terms of each operation's indebtedness and local law. The majority of our local operations have entered into financing facilities, most of which are guaranteed by the Company, many of which restrict the payment of dividends by those operations to the Company. Claims of creditors of our operations, including trade creditors, will generally have priority over our claims and the holders of our indebtedness.

    16


    Certain insiders own significant amounts of our shares, giving them a substantial amount of management control.

            Investment AB Kinnevik our largest shareholder owned 37,835,438 shares in Millicom, representing 36.9% of the voting shares as at December 31, 2007. The Kinnevik group and its subsidiaries, the non-independent directors, the Stenbeck estate, and certain Stenbeck Trusts, beneficially owned 39,868,370 shares in Millicom, representing about 38.9% of Millicom's outstanding shares as at December 31, 2007. Kinnevik and its affiliates, having a significant ownership in Millicom, have significant influence over our management and affairs. The influence that they have may not always be consistent with your interests.

    A substantial number of our directors hold positions with Investment AB Kinnevik ("Kinnevik") or Tele2 AB, which may present conflicts that may be resolved in a manner unfavorable to us.

            Three Millicom board members hold executive and/or director positions with Kinnevik and Tele2 AB, a pan-European telecommunications company offering fixed and mobile telephony. Tele2 AB is controlled by Kinnevik and certain of its affiliates. Furthermore, our Chairman used to be Chief Executive Officer of Kinnevik though he has not held an executive position with Kinnevik for over 10 years.

            These positions may create, or appear to create, potential conflicts of interest when these directors are faced with decisions that may have different implications for us, Kinnevik or Tele2 AB. There is a risk that these conflicts may ultimately be resolved in a manner unfavorable to Millicom.

            While it is the current understanding and has been the practice to date that we have the initial right to consider any telecommunications opportunity that arises in the emerging non-European markets that we target, there is no contractual arrangement that grants us exclusivity to this effect among us, Kinnevik and Tele2 AB.

    U.S. investors will be subject to special tax rules if we are considered to be a passive foreign investment company.

            Special U.S. tax rules apply to U.S. taxpayers who own stock in a "Passive Foreign Investment Company," or "PFIC". We may be or may become a PFIC. Our status under the PFIC rules for each year depends upon our income and assets from time to time during that year. If we make substantial investments in associated companies' securities and other "passive assets", this may create a risk that we are a PFIC or may become a PFIC in the future. If we are determined to be a PFIC, then shareholders who are U.S. persons under U.S. tax laws will be subject to specific unfavorable tax rules.

    17


    The ability of investors to enforce civil liabilities under U.S. securities laws may be limited.

            We are incorporated under the laws of the Grand Duchy of Luxembourg (European Union). Most of our directors and executive officers are residents of countries other than the United States. Most or a substantial portion of our assets and those of most of our directors and executive officers are located outside the United States. As a result, it may not be possible for investors in our securities to effect service of process within the United States upon such persons or upon us or to enforce in U.S. courts or outside the United States judgments obtained against such persons. In addition, it may be difficult for investors to enforce, in original actions brought in courts in jurisdictions located outside the United States, liabilities predicated upon the civil liability provisions of the U.S. securities laws. We have been advised by our Luxembourg counsel, Allen & Overy, that the United States and Luxembourg do not have a treaty providing for reciprocal recognition and enforcement of judgments in civil and commercial matters. Therefore, a final judgment for the payment of money rendered by a federal or state court in the United States based on civil liability, whether or not predicated solely upon United States federal securities laws, is not enforceable in Luxembourg. However, if the party in whose favor such final judgment is rendered brings a new suit in a competent court in Luxembourg, the party may submit the final judgment that has been rendered in the United States to a Luxembourg court for the purpose of recognition by such court and enforcement in Luxembourg. A judgment by a federal or state court of the United States against us will be regarded by a Luxembourg court only as evidence of the outcome of the dispute to which such judgment relates, and a Luxembourg court may choose to rehear the dispute.

    ITEM 4.    INFORMATION ON THE COMPANY

    Background

    Overview

            We are a global mobile telecommunications operator with operations in some of the world's emerging markets over which we generally exercise management and voting control. Our strategy of being a low cost provider, focused on prepaid services using mass market distribution methods, has enabled us to continue to pursue high growth while delivering operating profitability.

            We have interests in 16 mobile operations in 16 countries, focusing on emerging markets in Central America, South America, Africa and Asia. At December 31, 2007 we no longer owned the business in Pakistan whose sale was completed on February 13, 2007. This business has therefore been treated as a discontinued operation and excluded from most of the following discussion.

            At December 31, 2007, the countries where we had mobile operations had a combined population of approximately 287 million. This means that our licenses cover 287 million people, which represents the number of people who could receive mobile services under the terms of our licenses if our networks covered the entire population. Our total number of subscribers reached 23.4 million (19.9 million on an attributable basis) at December 31, 2007.

            Our markets are attractive for mobile services due to their relatively low degree of penetration of fixed and mobile telephony services as compared to more developed markets. Usage of telecommunications services has historically been low in the countries in which we operate due to poor or insufficient infrastructure, the unavailability and high costs of such services and the low levels of disposable income. We believe there is significant opportunity for further growth of mobile services in our markets because our services are essential for basic communication in the markets in which we operate, and therefore the percentage of GDP spent on mobile services will continue to grow in our markets. Furthermore, we believe that personal disposable income levels in our markets will continue to rise.

    18


            Lastly, we are seeing growing demand for services beyond our traditional voice business, particularly with broadband. These other services could be a source of significant future growth.

    Summary of Highlights and Recent Developments

            On February 13, 2007, Millicom completed the sale of Paktel Limited (Millicom's operation in Pakistan), for total proceeds of $284.8 million realising a net gain of $258.3 million. Millicom incurred costs of $14.2 million on the transaction and of the net proceeds of $270.6 million, Millicom received $263.0 million in 2007 and the remaining $7.6 million in January 2008.

            On October 9, 2007, holders of our 4% Convertible Bonds converted $1 million bonds into 28,686 shares.

            On December 21, 2007, Millicom announced its early repurchase of its $200 million 4% Convertible Bonds due 2010, as permitted under the agreement.

            On January 22, 2008, Millicom announced the completion of the early redemption of its $200 million 4% Convertible Bonds due 2010. Following the conversion of $1 million bonds into 28,686 SDRs in October 2007, the bondholders converted a further $196 million of the remaining $199 million of the outstanding bonds into 5,420,235 Ordinary Shares and 202,236 SDRs. Millicom repaid in cash the face value of $3 million of bonds and accrued interests to those bondholders who did not convert their bonds as of the conversion deadline of January 11, 2008.

    Strategy

            Our strategy is to operate with the lowest possible cost base from which we can offer the consumer better value for money through lower tariffs whilst at the same time improving network quality and distribution. We believe that, given the relatively low mobile penetration levels in our markets compared to more developed markets, we can continue to achieve significant growth in our subscriber base while continuing to improve our operating margins and cash flows by rolling out our tigo® brand across most of our operations and focusing on our triple "A" operating strategy:

      Affordability—means the best value for money by offering competitive tariffs but more importantly by having low denomination prepaid reload terms so that our services are suitable for low-income customers. This is vital in order to increase penetration levels, the rate of Millicom's subscriber acquisition, and minutes of use.

      Accessibility—means making the purchase of minutes as easy as possible by providing ready access to prepaid services, whether through scratch cards or e-PIN, which enables customers to top-up their prepaid minutes over the air. As at December 31, 2007 Millicom had approximately 480,000 distribution outlets (approximately 250,000 as of December 31, 2006), which we believe places us ahead of our competitors in providing greater accessibility to and visibility of our prepaid services.

      Availability—means having an extensive network with sufficient capacity so that mobile services are readily available to our customers in as many locations as possible. Millicom has invested substantially in its networks installing GSM and more recently GPRS and EDGE and expanding these networks into rural as well as urban areas. As at December 31, 2007 we had a total of over 9,800 base stations (approximately 6,000 as of December 31, 2006) in our 16 countries of operation.

    19


              Focusing on growth.    We believe there is a significant opportunity for further growth in our markets due to the relatively low mobile penetration levels (the weighted average penetration rate in the markets in which we operate is 31%) as many of our markets have high growth potential and substantial unmet demand for basic voice telephony services. We believe we can grow our subscriber base and revenue by continuing to focus on prepaid services while controlling costs and maintaining our position with postpaid customers. We will continue to invest in our existing mobile operations, where we believe we can generate attractive returns. In addition, we intend to increase our equity ownership in those of our operations where we still have either joint-venture or minority partners, provided it is permitted under the terms of our license, through buy-outs of our partners when the opportunities arise. We may participate in consolidation within our markets through the careful evaluation, selection and pursuit of strategic opportunities. We may pursue new license opportunities in our adjacent markets within existing financial guidelines and provided there is group-wide synergy potential. We will also look to expand into other services such as broadband.

              Improving cost efficiencies and capturing synergies.    We continue to seek ways to further reduce our cost base by rationalizing our operations. We maintain a strict centralized cost control program across our operations which lowers our costs. In addition, we expect to realize additional synergies across our operations, such as sharing of information, human resources, best practices and technologies, and centralized negotiations of financing and supply contracts for network equipment.

              Introducing new technologies.    We will consider introducing new technologies in markets where customer demand is strong for the relevant technologies or products and where we believe they are likely to generate substantial incremental revenue.

              Some voice technologies, like VoIP (Voice over Internet Protocol), are becoming increasingly widespread. VoIP allows voice communication by sending data packages with voice encapsulated over data networks. These services are increasing their presence to compete with fixed-line services and international calls rather than with mobile telephony services.

              We are beginning to see strong demand for broadband services in some of our markets, particularly in the relatively more mature markets in Latin America. We are looking at the ways in which we can meet this growing customer demand, including deploying new technologies where this is economically justified. One of them is 3G (WCDMA) using HSDPA since this provides a very spectrally efficient wireless solution. This technology is being deployed in Asia and Africa in the 2100MHz spectrum while in the Americas 3G is using the current existing 850 and 1900MHz spectrum.

              Other new technologies will start to appear. One of them is mobile WiMAX 802.16m, Ultra Mobile Broadband (UMB) and Long Term Evolution (LTE) based on a new OFDMA technology. This eventually will allow operators to have an all IP packet only connection. We are acquiring WiMAX licenses or spectrum in our countries of operation where they are available to ensure we can offer WiMAX- based services if and when our customers demand them and we are able to offer these services at reasonable prices.

              In the case that future successful technologies are different from the one adopted by the company then this will force additional investment in network equipment replacement and training.

              Introducing new products and services.    In 2008, Millicom will continue to launch innovative value added services like music related services, interactive content services and advanced sms services to address the needs of our customers. 3G services will be launched in selected markets during 2008 to enhance the data related services offered to Millicom's customers. In selected markets, Millicom plans to launch mobile payment and transactional services that will add convenience to Millicom's customers. This will be another tool for us to retain customers.

      20


              Sales, marketing and distribution.    We pursue a low-cost, innovative and high-impact approach to sales, marketing and distribution. Except in Central and South America, we do not provide handset subsidies for our prepaid subscribers. As a result, we typically have low overall subscriber acquisition costs. In addition, we are focused on strengthening our distribution footprint and expanding our mass-market customer reach by distributing prepaid cards through mass-market or retail outlets such as local convenience stores, newspaper stands, and street vendors.

              We believe that our focus on branded prepaid services helps us to expand our market share and reduces our operating costs. We focus our advertising on cost-effective promotions. We have rebranded almost all of our products under the tigo® brand.

      Competitive Strengths

              We believe that our competitive strengths enable us to benefit from the increasing demand for the services provided by mobile operators in emerging markets. Our competitive strengths include:

              Established prepaid operator.    Our focus on prepaid mobile services for the mass market offers the advantage of lower subscriber acquisition and operating costs, which results in higher margins and a faster average payback time (on average, less than three months). In addition, prepaid customers allow us to eliminate customer bad debt issues and billing and collection costs. The introduction of prepaid mobile services has opened up the market for mobile services to customers who have previously been denied access to mobile service. Increased demand for prepaid mobile services is also arising from business users and those customers who purchase prepaid credits in order to control their telephone costs, creating a new segment of the market.

              Delivering profitable growth.    One of our key strengths is our ability to grow our businesses while enhancing our operating profitability. We have generally been able to acquire our licenses at low cost with minimum build-out requirements. We aim to achieve strong subscriber growth while decreasing subscriber acquisition costs through the creation of well-known perceived price leading brands. Additionally, we have developed an extensive distribution network at low cost that provides our customers with broad service coverage, further leveraging our brand names in most of our operations.

              Track record of innovation.    We believe that innovation is another key to our success. In nearly all of our markets, we were the first to launch branded prepaid mobile services which now predominate in our markets. We have been the first to focus on non-traditional distribution channels to increase our mass-market prepaid customer reach in our markets. For example, we have used freelance distributors, such as street vendors, and sold prepaid cards in mass market outlets, which has reduced our sales and marketing costs. We have also introduced e-PIN and per second billing in most of our markets. We will offer WiMAX services in those countries where we have acquired WiMAX licenses if and when our customers demand these services and we are able to provide them at reasonable prices. Because we focus on prepaid services and low costs, we believe that we offer the best value proposition to the customer.

              Low operating costs and high capital efficiencies.    We establish services in markets that we believe offer high potential financial returns and substantial operational leverage. While we have always had a strategy to control costs, we initiated a stricter centralized cost reduction program for all of our operations in 2002 that we continue to apply today. We operate sizeable networks covering areas of the highest population density and business activity. Any further build-outs of our network infrastructure are demand-driven. In addition, our migration to GSM has lowered our investment per capacity minute with faster payback times. Historically, our operations have generated an operating profit before depreciation and amortization within 12 to 18 months of start-up.

      21


              Integrated strategy.    We actively pursue the many synergies inherent in our multi-country operations and the increasing scale in our existing markets. Such synergies include sharing information and best practices about services, human resources, technologies and market strategies; centralized negotiation of financing and of supply contracts for network equipment, and the rollout of a single brand, tigo®, to most of our operations. For example, our operations in Africa have been able to draw on the operational and managerial experiences and resources of our operations in Central and South America, which allows us to operate in Africa with a low cost base.

              Diversified operations.    We believe our 16 operations based in 16 countries on three continents provide a balance of established cash flow generation and high-growth potential. Our diversification across countries and continents also lessens our exposure to unfavorable changes in a single market or currency. For example, we have continued to grow our total subscriber base and operating profitability despite the expiry of our BCC contract in Vietnam in May 2005 and the divestiture of our operations in Peru and Pakistan, and without taking into account acquisitions of new businesses such as in Colombia and in the Democratic Republic of Congo.

              Highly skilled senior management.    Our highly skilled senior management have extensive experience in both the telecommunications industry and the fast-moving consumer goods sector which are critical to properly implement our operating strategy. Many of our senior executives have spent more than 10 years working in emerging markets and have demonstrated their ability to manage costs while managing rapidly growing businesses and starting up and successfully integrating new businesses, as has been the case recently in Colombia.

      License Acquisition

              As we established an early presence in most of the markets in which we operate, we have been able in most cases to secure our licenses at low cost. Historically, we have been successful in renewing our maturing licenses, generally on terms similar to the original licenses, although we may not be able to do so in the future. In some cases, we operate with prominent local business partners through companies over which we typically exercise management control.

              Licenses are generally sought through a competitive application process in which the license is awarded on the merits of the application. We generally avoid cash auctions for mobile telephone licenses. In some cases, our operations pay royalties on revenue or income to governments, and all of our mobile operations pay interconnection fees to other telecommunications operators during the license period. Although the pursuit of mobile telephone licenses is usually highly competitive, our operating companies have been successful in obtaining licenses in preference to other license applicants, including major international telecommunications companies.

      Management Structure

              The Millicom management team is led by Chief Executive Officer and President, Marc Beuls, who has overall responsibility for the business. Our Chief Operating Officer, Mikael Grahne, is responsible for managing and coordinating the day-to-day operations and our Chief Financial Officer, David Sach, looks after the financial, administrative and accounting areas. Our Chief Technical Officer, Osmar Coronel, oversees the build-out and maintenance of our networks; our Head of Human Resources, John Tumelty, oversees the development of our employees, compensation and benefits and the recruitment of new talent; our Head of Operations, Won-Suck Song, oversees all sales, marketing, and distribution activities; and our new Head of Supply Chain Management, Henri Vander Stichele, oversees the procurement and logistics functions, including managing our relationships with suppliers.

      22


              We operate in four major geographic regions of the world: Central America, South America, Africa and Asia. Mario Zanotti is the Head of Central America, and also manages our Colombian operation; Ricardo Maiztegui is the Head of South America; Steven Juergens and Regis Romero are the Co-Heads of Africa; and Judy Tan is the Head of Asia. Each cluster manager reports directly to Millicom's Chief Operating Officer. We believe this structure allows us to maintain a high degree of coordination, cooperation and cross- sharing of information among the various cluster managers while providing a degree of regional responsibility that ensures quick and effective decision making.

      The Industry

      Mobile Telephone Industry Overview

              Mobile Telephone Technology.    Mobile telephone systems are capable of providing high quality, high capacity voice and data communications to and from hand-held radiotelephones. Mobile telephone systems are capable of handling thousands of calls simultaneously and providing service to hundreds of thousands of subscribers in any particular area.

              Mobile telephone technology is based upon the division of a given geographical area into a number of cells and the simultaneous use of radio channels in non-contiguous cells within the system. Each cell contains a low power transmitter/receiver at a base station that communicates by radio signal with mobile telephones in that cell. Each cell is connected by microwave or optical fiber to a central switching point or Mobile Switching Center (MSC or "switch") that controls the routing of calls and which, in turn, is connected to the public switched telephone network, if one exists, or to other mobile operators. It is the switch's mobility management function that allows mobile telephone users to move freely from cell to cell while continuing their calls through a process called hand-off.

              Mobile telephone systems generally offer subscribers the features offered by the most up-to-date fixed-line telephone services. Mobile telephone systems are interconnected with both the fixed-line telephone network and other mobile networks. As a result, subscribers can receive and originate local, long-distance and international calls from their mobile telephones. Mobile telephone system operators therefore require an interconnect arrangement with the local fixed-line telephone companies and/or other mobile network operators, and the terms of such arrangements are material to the economic viability of the system.

              A mobile telephone system's capacity can be increased in various ways. Increasing demand may be satisfied, in the first instance, by adding available channel capacity to cells through the addition of extra transmitters. When all available channels are used, further growth can be accomplished through a process known as cell splitting. Cell splitting entails dividing a single cell into a number of smaller cells, through the construction of additional base stations, thereby allowing for greater channel reuse and hence increasing the number of calls that can be handled in a given area.

              Millicom uses mainly GSM technology in its operations that are GPRS and EDGE enabled. GSM is a digital standard for mobile telephone systems that countries have adopted as a common standard. GSM offers increased value-added services and enables transmissions to be made in encrypted form so that conversations cannot easily be intercepted. The GSM system allows subscribers to use their mobile telephones in any country where the GSM system has been adopted and where appropriate roaming agreements are implemented, providing increased mobility and flexibility. GSM systems have become ubiquitous worldwide.

      23


              In the United States, a number of digital standards have been developed and are being deployed. One of them is Code Division Multiple Access (CDMA), which is also popular in South America and in the Asia-Pacific region. An enhanced version of CDMA is the technology used for the third generation mobile systems (3G) called WCDMA and CDMA2000 1X. What all third generation (3G) networks have in common is that they support high data bandwidth applications such as full motion video, video conferencing and full Internet access to mobile devices. Universal Mobile Telecommunications System (UMTS) is a type of 3G mobile technology which allows, besides voice and data, the delivery of audio and video to wireless devices anywhere through fixed, wireless and satellite systems.

              WiMAX stands for Worldwide Interoperability for Microwave Access and is a wireless industry coalition whose members organized to advance IEEE 802.16 standards for broadband wireless access (BWA) networks. WiMAX 802.16 technology is expected to enable multimedia applications with wireless connections.

              Competing Technologies.    Some niche technologies are available for certain services. One of these technologies consists of Trunking services that are also deployed using radio communications with a cell technology and allows mobility for the user, but do not provide full duplex communication among users. This limitation makes this service less desirable and this results in low competition as few operators use this technology. Another technology being deployed is "Push to talk" or "Push over Cellular" which utilizes the mobile telephony network capability of handling data to allow a service similar to Trunking but using more sophisticated mobile handsets. These services are complementary to mobile services and are usually deployed as an additional product within mobile services.

              Some other voice technologies, like VoIP (Voice over Internet Protocol), are becoming increasingly widespread. VoIP allows voice communication by sending data packages with voice encapsulated over data networks. These services are increasing their presence to compete with fixed-line services and international calls rather than with mobile telephony services.

              New competing technologies are starting to be deployed. The first one of them is 3G (WCDMA) using HSDPA since this provides a very spectrally efficient wireless solution. This technology is being deployed in Asia and Africa in the 2100MHz spectrum while in the Americas 3G is using the current existing 850 and 1900MHz spectrum.

              Other new technologies will start to appear. One of them is mobile WiMAX 802.16m, Ultra Mobile Broadband (UMB) and Long Term Evolution (LTE) based on a new OFDMA technology. This eventually will allow operators to have an all IP packet only connection.

              In the case that future successful technologies are different from the one adopted by the company then this will force additional investment in network equipment replacement and training.

      24


              Operating Characteristics.    The mobile telephony industry is typically characterized by high fixed costs and low variable costs. Until technological limitations on total capacity are approached, additional mobile telephone system capacity can usually be added in increments that closely match demand and at less than the proportionate cost of the initial capacity. The industry is also seeing declining equipment prices in real terms. Once revenues exceed fixed costs, incremental revenues are expected to yield an increasing operating profit, giving mobile operators an incentive to stimulate and satisfy demand for their services in the market. The amount of profit, if any, under such circumstances is dependent on, among other things, prices and variable marketing costs, which, in turn, are affected by the amount and the extent of competition. As competition increases in markets, prices have fallen with the result that revenues and operating profits increase at a lower rate than subscriber growth. In addition, as penetration rates increase, there is a tendency for a higher proportion of new subscribers to use prepaid services. Prepaid subscribers tend to have lower usage than credit subscribers, but the operating margin on prepaid is generally higher than with credit subscribers as the risk of customer bad debt is eliminated and there generally is no subsidizing of handsets.

              As these services are using radio spectrum, which are generally monitored and regulated by governments, the utilization of frequencies generally requires that appropriate licenses are obtained from pertinent authorities. The granting of licenses may involve significant fees, either paid as fixed upfront amounts or as variable charges.

      Development of the Mobile Telephone Industry

              Mobile Telephony in Developed Countries.    The first mobile telephone networks were introduced in Scandinavia in the early 1980s and experienced modest growth for the first few years. Over the last 10 years, however, mobile telephony has grown rapidly. All developed countries now have mobile telephone service and levels of penetration increased substantially in these countries.

              Given the rapid growth of mobile telephone subscribers in developed countries and high levels of penetration, the industry is increasingly introducing new technology that will expand capacity and improve service, including the introduction of digital mobile telephone networks and the ability to access the Internet from handsets. In industrialized nations, mobile operators are in the process of introducing "third generation" mobile technology that will permit always-on faster access to the Internet and voice and data transmissions.

              Mobile Telephony in Developing Countries.    While the mobile telephone industry is well-established in the developed world, the mobile telephone industry in the developing world is still in a high growth phase. Millicom believes that mobile telephony will continue to grow rapidly in developing countries because of the poor quality of the existing fixed-line service, the unsatisfied demand for basic telephone service and the increasing demand from users who want the convenience of mobile telephones. In some countries the mobile telephone network provides significantly improved access to the local and international fixed-line network compared with the existing fixed-line service. In addition, developing countries are expected to benefit both from better technology and lower equipment costs than those at comparable stages of market development in developed countries. Penetration rates (the number of subscribers per 100 people) are lower in developing countries than in developed countries. Consequently, Millicom believes that its markets offer high growth potential.

              For developing countries, mobile telephone networks can represent a faster and more cost-effective method of expanding telecommunications infrastructure than traditional fixed-line networks. Fixed-line networks involve extensive outside infrastructure in the form of buried or overhead cable networks, while mobile telephone networks require less construction activities.

      25


      Competitive Position in the Market

              The following table shows certain estimated information regarding Millicom's competitive position in each of its markets as at December 31, 2007. This information was compiled based on interconnect activity on our own networks. Millicom operates in developing economies and markets and believes that the data research available in these countries is not always accurate, consistent or verifiable. Therefore, the information provided here is given in ranges of market share to indicate the relative size and market position of Millicom in comparison to its competitors.

       
       Estimated Market Share Ranking at December 31, 2007
      Market

       Greater than 50%
       Between 25% and 50%
       Between 10% and 25%
       Less than 10%
       December 31, 2007(1)
      Central America          
      El Salvador  Millicom Am. Movil
      Telefonica
      Digicel
       Intelfon 1 of 5
      Guatemala  Millicom
      Am. Movil
       Telefonica  1 of 3
      Honduras Millicom Megatel  Tegucel 1 of 3

      South America

       

       

       

       

       

       

       

       

       

       
      Bolivia  Entel
      Millicom
       NuevaTel  2 of 3
      Colombia Am. Movil  Telefonica Millicom 3 of 3
      Paraguay  Millicom
      Personal
        Am. Movil
      Vox
       1 of 4

      Africa

       

       

       

       

       

       

       

       

       

       
      Chad Celtel Millicom   2 of 2
      DRC  Vodacom
      Celtel
       Millicom
      CCT
        3 of 4
      Ghana MTN Millicom Ghana Tel. Hutchison 2 of 4
      Mauritius Cellplus Millicom  Mahanagar T. 2 of 3
      Senegal France Tel. Millicom   2 of 2
      Sierra Leone  Africel
      Celtel
      Comium
       Millicom  4 of 4
      Tanzania  Vodacom
      Celtel
       Millicom Zantel
      TTCL Mobile
       3 of 5

      Asia

       

       

       

       

       

       

       

       

       

       
      Cambodia Millicom  Camshin
      Shinawatra
       Appliphone 1 of 4
      Laos Lao Tel.  ETL
      Millicom
       LAT Mobile 3 of 4
      Sri Lanka  Dialog Millicom
      Mobitel
       Hutchison 2 of 4

      (1)
      Source: Millicom market share derived from active subscribers based on interconnect.

      26


      Operations

      Description of operations

              Descriptions of each of our operations and other related businesses are provided below. The description of our mobile operations is divided into the following regions:

              Central America—Millicom's mobile operations comprise El Salvador, Guatemala and Honduras.

              South America—Millicom's mobile operations comprise Bolivia, Colombia and Paraguay.

              Africa—Millicom's mobile operations comprise Chad, Democratic Republic of Congo, Ghana, Mauritius, Senegal, Sierra Leone and Tanzania.

              Asia—Millicom's mobile operations comprise Cambodia, the Lao People's Democratic Republic and Sri Lanka. The sale of Millicom's operation in Pakistan was completed on February 13, 2007.

              The table below sets forth our revenue by geographical segment, in percent of total revenues, for the periods indicated.

       
       2007
       2006
       2005
       
      Central America 44%51%49%
      South America 31%20%16%
      Africa 18%20%22%
      Asia 7%9%13%
        
       
       
       
      Total 100%100%100%
        
       
       
       

      27


      Subsidiaries and their Market Presence

              The following table shows certain information for each of Millicom's mobile operations as at December 31, 2007.

      Market

       Company Name
       Ownership
       Method of Consolidation(1)
       Start-Up/
      Acquisition Date

       Estimated Population of Area under License(2)
       Mobile Penetration as of December 31, 2007(3)
       
       
        
       (percent)

        
        
       (millions)

       (percent)

       
      Central America             
      El Salvador Telemóvil El
      Salvador S.A.
       100.0%S 1993 7 70%
      Guatemala Comunicaciones
      Celulares S.A.
       55.0%JV 1990 13 68%
      Honduras Telefónica
      Cellular S.A.
       66.7%JV 1996 7 55%

      South America

       

       

       

       

       

       

       

       

       

       

       

       

       
      Bolivia Telefónica Celular
      de Bolivia S.A.
       100.0%S 1991 9 30%
      Colombia Colombia Móvil S.A. E.S.P. 50.0
      +1 share
      %
      S 2006 44 73%
      Paraguay Telefónica Celular
      del Paraguay S.A.
       100.0%S 1992 7 67%

      Africa

       

       

       

       

       

       

       

       

       

       

       

       

       
      Chad Millicom
      Tchad S.A.
       87.5%S 2004 10 7%
      DR of Congo Oasis S.P.R.L. 100.0%S 2005 66 8%
      Ghana Millicom Ghana
      Company Limited
       100.0%S 1992 23 31%
      Mauritius Emtel Limited 50.0%JV 1989 1 70%
      Senegal Sentel GSM S.A. 100.0%S 1999 13 30%
      Sierra Leone Millicom (S.L.)
      Limited
       100.0%S 2001 6 10%
      Tanzania MIC Tanzania
      Limited
       100.0%S 1994 39 18%

      Asia

       

       

       

       

       

       

       

       

       

       

       

       

       
      Cambodia Cam GSM
      Company Limited
       58.4%JV 1997 14 16%
      Lao People's Democratic Rep Millicom Lao
      Co. Limited
       74.1%S 2003 7 15%
      Sri Lanka Tigo (Pvt)
      Limited
       100.0%S 1989 21 24%
                
         
      Grand Total         287   
                
         

      (1)
      JV = Joint Ventures. Under IFRS, joint ventures are consolidated using the proportional method of accounting in which only our share of the assets, liabilities, income and expenses of the joint ventures in which we have an interest are consolidated. Millicom determines the existence of joint control by reference to the joint venture agreements, articles of association, capital structure and voting protocols of the boards of director of the relevant entity, as well as the influence it has over day-to-day operations.


      S = Subsidiary. Subsidiaries are entities over which we have control and are fully consolidated.

      28


      (2)
      Source: The U.S. Central Intelligence Agency's "The World Factbook" for 2006, except with respect to the population data for Guatemala for which the source is the National Institute of Statistics of Guatemala (INE).

      (3)
      Source: Millicom. We derive penetration rates from estimates of the total active subscribers in the relevant market based on interconnect traffic.

      Selected Operating Data

              The following table presents, at the dates and for the periods indicated, selected operating data for each of Millicom's mobile operations.

       
       As at December 31,
       
       
        
        
        
       Prepaid Subscribers as Percentage of Total Subscribers
       
       
       Total Subscribers
       
      Market

       
       2007
       2006
       2005
       2007
       2006
       2005
       
      Central America             
      El Salvador 2,217,560 1,387,395 738,980 91%88%80%
      Guatemala 3,681,405 2,223,059 1,164,050 97%95%91%
      Honduras 2,925,959 1,553,713 834,096 95%94%92%
      Subtotal Central America 8,824,924 5,164,167 2,737,126 95%93%88%
      South America             
      Bolivia 1,055,823 936,374 645,418 96%97%96%
      Colombia 2,769,884 2,120,284  90%85%n/a 
      Paraguay 2,067,019 1,273,315 692,321 92%91%86%
      Subtotal South America 5,892,726 4,329,973 1,337,739 92%89%91%
      Africa             
      Chad 323,356 186,700 91,159 100%100%100%
      DR Congo 546,500 50,337 60,638 100%99%100%
      Ghana 2,023,091 1,211,904 448,838 100%100%100%
      Mauritius 365,018 279,193 221,100 93%92%91%
      Senegal 1,118,505 894,617 679,914 100%100%100%
      Sierra Leone 104,029 42,055 29,606 100%100%100%
      Tanzania 1,191,678 760,874 475,379 100%100%100%
      Subtotal Africa 5,672,177 3,425,680 2,006,634 99%99%99%
      Asia             
      Cambodia 1,652,649 1,075,162 773,608 100%99%99%
      Lao People's Democratic Republic 130,512 87,228 76,728 100%100%100%
      Sri Lanka 1,181,577 863,235 579,430 99%99%99%
      Subtotal Asia 2,964,738 2,025,625 1,429,766 99%99%99%
        
       
       
             
      Total 23,354,565 14,945,445 7,511,265 96%94%94%
        
       
       
             

      29



      CENTRAL AMERICA

              Central America consists of Millicom's mobile telephony in El Salvador, Guatemala and Honduras. Millicom Central America's licenses covered approximately 27 million people as at December 31, 2007.

      El Salvador

              El Salvador's government system is a democratic republic. Following deterioration in the country's democratic institutions in the 1970s, a civil war took place between 1980 and 1992 and came to an end as the two opposing sides signed a peace accord. The current president, Elías Antonio Saca González of the right-wing Arena political party, was elected in 2004 for a five-year term ending on June 1, 2009. He recently re-affirmed his commitment to a political and economic reform agenda in El Salvador.

              In order to drive economic growth, the government of El Salvador continues to focus on opening new export markets, encouraging foreign investment and maintaining a tax regime that promotes corporate investment. Implementation of the Central America Dominican Republic Free Trade Agreement, ratified by El Salvador in 2004, is viewed as a key policy to help achieve these objectives. El Salvador became a member of the World Trade Organization in 1995. As the country does not have control over its monetary policies following the adoption of the U.S. dollar in 2001, the government is committed to maintaining tight fiscal policies. The economy has grown significantly since the early 1990s but it is estimated that about 36% of the population remains under the poverty line. El Salvador had a population of about 7 million in mid-2007. The 2007 GDP real growth rate was estimated at 4.7% and GDP per capita at about $5,200.

              El Salvador's telecommunications market is among the most liberalized in Central America. In 1996, the government passed a telecommunications law designed to encourage competition in all areas of the sector and permitted foreign investment for the first time. The law governs all activities of the telecommunications sector, with particular emphasis on the regulation of the public telephony service, utilization of radio spectrum, access to essential resources and numbering plans. Since the sector privatization in 1998, foreign and local operators have made significant investments in infrastructure improvement. This has resulted in considerable growth in the number of mobile connections, partly as a result of the underdeveloped fixed-line network with waiting time for connections often running to several years. Mobile operators have capitalized on this by offering fast, high quality service with nationwide coverage.

              Millicom has a 100.0% equity interest in Telemóvil El Salvador, S.A. Millicom accounts for this operation as a subsidiary, i.e., using the full consolidation accounting method.

              Telemóvil launched its operations in 1993 and was the only mobile services provider until 1999. Since its entry into the market, Telemóvil has expanded its coverage of the main cities rapidly and remains the market leader. The full coverage GSM network was launched in August 2004. Services offered also include broadband internet, fixed wireless telephony and public telephony.

              In 2007 there were 5 mobile services providers in the country. Telefónica and Telecom (initially owned by France Telecom) entered the market in 1999 as the second and third mobile operator, respectively Digicel (privately owned) entered the market in 2001 with a GSM network as the fourth operator. Digicel was recently acquired by the Caribbean operator with the same name. América Móvil of Mexico acquired France Telecom's interest in Telecom in 2003. In October 2005 Intelfon (privately owned) entered the market as the fifth mobile operator, offering services based on the iDen push-to-talk technology. Intelfon has a negligible market share to date.

              Telemóvil's strategy is based on offering a combination of high quality network coverage and services and low prices. Leveraging Telemóvil's distribution capabilities through e-PIN and other electronic means further enhances this strategy. Telemóvil also aims to expand its value added services and further strengthen its customer services operations.

      30


              Telemóvil was initially awarded a 15-year mobile license in September 1991 which was subsequently extended until 2018. Telemóvil acquired WiMAX spectrum in 1998.

              Telemóvil operates a GSM/GPRS/EDGE network. The GSM/GPRS/EDGE network was launched in August 2004. Telemóvil also provides international long-distance services, internet services and local telephony services.

              As at December 31, 2007, Telemóvil's GSM network comprised a total of 634 base stations with the capacity to handle a maximum of 2.8 million concurrent subscribers, and covered 88% of the total population.

      Guatemala

              Guatemala's government system is a constitutional democratic republic. In 1996, peace accords were signed which brought an end to a 36-year civil war. Although Guatemala has completed a successful transition from military to civilian government, the military retains considerable political power. During the month of September 2007 general elections were held in Guatemala. Since no candidate obtained the necessary majority of votes, a second round of elections were held on November 4, 2007. In this occasion Mr. Alvaro Colom was elected President with 52.82% of votes. Mr Colom's Party is UNE, is of center-left tendency and does not control majority of seats in Congress.

              Guatemala is the largest and most populous of the Central American countries with a population of about 13 million in mid-2006. The agricultural sector accounts for about one-quarter of GDP, two-fifths of exports, and half of the labor force. Ongoing challenges include increasing government revenues, negotiating further assistance from international donors, upgrading both government and private financial operations, curtailing drug trafficking, fighting corruption, and narrowing the trade deficit. Remittances from a large expatriate community that moved to the United States during the civil war have become an important source of foreign exchange. Overall economic outlook is positive given the government's anti-corruption and pro-business stance, which underpins investor confidence, and rising inflows of foreign direct investment. The extension of the European Union's generalized system of preferences, under which Guatemalan exports enjoy preferential access to EU markets, is expected to have a positive impact on the economy going forward. Guatemala joined the GATT in 1991 and became member of the World Trade Organisation in 1995. The distribution of income in Guatemala remains very unequal with 75% of the population living under the poverty line, mostly in rural areas. Guatemala had a population of about 13 million in mid-2007. The 2007 GDP real growth rate is estimated to be 5.6% and GDP per capita was about $5,400.

              Between 1996 and 1998, Guatemala implemented a liberalization and privatization program. The General Telecommunications Law was passed in 1996 and opened the sector to competition with immediate effect, including the removal of all regulatory restrictions on prices and quality of service, and also prepared the ground for privatization of the incumbent operator Guatel, re-named Telgua, which took place in 1998. The law also created a regulatory authority, the Superintendencia de Telecomunicaciones (SIT), which is primarily responsible for the allocation of radio spectrum, resolving access disputes and administering the national numbering plan.

              Millicom has a 55% equity interest in Comunicaciones Celulares, S.A. (Comcel). The remaining 45% of the company is owned by Miffin Associates Corp., a Panamian company controlled by our local partner Mr. Mario David Lopez Estrada. Millicom accounts for this operation as a joint venture, i.e. using the proportionate accounting method.

      31


              Comcel was the first mobile operator in Guatemala when it launched commercial operations in 1990. The company enjoyed a monopoly position until 1999 when Telefónica and Telgua (owned by América Móvil) entered the market as the second and third operators. In 2001, BellSouth of the U.S. entered the market as the fourth operator but Telefónica of Spain acquired BellSouth's operations in 2004. América Móvil offers an integrated telecommunications solution including fixed and mobile telephony, cable TV and internet services. América Móvil and Telefónica are Comcel's most challenging competitors. In March 2003 two additional mobile licenses were granted. One license was granted to Electrónica Industrial, S.A., which sold the usufruct of the spectrum to Comcel in November 2006. The other license was granted to Digicel Guatemala S.A., which as of March 30, 2008 had not launched commercial operations.

              Comcel operates a GSM/GPRS/EDGE network. The GSM/GPRS/EDGE network was launched in August 2004. Comcel also provides international long-distance services, internet services and local telephony services.

              In January 1990, Comcel was awarded its initial 20-year license to operate a nationwide 800MHz network. In March 2003, Comcel was awarded a revised license to operate 10MHz of frequency for a period of 15 years until 2018. In August 1998, as validated in October 2001, the license to operate another 4MHz spectrum was awarded for the period until 2013. This license can then be extended for a further 15 years. Comcel acquired WiMAX spectrum in July 2006.

              At December 31, 2007 the GSM network comprised 1356 base stations with the capacity to handle a maximum of over 3.9 million concurrent subscribers, and the network covered 79% of the total population.

      Honduras

              Honduras' government system is a democratic constitutional republic. Since the regional peace process that took place in the late 1980s, democracy in Honduras has been strengthened. Presidential elections took place in November 2005, with the opposition candidate Manuel Zelaya Rosales of the Partido Liberal party being elected. The new government took office in January 2006 and is expected to maintain the prudent, broadly market oriented policies of the previous leadership.

              Although GDP per capita in Honduras is one of the lowest in Latin America, it has increased since the 1990s and overall economic growth (as measured by real GDP) is higher than in many other countries in the region and was estimated at 6% in 2007. GDP per capita was estimated at $3,300 in 2007. Honduras continues to focus on pursuing the economic and reform program agreed with the International Monetary Fund (IMF) under the poverty reduction and growth facility in February 2004. Although no recent figures are available, it is estimated that between half and two-thirds of Hondurans lived below the poverty line in 2006. Honduras suffers from a very unequal distribution of income and massive unemployment As the country has met most of its macroeconomic targets, it has achieved debt relief under the IMF-World Bank's heavily indebted poor countries initiative. The United States is Honduras' largest trading partner. Honduras became a member of the US-Central America Free Trade Agreement in May 2004. The economy relies heavily on a narrow range of exports, notably bananas and coffee, making it vulnerable to natural disasters and shifts in commodity prices, but in recent years has experienced a rapid rise in exports of light manufacturers. Growth remains dependent on the economy of the U.S., its largest trading partner, and on reducing the high crime rate, as a means of attracting and maintaining investment. Honduras had a population of about 7 million in mid-2007.

      32


              The Comisión Nacional de Telecomunicaciones (Conatel) was created in October 1995 as the national regulatory authority and reports directly to the Ministry of Telecommunications. It operates a licensing system for all telecommunication services in Honduras and is in charge of promoting the modernization and development of the sector by encouraging private investment, free competition and improved quality of service. Although Empresa Hondureña de Telecomunicaciones (Hondutel), the state owned national incumbent operator, has monopoly over local and long-distance telephony services, the government has opened value added services and mobile telephony to competition. Both mobile operators (Millicom's Celtel, the market leader, and Megatel, owned by América Móvil) have the right to carry international traffic for their own customer base.

              Millicom has a 66.67% equity interest in Celtel. The remaining 33.33% of Celtel is owned by Proempres Panama S.A., a privately-held company controlled by our local partners, Mr. Roberto Isaias Dassun and other members of his family. Millicom and Proempres entered into a revised shareholders agreement following the buy-out of a third shareholder, Motorola Inc. of the United States, in 2005, under which the two shareholders exercise joint control of Celtel. Millicom accounts for this operation as a joint venture, i.e., using the proportionate accounting method.

              Celtel launched commercial operations in 1996 as the first mobile operator in Honduras and today operates a GSM and CDMA network. Until late 2003, Celtel enjoyed a monopoly status in the mobile market, when Megatel entered the market with a GSM network as the second operator. The third mobile license was issued to Hondutel (the State-owned fixed line incumbent) but their operations have only limited coverage in the Tegucigalpa and San Pedro Sula regions. On December 19th, 2007 a bidding process to issue the fourth mobile license was completed by CONATEL (Honduran Telecommunications Regulator) with the award of the license to Digicel Honduras S.A. de C.V. We expect their operations to start during the first half of 2008.

              Celtel operates a GSM/GPRS/EDGE network and a CDMA network. The GSM/GPRS/EDGE network was launched in August 2004. Celtel also provides international long-distance services and local telephony services.

              In June 1996, Celtel was awarded a 10-year license to operate a nationwide mobile network for a price of US$5.1 million. The license was transformed into a 25-year license in March 2005 with an expiry date of June 2021 at a cost of US$4.8 million. Celtel has not yet acquired a WiMAX license.

              As at December 31, 2007 the GSM network comprised 901 base stations with the capacity to handle a maximum of 3.0 million concurrent subscribers and covered 78% of the total population.

      33



      SOUTH AMERICA

              Millicom's mobile operations in South America are located in Bolivia, Colombia and Paraguay. Our South American licenses covered approximately 60 million people as at December 31, 2007.

      Bolivia

              Bolivia's system of government is a Unitary Democratic Republic. The government has pursued an economic and social reform agenda since the early 1990s. Democratic civilian rule was established in 1982, but leaders have faced difficult problems of deep-seated poverty, social unrest, and illegal drug production. In December 2005 Bolivians elected Movement Toward Socialism leader Evo Morales as president by the widest margin of any leader since the restoration of civilian rule in 1982, after he ran on a promise to change the country's traditional political class and empower the nation's poor majority. However, since taking office, his controversial strategies have exacerbated racial and economic tensions between the Amerindian populations of the Andean west and the non-indigenous communities of the eastern lowlands. In 2005, the government passed a controversial natural gas law that imposed on the oil and gas firms significantly higher taxes and required production firms to sign new operating contracts, which were completed in October 2006. Bolivian officials are in the process of revamping the defunct state owned oil company and acquiring majority ownership of five gas production, transportation, refining, and storage companies. The Morales administration has indicated plans to increase state control over other sectors as well, including mining, electricity, transportation, and forestry. French company Suez exited the water sector in Bolivia after the government issued a decree canceling its water concession.

              Bolivia's GDP per capita was estimated to be $4,400 in 2007. Economic reforms in the 1990s, including privatization of the main industries, resulted in an average real GDP growth rate of approximately 4% per annum slowing down thereafter. The GDP real growth rate in 2007 was estimated to be above 4%. About 60% of Bolivians continued to live below the poverty line in 2007. Bolivia is a beneficiary of the World Bank and the IMF's initiative for heavily indebted poor countries. The International Monetary Fund and the World Bank forgave a total of approximately $1.8 billion of Bolivian debt in 2006 that has helped reduce fiscal pressures on the government. Oil and gas, mining, smelting, food and beverages, tobacco and clothing are the most important industries in Bolivia. The country became member of the World Trade Organization in 1995 and is a member of Mercosur (the Southern Common Market with Argentina, Brazil, Paraguay and Uruguay). Bolivia's population at end of 2007 was of 9 million.

              The Superintendence of Telecommunications (Sittel) is part of the Sirese system, an autonomous government agency responsible for regulating the five basic utility sectors: telecommunications, electricity, transport, oil and gas and water. Sittel is responsible for implementing the 1995 Telecommunications Law and other decrees and regulations and is in charge of the granting of telecommunications licenses and concessions, the setting of some rates and the supervision of monopolistic practices in the telecommunications sector. All services within the Bolivian telecommunications market have been opened up to competition following the market liberalization in 2001.

              Millicom has a 100% equity interest in Telecel. In addition to offering mobile services on a nationwide basis, Telecel offers limited long-distance telecommunication and Wi Max services. Millicom accounts for this operation as a subsidiary, i.e. using the full consolidation accounting method.

      34


              Telecel launched commercial operations in 1991 through an offering of analogue mobile services in Bolivia's three main cities of La Paz, Santa Cruz and Cochabamba. In 1997, the network was extended to the rest of the country. At that time, the government of Bolivia privatized the national incumbent fixed-line operator, Entel, by selling a 50.9% stake to Telecom Italia and allowing it to launch a mobile network. At this time the Calling Party Pays system was introduced in Bolivia. Telecel introduced the first prepaid mobile telephony offering in Bolivia at the end of 1996 and launched digital services through its TDMA network in 1997.

              Telecel started offering nationwide GSM services in December 2005. As such, it was the last remaining operation in the Millicom group to adopt this technology platform.

              From 1991 to 1996 Telecel was the only mobile operator in Bolivia. Móvil de Entel, the mobile subsidiary of incumbent operator Entel, launched its mobile services in 1996 and in 2001 NuevaTel (a joint venture, now 72% owned by Trilogy International Partners of the U.S., and 28% by Cooperative of Telecommunications Cochabamba, one of Bolivia's largest telecommunication co-operatives) entered the market with a GSM network. By 2002, Móvil de Entel also started offering heavily subsidized GSM services. Consequently, Móvil de Entel became the leading operator in terms of subscriber numbers. In December 2005 Telecel introduced tigo® with its new GSM network and at the end of 2006 Telecel had consolidated its own position as the second operator in the Bolivian market. Telecel's new GSM services use tigo® to clearly distinguish them from the company's TDMA offerings. At December 31, 2007, the total number of GSM subscribers was 734,125 representing 70% of the total Telecel Bolivia customer Base.

              Telecel was awarded a 20-year license in 1990 to operate a mobile network in Bolivia's three main cities (La Paz, Santa Cruz and Cochabamba). The license was extended in 1995 and will expire in November 2015. Telecel's license was extended in 1997 to cover the rest of the country for a period of 20 years. In December 2002, Telecel was also awarded a 40-year license to provide fixed-line long-distance telecommunication services in Bolivia. This license is mainly used to carry Telecel's mobile traffic. In May 2006 Telecel was awarded a 40-year data concession to provide WiMAX services in Bolivia.

              At December 31, 2007, 367 base stations were in place. Telecel's customer base reached 1,055,823 subscribers at the end of 2007, Covering 53% of Bolivia's population.

      Colombia

              Colombia's system of government is a constitutional republic. The president of the Republic of Colombia is Mr. Alvaro Uribe who has been in office since August 2002 and was re-elected for another 4-year term in May 2006. A 40-year conflict between government forces and anti-government insurgent groups and illegal paramilitary groups, both heavily funded by the drug trade, escalated during the 1990s. The insurgents lack the military or popular support necessary to overthrow the government and violence has been decreasing since about 2002 but insurgents continue attacks against civilians and large parts of the countryside are under guerrilla influence. Most paramilitary members have demobilized since 2002 in an ongoing peace process, although their commitment to ceasing illicit activity is unclear. President Alvaro Uribe has stepped up efforts to reassert government control throughout the country. However, neighboring countries worry about the violence spilling over their borders.

      35


              Colombia's GDP per capita was estimated to be $7,200 in 2007. Colombia's population was estimated at 44 million in mid-2007. Colombia's economy has experienced positive growth in over the past three years despite a serious armed conflict and the GDP real growth rate was estimated at 6.5% in 2007. The economy continues to improve in part because of austere government budgets, focused efforts to reduce public debt levels, an export oriented growth strategy, an improved security situation in the country, and high commodity prices. Ongoing economic problems range from reforming the pension system to reducing high unemployment, and to achieving congressional passage of a fiscal transfer reform. New exploration is needed to offset declining oil production. International and domestic financial analysts note with concern the growing central government deficit, which hovers at 5% of GDP. However, the government's economic policy and democratic security strategy have engendered a growing sense of confidence in the economy, particularly within the business sector.

              In October 2006, Millicom acquired 50% plus one share of the share capital of Colombia Móvil S.A. ESP for a price $124.1 million, representing an Enterprise Value of about $472.2 million. Millicom accounts for this operation as a subsidiary, using the full consolidation accounting method.

              UNE Telecomunicaciones S.A. ESP, a company owned and controlled by the municipality of Medellín, and Empresa de Telecomunicaciones de Bogotà ETB S.A. ESP, a company owned and controlled by the municipality of Bogotà, each own 24.99% of the share capital of Colombia Móvil. Emtelco (a subsidiary of EPM), Colvatel (a subsidiary of ETB) and Empresa Aguas del Oriente Antioqueño (a subsidiary of EPM) each own one share in Colombia Móvil in order to comply with the minimum legal requirement of five shareholders.

              Mobile telephony was introduced in Colombia in 1993. The country was divided into three zones, with two licenses per zone, in band A and B in the 850 Mhz frequency band. Millicom operated in the northern zone of Colombia through a subsidiary called Celcaribe S.A. from 1993 to 2001 when it sold the business to América Móvil. After an initial period with six regional mobile players, the industry went through a consolidation process and today there are four mobile companies: Movistar, belonging to the Telefónica group, Comcel belonging to América Móvil, Avantel, a digital trunking operator (privately owned) and Colombia Móvil, majority owned by Millicom.

              Colombia Móvil S.A. ESP was awarded three licenses in February 2003 to offer Personal Communications System (PCS) services in the three zones, covering all of Colombia. The PCS licenses each have a term of 10 years and allow Colombia Móvil to offer voice, data and video services without additional license requirement for value added services. Additionally, Colombia Móvil has one license for offering carrier services (bearer), with a term of 10 years, extendable for 10 more years. Colombia Móvil S.A. ESP is operating in Colombia with GSM/GPRS technology, on the 1900 MHz band, with 30 MHz of spectrum. Colombia Móvil does not have a WiMAX license.

              Colombia Móvil's license required it to float up to 17.6% of its share capital as part of an initial public offering on the Bogotà stock exchange. During February 2007, an offer of shares was made to the public but, as the minimal acceptance thresholds were not achieved, no new shares were issued to the public. This license requirement has now been fully satisfied.

              Colombia is a "calling party pays" country. Interconnection is mandatory and it cannot be interrupted without previous permission from the regulator. Colombia Móvil has fully operational interconnection agreements for voice and SMS services with two of the other mobile operators and is considering the interconnection conditions for other data services, such as MMS.

              The Communications Ministry manages the radio electric spectrum and in addition there is a regulatory entity known as the Telecommunications Regulatory Commission (CRT), which is in charge of issuing and controlling the regulatory framework applicable to the industry.

      36


              The Colombian telecommunications market is very competitive with about 30 fixed local operators, two mobile operators, one mobile PCS, one digital trunking and three long distance operators, which are owned by private and public shareholders. Colombia Móvil has interconnection with all fixed operators through direct or indirect agreements. Interconnection charges have been commercially agreed or imposed by regulation. Mobile operators mutually pay interconnection charges for call termination. As at December 31, 2006, Colombia Móvil had a market share of approximately 7.8%.

              Colombia Móvil rebranded and redesigned its services using tigo® in the last quarter of 2006. According to the Superintendencia de Industria y Comercio, the country has an estimate of 32 million active mobile subscribers reaching a penetration of 73%, most of which are using prepaid.

              As at December 31, 2007, Colombia Móvil's network comprised 2,309 radio base stations with the capacity to handle a maximum of 4.2 million concurrent subscribers. The network covered 77% of the total population at the end of 2007. The network is GSM/GPRS and EDGE enabled.

      Paraguay

              Paraguay's governmental system is a Constitutional Republic. The 35-year military dictatorship of Alfredo Stroessner was overthrown in 1989 and, despite a marked increase in political infighting in recent years, relatively free and regular presidential elections have been held since then. President Nicanor Duarte Frutos of the ruling Partido Colorado political party has overseen a period of economic recovery and greater stability of public finances since taking office in 2003. Presidential elections are due to take place this year with the current President Mr. Frutos candidate, Blanca Ovelar, fighting to unify the Partido Colorado in order to become stronger for next April Presidential Elections. The opposition is divided by two main candidates which are Fernando Lugo (a former bishop in alliance with the main opposition party, the Liberal party) and Lino Oviedo (a former general of the Paraguayan army).

              Paraguay has a market economy characterized by a large informal sector. Soya and other agricultural products as well as meat are being exported to Mercosur, Europe and other countries, (66% of economic growth was due to exports of agricultural products) this, together with royalties from Itaipu (the largest hydro electric power plant worldwide) and remittances from Paraguayans living abroad, represent the main income sources. A large proportion of the population derives their living from agricultural activity, often on a subsistence basis. It is estimated that about 30% of the population continued to live below the poverty line in 2007. During the 1990s, the average annual growth rate in GDP per capita was negative with growth of only 0.5% between 1990 and 1995. 2003 per capita GDP was about the same as in 1976 and 2007 GDP per capita was estimated at $4,000 (which is the highest of the last years). The economy has regained growth momentum since 2003 under the Duarte Frutos administration. Preliminary Central Bank figures for 2007 had GDP up 6.4% over 2006 (highest GDP in 25 years); projected inflation 6% with an eyebrow-raising negative inflation of 2.2% for November. The real GDP growth rate was estimated at 4.5% in 2007. Paraguay had a population estimated at about 7 million in 2007.

              The Telecommunications Law of 1995 was aimed at liberalizing the sector through the creation of the Comisión Nacional de Telecomunicaciones (Conatel), the regulatory authority of the telecommunications sector. Although the law succeeded in opening up the mobile and value added sectors, including the internet service provider market, state owned incumbent Copaco has retained its monopoly position in the fixed-line and international calls market. This monopoly remains and there are no signs of liberalization at least until 2008 after presidential elections.

              In October 2007, Conatel decided to change ICX billing from per minute billing to per second billing, and the four mobile operators proceeded in the same way.

      37


              Telecel Paraguay is 100% owned by Millicom and started operations in 1992. It primarily operates a GSM network which is GPRS / EDGE enabled. Telecel also operates the largest broadband wireless network with WiMAX in Paraguay and was the market leader in the Paraguayan broadband market in 2007.

              Until 1998, Telecel enjoyed a monopoly position in the mobile market when Personal (owned by Telecom Italia) entered the market as the second operator. In 1999, Vox (a joint venture between KDDI Corporation of Japan and Mr. Toyotoshi, a local businessman) entered the market with a GSM network as the third operator. Hutchison Whampoa owned Porthable entered the market as the fourth mobile operator in 2001, followed in 2005 by América Móvil who acquired Porthable, re-named CTI, from Hutchison Whampoa, which is currently the only operator to launch 3 G technology.

              Telecel was awarded a 10-year license for an 800MHz network in 1991, which was renewed in October 2001 until October 2006, when the license was again renewed until 2011. In 1997, The 1900MHz PCS license that expired in November 2007 was renewed for an additional 5 years period (until November 2012). This license is renewable for successive five-year periods. The Wireless Local Loop and data transmission licenses were awarded in 1999, renewed in 2005 and 2004 and will expire in 2010 and 2009, respectively. Deregulation for international voice & data services was claimed but PTT monopoly is likely to continue at least until presidential elections next April 2008.

              Tigo Paraguay subscribers grew 62% in 2007. By the end of 2007, Tigo had 2,067,019 subscribers. At December 31, 2007, 455 base stations were in place.

              During 2007, Telecel launched Mini tariff and Electronic recharge for SMS Tariff, contributing to increase VAS revenue, which grew 118% compared to 2006.


      AFRICA

              Millicom's Africa cluster consists of its mobile operations in Chad, the Democratic Republic of Congo, Ghana, Mauritius, Senegal, Sierra Leone and Tanzania. Our African licenses covered approximately 158 million people as at December 31, 2007.

      Chad

              Chad's government system is a unitary republic based on the amended constitution of June 2005. The country endured three decades of civil war as well as an invasion by Libya before peace was restored in 1990. The government finally drafted a democratic constitution and held flawed presidential elections in 1996 and 2001. In 1998, a rebellion broke out in northern Chad, which continues to sporadically flare up despite several peace agreements between the government and the rebels. In 2005 new rebel groups emerged in western Sudan (Darfur) and have made probing attacks into eastern Chad. Power remains in the hands of an ethnic minority. In June 2005, President Idriss Déby held a referendum successfully removing constitutional term limits. In April 2006 an attempted coup against Mr. Déby's government was defeated. In May 2006, Mr. Déby was re-elected president for a five-year term. At the time of the election, the country was facing a growing conflict with Sudan, high unemployment, and a growing insurgency fueled by deserting members of the Chadian military and the United Front for Democratic Change rebel group.

              During the first two weeks of February 2008 rebel groups opposing the Government of Mr. Déby made attacks on cities along the Sudanese border and into N'Djamena. By order of the Government all networks were shut down in N'Djamena and along the Sudanese border. Fortunately no loss of life of our employees was recorded and damage to sites, residencies and commercial property, mainly in N'Djamena, was not material. Foreign nationals and dependants were evacuated and effective deployment of business continuity plans (BCP) enabled Management to ramp-up business after February 13, 2008.

      38


              Chad's primarily agricultural economy continues to be supported by major oil and gas projects which started in 2000. Over 80% of the country's population relies on subsistence farming and livestock for its livelihood. Chad's economy has long been handicapped by its landlocked position, high energy costs, and a history of instability. Chad relies on foreign assistance and foreign capital for most public and private sector investment projects. A consortium led by two U.S. companies has been investing $3.7 billion to develop oil reserves, estimated at 1 billion barrels, in southern Chad. The nation's total oil reserves has been estimated to be 2 billion barrels. Although cotton, cattle, gum arabic are important commodities produced for export in Chad, around 97% of the country's exports are derived from the oil and gas industry. Chad started exporting oil in 2004. Following the resumption of IMF assistance in early 2005, a new poverty reduction and strategy paper has begun to broadly shape future economic policy. Poverty remains a key issue in Chad with approximately 80% of the population living below the poverty line in 2006, and a 2007 GDP per capita estimated at $1,600. Real GDP growth in 2007 was estimated at -1%. Chad became a member of the World Trade Organization in 1996. Chad had a population of about 10 million in mid-2007 and had about 400,000 refugees from Sudan (Darfur) and Central Africa on its soil.

              The Ministry of Posts & Telecommunications was responsible for regulation of the telecoms sector until the Telecommunications Act was passed in 1998. The enactment of the law paved the way for the creation of a new regulatory authority, the Office Tchadien de Régulation des Télécommunications (OTRT), in 2000. In the same year, the Société des Télécommunications du Tchad (Sotel Tchad) was established to operate basic fixed-line telephony services in the country during a five-year exclusivity period. The amount of fixed telephone lines installed was estimated at 13,000 in 2004. The government is considering a partial privatization of Sotel Tchad although no timetable has yet been set.

              Millicom has an 87.5% equity interest in Millicom Tchad. The remaining 12.5% of the company is owned by a local business man, Mr. David Abtour. Millicom accounts for this operation as a subsidiary, i.e. using the full consolidation accounting method.

              Celtel Tchad, in which Kuwait based Zain (formerly MTC) is the 100% majority shareholder, is the only other mobile operator in Chad.

              Millicom Tchad launched commercial operations in the capital city, N'Djamena, in October 2005. The company offers tigo® branded prepaid services over its GSM network and services include GPRS, EDGE, MMS and e-PIN and has an international gateway. In November 2004, Millicom Tchad was awarded a 10-year license to operate a nationwide GSM network in Chad. The company's license was amended in July 2005 to allow for international gateway operations and in January 2007 for GPRS/Edge. Millicom Tchad does not have a WiMAX license because no such licenses have yet been issued in Chad.

              As at December 31, 2007 Millicom Tchad's GSM network comprised 152 base stations with the capacity to handle a maximum of 450,000 concurrent subscribers and the network covered 50% of the total population.

      39


      Democratic Republic of Congo (DRC)

              The DRC's government system is a unitary republic. Following the withdrawal of Rwandan forces from eastern DRC in 2002, the Pretoria Accord was signed by all relevant parties to end four years of regional war involving Angola, Chad, Namibia, Sudan and Zimbabwe supporting the Congolese regime being challenged by Rwanda and Uganda. A transitional government was set up in July 2003 with Joseph Kabila. He was joined by four vice-presidents representing the former government, former rebel groups and the political opposition. New elections had been due by June 2005 after a transition period of two years. The transitional government held a successful constitutional referendum in December 2005 and elections considered generally free and fair for the presidency, National Assembly, and provincial legislatures in 2006. These were the first democratic elections in about 40 years, since the election of Patrice Lumumba, Congo's first ever elected head of state. President Kabila was inaugurated president in December 2006. Provincial assemblies were constituted in early 2007, and elected governors and national senators in January 2007.

              The economy of the DRC, a nation endowed with vast potential wealth, has declined drastically since the mid-1980s. The war, which began in August 1998, dramatically reduced national output and government revenue, increased external debt, and resulted in the deaths of about 3.5 million people from violence, famine, and disease. Foreign businesses curtailed operations due to uncertainty about the outcome of the conflict, lack of infrastructure, and the difficult operating environment. Conditions improved in late 2002 with the withdrawal of a large portion of the invading foreign troops. The transitional government has reopened relations with international financial institutions and international donors, and President Kabila has begun implementing reforms. Much economic activity lies outside the GDP data. Economic stability improved in 2003-7, although an uncertain legal framework, corruption, and a lack of openness in government policy continues to hamper growth. In 2005-07, renewed activity in the mining sector, the source of most exports, boosted the government's fiscal position and GDP growth. Business and economic prospects are expected to improve as a result of the announcement in February 2007 of the new government. Economic growth as measured by real GDP growth in DRC was estimated at over 7% in 2007, largely driven by the country's main industries such as mining, mineral processing and textiles. The country continues to suffer from severe lack of infrastructure and continued instability and attacks by rebels in the eastern parts of the country (Ituri region). DRC became a member of the World Trade Organization in 1997. DRC had a population estimated at about 66 million in 2007. GDP per capita was estimated at $300 in 2007. The percentage of persons living below the poverty line is not available but is clearly very large.

              DRC's incumbent fixed line operator is the "Office Congolais des Postes et des Télécommunications" (OCPT). It operates an outdated, poorly managed analogue fixed-line network of approximately 10,000 lines mainly concentrated in the capital city of Kinshasa. The Autorité de Régulation de la Poste et des Télécommunications du Congo (ARPTC) is in charge of regulating the telecommunications sector. Legislation has been prepared but not yet implemented which will formally end the OCPT's monopoly and allow for market liberalization. To date, the government has no developed telecommunications policy. As the DRC lacks the funds to invest in a modern fixed-line infrastructure, the country's mobile sector has been facing high demand in recent years.

              Millicom has a 100.0% equity interest in Oasis S.P.R.L. and accounts for this operation as a subsidiary, i.e., using the full consolidation accounting method.

              Millicom acquired Oasis from Orascom Telecom on September 13, 2005 for a total consideration of US$35 million and promptly engaged in the process of rebuilding the company's network coverage, product and service offering, marketing strategy and distribution network. This turnaround was completed during 2006 together with an accelerated network build-out and the building of a regional organization to support direct distribution effectively. Oasis also has an international gateway.

      40


              Discussions have continued with the relevant authorities about whether, as a result of the acquisition of Oasis by Millicom, a license transfer fee of $14,750,000 may be due under a ministerial decree dated July 29, 2005. Millicom's position is that no transfer fee is due because the wording of the law in question does not apply to the specific transaction structure by which Millicom acquired Oasis. However, there is a risk that Oasis may not be able to avoid the payment of the transfer fee in 2008.

              Three operators (Starcel, Comcel and Afritel) were offering limited analogue and CDMA mobile services in DRC when Oasis entered the market with its GSM offering. These operators had ceased to exist by the end of 2003. Initially Celtel Congo, owned by Kuwait based Zain (formerly MTC), was the only other GSM operator in the market, becoming the leading provider of mobile services in DRC with coverage in almost 100 cities. In 2001, Congolese Wireless Networks (CWN) entered into a joint venture with South African mobile operator Vodacom, creating a new operator, Vodacom Congo, which launched GSM services in DRC in April 2002 and extended its coverage to a large number of cities. The fourth operator, CCT, jointly owned by Chinese telecoms equipment provider ZTE (51%) and the DRC government (49%), launched its GSM network in January 2002.

              After several years of underinvestment, Oasis' market position had declined to a number four position in terms of subscribers when it was acquired by Millicom in mid-September 2005. Since then, Millicom has built up and re-launched the operation by introducing tigo® in January 2007 by offering a combination of improved coverage and quality of mobile voice services, innovative products and services, a direct distribution network, and a new pricing strategy.

              In November 1997 Oasis was awarded a 20-year license to operate a fixed-line network in DRC. An amendment to the license was signed in October 1999 which allows the company to construct a nationwide GSM network. Oasis does not have a WiMAX license because no licenses are currently commercially available in DRC.

              As of December 31, 2007, Oasis' GSM network comprises 383 base stations with the capacity to handle a maximum of 800,000 concurrent subscribers. The network covers 22% of the total population.

      Ghana

              Ghana in 1957 became the first sub-Saharan country in colonial Africa to gain its independence. A long series of military coups resulted in the suspension of the constitution in 1981 and a ban on political parties. A new constitution, restoring multi-party politics, was approved in 1992. Lt. Jerry Rawlings, head of state since 1981, won presidential elections in 1992 and 1996, but was constitutionally prevented from running for a third term in 2000, when John Kufuor succeeded him in a free and fair election.

      41


              Ghana's key industries include mining, lumber, light manufacturing, aluminum smelting and food processing. Gold, timber and cocoa production are major sources of foreign exchange. Ghana remains dependent on international financial and technical assistance. The country opted for debt relief under the IMF-World Bank's heavily indebted poor countries program in 2002 and in July 2004 it satisfied the program's conditions and the decision was taken to give Ghana debt relief of approximately US$3.5 billion on debt it owed to international institutions, resulting in debt service savings of approximately US$100 million per annum for the following 20 years. Policy priorities include tighter monetary and fiscal policies, accelerated privatization and improvement of social services. Ghana had an estimated 6.2% real GDP growth in 2007 and inflation rate at close to 11%. Ghana has been plagued with a recent energy crisis as its main source of electricity (the Akosombo hydro-electric dam) was unable to generate enough electricity to meet the needs of the growing population and the expanding industrial activities. The energy crisis lasted until the last quarter of 2007 when the water level in the dam has improved slightly and the power generation became more stable. Ghana's GDP per capita was estimated at $1,400 in 2007. Although no reliable recent figures are available, it is estimated that at least a quarter of the estimated current population of 23 million (December 2007) continues to live under the poverty line.

              Ghana has been at the forefront of Africa in liberalizing its telecommunications sector. In the early 1990s, the government recognized that the industry was underdeveloped but had the potential to stimulate economic growth. Consequently, the government introduced several initiatives to liberalize the industry to pave the way for competition and infrastructural improvement. Barely over a decade ago, was the National Communications Authority (NCA) established to oversee the implementation of government regulations and act as the mainstream regulatory body for the industry.

              Millicom Ghana (tigo) was the first mobile operator in Ghana having commenced operations in 1992. Millicom Ghana further pioneered the concept of prepaid services in Ghana in 1998. Millicom Ghana was the second largest mobile operator in Ghana as at December, 2007. In addition to Millicom Ghana, three other companies offer mobile services in the country: Kasapa, MTN, and OneTouch. After nearly a decade of relatively slow growth, the mobile market in Ghana started seeing considerable growth in penetration starting in 2001 as a result of several favorable factors, including the development of a regulatory framework, increased competition and the improving macroeconomic environment. Mobile penetration has increased in recent years from 7% to almost 30% at the end of 2007.

              MTN, a South African mobile operator previously known as Areeba, began operations in 1996 as the third operator and operates a nation-wide GSM 900 MHz network. As at December 2007 it was estimated to have the highest subscriber base amongst all the mobile operators in Ghana. The start of operations of MTN resulted in significant erosion in Millicom Ghana's market share and a consequential loss of its leadership position mainly due to the fact that it was not operating GSM service until 2002. MTN currently has the largest network coverage in Ghana. OneTouch is a division of Ghana Telecom, Ghana's main fixed line service provider, operating a GSM 900 MHz network. In 2000, OneTouch entered the market as the fourth operator when Millicom Ghana was applying for its GSM license. OneTouch was not allowed to launch commercial operations until July 2002. OneTouch was estimated to have a market share of about 15% at December 2007. Kasapa, majority owned by Hutchison Whampoa, entered the market as the second operator with an AMPS network in 1995 when Millicom was enjoying its market monopoly. The company now operates (CDMA) service with limited coverage. Kasapa, formerly known as Celltel, is the smallest Mobile operator in Ghana with approximately 290,000 subscribers and an estimated market share of 4% at December 2007. Westel, the national fixed line operator was bought by Celtel (Zain) during 2007. Westel has both fixed and mobile license. Celtel is expected to rollout its mobile network during 2008 so as to bring the mobile market participants to five.

      42


              The telecommunications sector in Ghana is regulated by the National Communications Authority (NCA). NCA has been in operation for the past decade and reports to the Ministry of Communications. The primary function of the NCA includes the issuance of telecommunication business licenses, the regulation of interconnection rates, and ensuring the provision of good quality services to the public.

              In December 2004, the government awarded GSM licenses to all four mobile operators in Ghana. Before this date, the operations were run based on a permission to use an allocated frequency. Millicom Ghana's GSM license authorizes it to provide mobile and local fixed wireless services. Although Millicom Ghana applied for a GSM license in 2000, it was not allowed to launch GSM services for approximately two years until July 2002 when it eventually launched its GSM operation, which led to an important growth in its subscriber base. NCA finally issued Millicom Ghana a formal GSM operating license in December 2004, valid for 15 years. Under this license, Millicom Ghana has 8 MHz of spectrum in the 900 band and has been granted an additional 10 MHz in the 1800 band. Millicom Ghana also acquired an International Gateway license in June 2005. This license is valid for 10 years.

              In March 2006, Millicom Ghana introduced tigo® and offered an array of Value-Added Services (VAS): General Packet Radio Services (GPRS), Wireless Application Protocol (WAP), Multimedia Messaging Services (MMS), Caller Ring Back Tones (CRBT) and other interactive value added services. Millicom Ghana is considering acquiring a 3G license and has started preparing its current network to be compatible for rollout when the license is finally acquired.

              Millicom Ghana's GSM network had a total of 452 cell sites with 702 Base Transceiver Stations (BTS), 7 Multi-Switching Centers (MSC), 12 Base Station Controllers (BSC), and the capacity to handle over 3.57 million concurrent subscribers at December 31, 2007, and its network covered slightly over 61% of the total population as at the same date.

      Mauritius

              Mauritius' government system is a parliamentary democracy. After almost five centuries under Dutch, French and British control, the country gained its independence in 1968. A stable democracy with regular free elections, Mauritius has attracted considerable foreign investment and has earned one of Africa's highest per capita incomes. Sir Anerood Jugnauth has been president since 2003 and Navinchandra Ramgoolam of the Labor Party was elected prime minister in the July 2005 elections.

              Since 1968 Mauritius has developed from a low-income, agriculturally based economy to a middle income diversified economy with growing industrial, financial and tourist sectors. For most of the period, economic growth (as measured by real GDP) has been between 5% and 6% per year, which has resulted in more equitable income distribution, increased life expectancy, and significantly improved infrastructure. Real GDP growth was estimated at over 5% in 2007 and GDP per capita at $11,900. About 10% of the Mauritius population lived under the poverty line in 2007. Sugarcane is grown on approximately 90% of the cultivated land area and accounts for 25% of export earnings. The government's development strategy centers on foreign investment, expanding local financial institutions and expanding the domestic telecommunications industry. Mauritius, with its strong textile sector, is well positioned to take advantage of the Africa Growth and Opportunity Act. Mauritius had a population of about 1 million in mid-2007.

              The Information and Communication Technology Authority (ICTA) is the country's telecommunications regulator. Mauritius has the highest mobile and fixed-line penetration rates in sub-Saharan Africa. The domestic telecommunications market is dominated by Mauritius Telecom.

      43


              Millicom has a 50% equity interest in Emtel Limited. The remaining 50% of the company is owned by a local partner, Currimjee Jeewanjee & Co. Ltd, a subsidiary of one of the leading diversified groups in Mauritius. The two shareholders in Emtel jointly control the company. Millicom accounts for this operation as a joint venture, i.e., using the proportionate accounting method.

              Emtel entered the market in 1989 as the first mobile operator in the country. Until 1996 Emtel enjoyed a monopoly position when Cellplus, owned by incumbent Mauritius Telecom, entered the market as the second operator with the launch of a GSM network. As Emtel launched its GSM service offering in 1999, three years after its competitor, Emtel experienced a significant decline in market share at the end of the 1990s. Emtel launched 3G services in Mauritius in November 2004, making it the first mobile operator to offer such services in Africa. A third mobile operator, Mahanagar Telephone (Mauritius) Ltd., entered the market in December 2006 using CDMA technology.

              Emtel operates a GSM network which is GPRS enabled and a UMTS/3G network.

              Emtel owns licenses for mobile services, international long-distance and internet services. Emtel was awarded a 10-year license in 1989, including a seven year exclusivity period. Emtel's license was modified in November 2000 and is valid for a period of 15 years. Furthermore, Emtel obtained additional spectrum for UMTS/3G services in November 2004, an international long-distance license in December 2003 (valid until 2018) and an internet service license in May 2004 (valid until 2019). Emtel's competitor Cellplus is subject to the same condition. Cellplus and Emtel are in discussions with the relevant authorities to remove this condition. Since May 2006, Emtel has had temporary rights to offer WiMAX based services on a trial basis, and acquired a WiMAX license in March 2007. Implementation of the Telecommunications Directive (1 of 2007) to reduce interconnect tariffs to the state-owned fixed-line infrastructure has been postponed to 2008.

              As at December 31, 2007, Emtel's GSM network comprised 181 base stations with the capacity to handle a maximum of 537,000 concurrent subscribers, and covered 98% of the total population. As at the same date, Emtel's 3G network had 161 base stations with the capacity to handle 100,000 concurrent subscribers. In 2007 Emtel started a WIMAX network with 5 base stations and an HSDPA network of 29 base stations.

      Senegal

              Senegal's government system is a unitary republic under multiparty democratic rule, having gained its independence in 1960. The political environment in the country passed a key milestone when the opposition socialist party led by Abdoulaye Wade came to power in the 2000 presidential elections and was re-elected President in free and fair elections in February 2007. Senegal remains one of the few stable democracies in Africa.

      44


              Real GDP growth was estimated at 5% in 2007 and GDP per capita at $1,700. About half of the population continues to live under the poverty line. The government continues to support the New Partnership for Africa's Development which, with the backing of the G8, aims to increase donor support and inflows of foreign direct investment to African countries in exchange for improvements in governance. Senegal also continues to pursue a donor supported economic reform program as outlined in the IMF's three-year poverty reduction and growth facility approved in April 2003. Senegal still relies heavily upon outside donor assistance. Under the IMF's Highly Indebted Poor Countries (HIPC) debt relief program, Senegal will benefit from eradication of two-thirds of its bilateral, multilateral, and private sector debt. The country's key industries include agriculture and fishing, mining, fertilizer production and petroleum refining. High unemployment, however, continues to prompt illegal migrants to flee Senegal in search of better job opportunities in Europe. Senegal was also beset by an energy crisis that caused widespread blackouts in 2006. Senegal became a member of the World Trade Organization in 1995. In September 2005, the World Bank and the IMF agreed to support Senegal's accelerated growth strategy, combining the goals fixed under the poverty reduction and growth facility with the goal of increasing real GDP growth from its current level to 8% p.a. by 2015. Senegal had a population of about 13 million in 2007.

              The telecommunications sector in Senegal was reformed in 1985 with the creation of state owned Sonatel. The country made commitments under the World Trade Organization's Basic Telecommunications Agreement to introduce a regulatory structure promoting competition by the end of 1997 and a new legislation was adopted in 1996, providing for the opening up of Sonatel's capital to private foreign and national partners and liberalization of some segments of the telecommunications market. Consequently, France Telecom acquired a 33% stake in Sonatel in 1997 and later increased the holding to 42.3%; other shareholders include the Senegalese government (27.7%), employees (10%), and the remaining shares are traded on the local stock exchange.

              In 2001 the government passed an updated Telecommunications Law aimed at bringing about further liberalization of the sector, mainly through the establishment of a new regulatory authority, the "Agence de Régulation des Télécommunications" (ART). ART is responsible for licensing, spectrum management, tariff approval, interconnection rates and frequency allocation. The law also paved the way for the opening of rural telephony to private investment as a means of achieving universal service.

              Senegal has developed one of the most extensive and modern telecommunication infrastructures in Africa. Mobile services were introduced in 1996 and, since the introduction of competition in 1999 with the start of Sentel's commercial operations, the number of mobile subscribers has grown substantially. Sonatel, controlled by France Télécom, is still the only other mobile operator in Senegal in addition to Millicom's Sentel.

              Sentel was awarded a 20-year concession to operate a nationwide network in July 1998. The concession is renewable every five years after the expiry of the original concession, in 2018, subject to the approval of the Senegalese authorities and provided Sentel has complied with the terms of the concession. At the time of the grant of the concession, the Senegalese government had announced certain amendments to the concession. No amendments to the concession have been implemented to date. The government that took office in 2000 repeatedly publicly questioned the status and the validity of Sentel's concession. In August 2002, Millicom and the government entered into an agreement whereby they agreed to negotiate in good faith certain mutually acceptable new conditions that would constitute an amendment of Sentel's 1998 concession.

              Sentel launched its commercial operations in 1999 as the second mobile operator in the country and it was the first mobile operator to introduce GPRS services. Sentel launched tigo® in November 2005.

              As of December 31, 2007 Millicom had a 100% equity interest in Sentel.

      45


              The issue of a third mobile license has been discussed for a few years and by the end of 2007 a global licence has been granted to Sudatel (Sudan). Sudatel network would be on air by mid of 2008. Sentel does not yet have a WiMAX license.

              As of December 31, 2007 Sentel' s GSM network comprised 383 base stations with the network capacity to handle a maximum of 1,750 million concurrent subscribers and covered 76.9% of the total population.

      Sierra Leone

              Sierra Leone's government system is a constitutional democracy which is currently re-establishing its authority following the end of a brutal 10-year civil war in 2002. The last United Nations peacekeepers withdrew in December 2005, leaving full responsibility for security with domestic forces, but a new civilian UN office remains to support the government. Mounting tensions related to planned 2007 elections, deteriorating political and economic conditions in Guinea, and the tenuous security situation in neighboring Liberia may present challenges to continuing progress in Sierra Leone's stability. With the support of the United Nations and contributions from the World Bank and the international community, the rebuilding of the country's infrastructure is ongoing. Many of the 2 million people displaced during the civil war have now returned from neighboring countries and in 2006 the population was estimated at 6 million.

              Sierra Leone is an extremely poor African nation with tremendous inequality in income distribution. While it possesses substantial mineral, agricultural, and fishery resources, its economic and social infrastructure is not well developed, and serious social disorders continue to hamper economic development. About two-thirds of the working-age population engages in subsistence agriculture. Manufacturing consists mainly of the processing of raw materials and of light manufacturing for the domestic market. Alluvial diamond mining remains the major source of hard currency earnings, accounting for nearly half of Sierra Leone's exports. The fate of the economy depends upon the maintenance of domestic peace and the continued receipt of substantial aid from abroad, which is essential to offset the severe trade imbalance and supplement government revenues. The IMF has completed a Poverty Reduction and Growth Facility program that helped stabilize economic growth and reduce inflation. A recent increase in political stability has led to a revival of economic activity, particularly mining.

              Although no recent reliable figures are available, in the late 1980s about 70% of the population was living below the poverty line. We believe this figure is still accurate today. The current population is estimated at about 6 million. The GDP per capita was estimated at $800 in 2006 with very small variance in 2007. Real GDP growth estimated at 7% in 2007. The nation's abundant natural mineral resources have great appeal for international mining companies and offer a variety of peripheral economic development opportunities. Sierra Leone's location along the Atlantic coast poses advantages as a logistic and shipping hub as well as attracting tourism provided the infrastructure is improves significantly.

              Sierra Leone has one of the lowest mobile telephone penetration rates in the world, estimated in 10.5%. The National Telecommunications Commission (NTC) was established as the regulatory body by the Telecommunications Act of 2006. The 2006 Act gives Sierratel, the national incumbent fixed line operator, the exclusive right to operate the international gateway from February 2007. One of the first decisions taken by the NTC was to increase the GSM license fee from $50,000 to $500,000 per year effective January 2007.

              The fixed-line telecommunications market in Sierra Leone is also highly underdeveloped (3000 lines). Consequently, mobile services have become the main telecommunications platform. In addition to Millicom, there are three other mobile operators in Sierra Leone: Celtel, Comium and Africell.

      46


              Millicom (SL) is a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Millicom group. It launched commercial operations in 2001 as the second mobile operator and today operates a GSM 900 network, and in 2007 been awarded with 1800 license. When the Millicom (SL) service was launched, coverage was restricted and there was intermittent service failure in several important high-density areas. In year 2005 Millicom (SL) started implementing an expansion and optimization of its network which was completed in October 2006 and now covers approximately 27% of the total population.

              Millicom (SL) operates a network providing full GPRS-EDGE functionalities. Expansion of Millicom's network is ongoing, with the aim for the network capacity to reach 150,000 subscribers from an existing subscriber base of 105,000 as December 2007. The next step will be to introduce internet access over mobile to the market, and to improve network quality.

              Millicom (SL) prepaid "Buzz" GSM had been its sole brand since the launch of the operation in 2001. Due to under-investment in the network and the brand, it lost out to its more aggressive competitors. To reverse this situation, tigo® was launched on August 31, 2006 with encouraging results during 2007. As of December 31, 2007, Millicom (SL)'s GSM network comprises 76 base stations.

              In December 2007 a new government took place. There is a lot of expectation on the new government who announced that they will be focused on fighting against corruption and to effectively provide basic services to the country such as 24 hours a day electricity, water, health, roads, and education.

      Tanzania

              Tanzania's system of government is a federal republic formed by the union in 1964 of Tanganyika and Zanzibar. President Jakaya Mrisho Kikwete came to power after winning the last democratic elections held on December 14, 2005. One-party rule came to an end in 1995 with the first democratic elections held in the country since the 1970s. Zanzibar's semi-autonomous status and popular opposition have led to two contentious elections since 1995, which the ruling party won despite international observers' claims of voting irregularities. President Kikwete is continuing carrying out economic reforms that gathered pace during two terms in office of the previous president, Benjamin Mkapa.

              Tanzania is one of the poorest countries in the world. The economy depends heavily on agriculture, which accounts for almost half of GDP, provides 85% of exports, and employs 80% of the work force. Topography and climatic conditions, however, limit cultivated crops to only 4% of the land area. Industry traditionally featured the processing of agricultural products and light consumer goods, as well as tourism. The World Bank, the International Monetary Fund, and bilateral donors have provided funds to rehabilitate Tanzania's out-of-date economic infrastructure and to alleviate poverty. The government and the IMF have agreed to replace the poverty reduction and growth facility (PRGF), which ran to August 2006, with a policy support instrument (PSI), which provide extensive external monitoring of the government's reform efforts but would give no financial support, unlike the PRGF program. The PDI will continue to set the medium/term policy framework and maintain macroeconomic stability while the government pushes ahead with its long-term five-year National Strategy for Growth and Reduction of Poverty (NSGRP), usually referred to by its Swahili acronym (MKUKUTA), which is due to run to June 2010. Long-term growth through 2005 featured a pickup in industrial production and a substantial increase in output of minerals, led by gold. Recent banking reforms have helped increase private-sector growth and investment. Continued donor assistance and solid macroeconomic policies supported real GDP growth of almost 7% in 2007. Tanzania became a member of the World Trade Organization in 1995. Tanzania has a population of more than 39 million in 2007, with a growth of about 2%, 44% of the population is under the age of 14. Its 2007 GDP per capita was estimated at $1,100 and in 2004 (latest available figure) about 35% of the population lived below the poverty line.

      47


              Tanzania was among the first African countries to liberalize its telecommunications sector, with all segments of the market except fixed-line services now accessible to the private sector. In 1997 the government introduced its National Telecommunications Policy covering the period until 2020. Key goals of the policy initiative are to increase tele-density, develop fixed-line service coverage of rural areas, facilitate investments by domestic and international companies and institutions, and provide a regulatory framework to encourage private sector involvement and competition, with the goal to gradually divest the state's shareholding in the incumbent operator TTCL. The Tanzania Communications Regulatory Authority (TCRA) was established in 2003 and is responsible for the allocation and management of radio spectrum in Tanzania.

              Following the buy-out of the minority shareholder, Ultimate Communications Limited, in January 2006, Millicom owns 100% of MIC Tanzania Limited. Due to an attachment order on all the shares in MIC Tanzania, the 15.6% shareholding acquired from the minority shareholder has yet to be registered at the local Companies Registrar's office. The attachment order is the result of a lawsuit instituted in Tanzania by a disgruntled former employee. Millicom expects the issue of the judgment lifting the attachment order to occur during the second quarter of 2008. Although there is no assurance that the judgment will be in Millicom's favor, we expect it to be as the legal basis for the order is erroneous. Millicom accounts for this operation as a subsidiary, i.e., using the full consolidation accounting method.

              MIC Tanzania was the first mobile operator in Tanzania, launching commercial services in 1994 that initially covered Dar es Salaam, Zanzibar, Arusha and Mwanza. In 1999, it introduced its first GSM service offering and analogue services were discontinued in October 2005.

              The other mobile telephony operators in Tanzania are:

        Vodacom Tanzania, 65% owned by South African mobile operator Vodacom and 35% owned by local Planetel Communications, entered the market in August 2000 and has become the leading provider of mobile services in Tanzania in terms of subscribers.

        Celtel Tanzania, in which Kuwait-based MTC has a 100% shareholding, launched GSM services in the country in November 2001.

        Zantel, jointly owned by the government of Zanzibar, Emirate Telecommunication Company, Kintbury Investment of the Channel Islands and a local technology firm, introduced GSM services in Zanzibar and the islands of Unguja and Pemba in August 1999, and entered the Tanzanian mainland in June 2005 through a national roaming agreement with Vodacom Tanzania.

        Excellentcom Tanzania Ltd was on November 2007 licensed as a GSM mobile operator but has yet to start operations.

              In January 1994 MIC Tanzania was awarded a 15-year license to operate a nationwide mobile network and, in January 2004, the company's license was extended to a 25-year license expiring in January 2019. MIC Tanzania does not have a WiMAX license, but it will obtain one as part of the migration to the new converged licensing framework.

              In May 2007 we migrated to the converged licensing framework which is technological neutral. MIC Tanzania has been issued with three separate licences for Network facilities Services, Network Services and, Application Services. While the first two will last for 25 years, the last one will last for 5 years renewable.

              The GSM network comprises 537 base stations with a maximum capacity of handling 1,033,333 concurrent subscribers. The network covers 85% of the total population.

      48



      ASIA

              Millicom has three operations in Asia: Cambodia, Laos, and Sri Lanka. Millicom completed the sale of its two operations in Pakistan, Pakcom Limited and Paktel Limited, in June 2006 and February 2007, respectively, and terminated its management contract in Iran in September 2006. Millicom's Business Cooperation Contract ("BCC") in Vietnam expired in mid-May 2005 and the final reconciliations and BCC liquidation documents were agreed by the two parties in February 2007. In May 2007 the formal Application for the Liquidation of the BCC was submitted to the Hanoi Department of Planning and Investment. As required by Law, the Hanoi DPI has 30 days to raise any questions or objection to the BCC Liquidation Request, otherwise the BCC is considered closed once both parties have settled final outstanding transactions. There was no objection from the Hanoi DPI and the final transaction between the two BCC parties was concluded on 17 June 2007, signifying the formal end to the BCC contract. Millicom's Asian operations in Sri Lanka, Cambodia and Laos covered approximately 42 million people as at December 31, 2007.

      Cambodia

              Cambodia is a constitutional monarchy. While the head of the state is King Norodom Sihamoni, the head of the Cambodian government ("GoC") is Prime Minister Hun Sen. Cambodia gained independence from France in 1954. Following over 20 years of political turmoil that ended in 1993, the country held its first democratic elections in 1993. Cambodia has been run by a coalition led by the dominant Cambodian Peoples Party ("CPP") since 1998. General elections are scheduled for July 2008 and CPP is expected to win the election.

              Cambodia has 14 million inhabitants and GDP (PPP) of $1,800. The country has a predominantly young population with 50% of population below the age of 30. The population is primarily rural based, hence, it is heavily dependent on subsistence farming. Population growth is estimated at 2% p.a.

              The Cambodian economy recorded significant growth in recent years due to the GoC's efforts to stabilize the economy and reduce poverty. Such expansion has been driven largely by the growth of the garment and tourism industries. As a result, GDP growth has reached double digits of 10-13% p.a. between 2004 and 2006 and is estimated at 9% in 2007. Inflation has been historically low, averaging 2.8% between 2002 and 2004. However, inflation is expected to increase to 5.4% in 2007. Foreign direct investment is estimated at US$510 million equivalent for 2007, up from US$84 million equivalent in 2003 which confirms improvement in investor sentiment and in the perception of Cambodia by the international business community.

              Despite recent improvements in the economy, the GoC is still heavily reliant on multilateral aid to supplement its budget. Such aid averaged US$500 million p.a. between 2001 and 2005. Although the GoC had made steps to diversify the economy, Cambodia remains heavily dependent on agricultural output. Furthermore, because of the high degree of dollarization of the economy, the central bank is limited in its ability to use monetary policy tools to manage the economy. Lack of governance and corruption remain major issues. Poverty and unemployment remain high as the economy is unable to absorb a rapidly growing labor force.

              Economic growth is expected to continue in the medium term. GDP growth is estimated at 7% and 6.4% in 2008 and 2009 respectively. FDI growth should also remain strong resulting from improvement in the business environment as Cambodia complies with its World Trade Organization membership requirements. The economy is also expected to benefit from tourism and from newly found oil and gas deposits. Despite these developments, the GoC is expected to continue to rely heavily on foreign aid to fund fiscal expenditures due to its weak revenue base.

              The Cambodian market is characterized by low mobile (15% or 2.1 million subscribers) and fixed line penetration (0.3% or 43,000 active lines).

      49


              Cambodia's telecommunication sector is overseen by the Ministry of Post and Telecommunication ("MPTC"), which is both the policy making body and the sector regulator. There is no telecommunications law in place in Cambodia and in the absence of such law, the sector is governed by decrees and sub-decrees issued by MPTC and the Prime Minister. A draft telecommunications law has been in development for over seven years, with assistance from the International Telecommunication Union ("ITU") and the Asian Development Bank ("ADB"). The draft law proposes to separate the regulatory and policy making functions by setting up a regulator that will also assume traditional roles of license issuance, spectrum management, interconnection regulation, universal access, and numbering. It is unclear when the draft telecommunications law will be approved by parliament.

              During the first half of 2006, the process was completed to split the MPTC's functions between two separate entities: a regulator still called MPTC, and an operational entity, Telecom Cambodia. A number of other service providers are active in the market, an arrangement which was made possible through joint ventures with the MPTC or under MPTC-issued licenses. While there have been plans to restructure the sector, the market has remained relatively unregulated thus far. Due to decades of war, there is very little telecommunications infrastructure remaining from pre-Khmer Rouge days. As a result, Cambodia bypassed rebuilding fixed-line infrastructure and proceeded straight away to digital mobile technology.

              Millicom has a 58.4% equity interest in CamGSM. The remaining equity interest in the company is owned by a Cambodian company, Royal Group of Companies (RGC, a communication and industrial conglomerate, represented by Mr. Neak Oknha Kith Meng) with a 38.5% interest and, indirectly, by a private business partner, Mr. Muhammad Akhtar Zaman, who owns 3.1%. Millicom and RGC jointly control CamGSM. Millicom accounts for this operation as a joint venture, i.e., using the proportionate accounting method.

              In April 1996, CamGSM was awarded a 25-year license to operate a nationwide GSM network, the first such license granted in Cambodia. In July 1999, the license was extended to 35 years. The license contains an option for CamGSM to extend license if it so desires.

              Although CamGSM launched commercial operations in 1997 as the fourth operator in Cambodia, it gained market leadership through early deployment of prepaid services and rapid network roll-out, starting with services exclusively in Phnom Penh that have since been expanded to cover five regional capitals as well as all provinces and major towns. CamGSM led the market with the introduction of new services and development of indirect distribution channels. In 2003, CamGSM succeeded in gaining a license to operate mobile broadband services in Cambodia.

              There were three other mobile operators in Cambodia when CamGSM entered the market in 1997: Casacom (100% owned by Telekom Malaysia since late 2006), CamTel (wholly owned by Thai conglomerate CP and only offering analogue postpaid mobile services) and Tricelcam (Malaysian). CamGSM established its market position through the introduction of quality services, development of distribution outlets and branding aimed at the youth market segment. As a result, Tricelcam exited the market and CamTel has become unable to compete effectively with its AMPS platform. Shinawatra entered the Cambodian mobile market in 1999, having previously operated in Cambodia with a wireless local loop license, and has competed primarily based on price, providing lower quality services and coverage for lower-end users. Casacom has experienced erosion in its market share mainly due to slow adoption of prepaid services, failing to respond to price competition from Shinawatra, and lack of innovation. Viettel, a Vietnamese operator, has recently arranged financing to start their network. Applifone, a Kazakhstan-based company, and local partners has started services in late 2007.

      50


              Starting in 2006, the MPTC, acting as regulator, issued new licenses, bringing the total number of licenses issued in Cambodia to 13, and is in the process of restructuring the spectrum to accommodate the new operators. The restructuring saw CamGSM's frequency allocation reduced by 3.2MHz (to 9.3MHz), 5MHz (to 15MHz) 7MHz (to 15MHz) in the 900MHz, 1800MHz and 3G bands respectively. The reallocation will not affect CamGSM's ability to set up calls and carry traffics for projected subscriber growth.

              On March 3, 2006 the MPTC advised CamGSM that it was increasing the revenue share associated with the license. CamGSM appealed the original sub-decree and on March 22, 2006 satisfactorily resolved this issue with the regulator. The revenue share and related taxes associated with the license have increased from around 34% to 43% of revenues, and should the ministry provide better terms to another operator in the future, the revenue share will be adjusted to match, in the spirit of a "most favored nations" clause. In Cambodia we also operate an international gateway, a high-speed data business, and a TV station.

              At December 31, 2007, CamGSM's GSM network comprised 866 base stations with the capacity to handle a maximum of 2 million concurrent subscribers, and covered 55% of the total population. The network is GPRS enabled and a program to activate EDGE throughout the network is expected to be completed in Q1 2008.

      People's Democratic Republic of Lao (Laos)

              Laos' government system is a one of one-party (communist) rule which took control in 1975. Initial closer ties to Vietnam and socialization were replaced with a gradual return to private enterprise, a liberalization of foreign investment laws, and admission to ASEAN in 1997. The government of Laos, one of the few remaining official Communist states, began decentralizing control and encouraging private enterprise in 1986. Economic growth, as measured by real GDP, has averaged approximately 6% per year since the late 1980s except during the Asian financial crisis in 1997. Real GDP growth was 7% in 2007.

              Key industries in the country include mining, electricity generation, timber, agricultural processing, construction, garments and tourism. Despite this high growth rate, Laos remains a country with a primitive infrastructure. It has no railroads, a rudimentary road system, and limited external and internal telecommunications. Subsistence agriculture, dominated by rice, accounts for about half of GDP and provides 80% of total employment. The economy will continue to benefit from aid by the IMF and other international sources and from new foreign investment in hydropower and mining. Construction will be another strong economic driver, especially as hydroelectric dam and road projects gain steam. Several policy changes since 2004 may help spur growth. In late 2004, Laos gained Normal Trade Relations status with the U.S., allowing Laos-based producers to benefit from lower tariffs on exports. Laos is taking steps to join the World Trade Organization in the next few years; the resulting trade policy reforms will improve the business environment. On the fiscal side, a value-added tax regime, slated to begin in 2008, will streamline the government's inefficient tax system. Over 31% of Laos' population was estimated to live below the poverty line in 2006. Real GDP per capita was about $1,900 in 2007. Laos had a population of about 7 million in mid-2007.

              In April 2001, the Lao National Assembly adopted a new Telecommunications Act. One of the most significant changes has been the creation of a separate regulatory unit in the Ministry of Communications, Transport, Post and Construction which has been regarded as a first step in the setting up of an independent regulator. In late 2002 two consultancy projects were initiated in the country, one funded by the Asian Development Bank and the other by the World Bank, for the purpose of assisting the government in preparing more detailed telecommunications regulations.

      51


              Following Millicom's entry into neighboring Cambodia and Vietnam, Millicom started operations in Laos through its subsidiary Millicom Lao. In January 2002, Millicom Lao was awarded a 20-year license to operate a nationwide GSM network. Millicom has a 74.1% equity interest in Millicom Lao. The remaining 25.9% of the company is owned by the government of Laos. Millicom accounts for this operation as a subsidiary, i.e., using the full consolidation accounting method.

              The company obtained a 50 MHz spectrum license for the 2.5GHz WiMAX band and permission to operate as Internet service provider in Aug 2006. Additional to this, Millicom Lao was granted an international gateway license in Jan 2008 to operate VoIP IDD calls.

              Although Millicom Lao entered the market as the fourth GSM operator, starting commercial service in April 2003, it has reached a market share of 16.5% as at December 31, 2007, mainly by targeting the younger population, making it the third largest mobile operator in the country in 2007. TiGO® was launched in Laos in March 2007.

              The other mobile operators in Laos are:

        Lao Telecom (MS 58.7%), the incumbent operator which is 49% owned by the government of Laos and 51% owned by Temasek Singapore;

        ETL (MS 20.9%), a spin-off from Lao Telecom and wholly owned by the government of Laos;

        LAT Mobile (MS 3.9%), wholly owned by the Laos Ministry of Defense, which has not been a true commercial operator historically as it almost exclusively served the country's army and government officials; LAT has recently signed a joint venture agreement with Viettel (Vietnam);

        In 2004, the government of Laos also issued a new CDMA and WiMAX (2.5GHz and 3.5GHz) license to Skytel & Net, a Thai consortium. The consortium has yet to launch commercial operations and it is unclear whether it will use the CDMA license to offer fixed or mobile telephony services.

              At December 31, 2007, Millicom Lao's GSM network comprised 175 base stations with the capacity to handle a maximum of 150,000 concurrent subscribers and covered 60% of the total population.

      Sri Lanka

              Sri Lanka, also known as The Democratic Socialist Republic of Sri Lanka achieved independence in 1948 following decades of occupation by Portugal, the Netherlands and Britain. Sri Lanka is a South Asian country with a population of about 21 million and GDP (PPP) of $4,100. Sri Lanka is a democratic country with an elected Executive President and a Parliament of 225 members. The last presidential elections were held in November 2005, with the next Presidential and Parliament elections due in 2011 and 2010, respectively. The country has been plagued by years of conflict since 1983, when tensions between the Sinhalese majority and Tamil separatists erupted into a war. Although the government and the rebels entered into a cease-fire in February 2002, violence between the Tamil Separatists (Liberation Tigers of Tamil Eelam, or LTTE, also known as the Tamil Tigers) and government forces intensified again in 2006. The conflict has escalated to a new level due to the Tamil separatists' demonstration of their air power capacity by attacking a government air force base located near the country's main international airport and some other tarters in Colombo in 2007. In January 2008 the government formally withdrew from the cease-fire, and the violence has further escalated.

      52


              In 1977, Sri Lanka opted for a more liberal economic policy, with export-oriented trade, and encouragement of foreign investments. Recent changes in government have brought some policy reversals and the ruling Sri Lanka Freedom Party currently follows a more statist economic approach which seeks to reduce poverty by steering investment to disadvantaged areas, developing small and medium enterprises, promoting agriculture, and expanding the already enormous civil service. The government has halted most privatizations. Although suffering from a brutal civil war that began in 1983. Sri Lanka saw GDP growth average 4.5% in the last ten years, with a brief interruption during the global downturn in 2001. In late December 2004, a major tsunami took about 31,000 lives, left more than 6,300 persons missing and 443,000 displaced, and destroyed an estimated $1.5 billion worth of property.

              Growth, partly spurred by reconstruction after the tsunami, was 6% in 2005 and 7.4% in 2006. In 2007 the real GDP growth rate was estimated at 6%. Sri Lanka's most dynamic sectors are food processing, textiles and apparel, food and beverages, port construction, telecommunications, and insurance and banking. In 2006, plantation crops made up only about 15% of exports, while textiles and garments accounted for more than 60%. At the year end of 2007, it was estimated that about 1.5 million Sri Lankans work abroad and remit about US $2.6 billion in foreign income per year. The struggle waged by the Tamil separatists in the Northern parts of the country for a largely independent homeland continues to cast a shadow over the economy. According to the Central Bank of Sri Lanka, with the rise in oil prices and government borrowings, the rate of inflation which was 12.1% in 2006 has risen to about 17.5% in 2007.

              Expansion of telecommunication services in Sri Lanka first gained momentum after the liberalization of the sector in 1991 with the establishment of the Office of the Director General of Telecommunications, the country's regulatory authority. Further momentum was gained after the part-privatization of Sri Lanka Telecom (SLT) in 1997. In the same year, the government also established the Telecommunications Regulatory Commission (TRC), which took over from the Office of the Director General of Telecommunications to implement the targets of the National Telecommunications Policy of 1994/95. The provision of basic telephone services in Sri Lanka was the sole responsibility of monopoly provider SLT until 1996, but to achieve the targets detailed in the National Telecommunications Policy private-sector participation in the telecommunications market has been encouraged. The TRC has been tasked with the responsibility of facilitating and monitoring the operational aspects of the various service providers, settling interconnection issues, recommending new licenses to operators, allocating radio frequencies and promoting the general interest of the customer.

              Sri Lanka's telecommunications sector has been lagging behind in the development of a modern network infrastructure following almost two decades of violent political conflict. Due to the lack of nationwide fixed-line telecommunications services, mobile services have played a key role in the development of the telecommunications sector in Sri Lanka. As a result of this conflict, mainly in the north and east of Sri Lanka, mobile telephony operators have had to switch off telecommunication towers in the affected areas at regular intervals. This has hampered the development of mobile telephony mainly in the North and East of the country and negatively impact mobile telephony operators, including Millicom's Tigo (Pvt) Limited (formerly Celltel Lanka Limited).

      53


              In addition to Tigo, three other operators are active in the Sri Lankan mobile market: Dialog Telekom, Sri Lanka Telecom (SLT) owned Mobitel and Hutchison Telecom. There is one dominant fixed-line operator (Sri Lanka Telecom) and two Wireless Local Loop service operators, Suntel and Lanka Bell. Airtel, the mobile company of Bharti Telecom of India has secured the fifth mobile license in Sri Lanka and is expected to commence commercial operations in September 2008. Dialog, the market leader, started commercial operations of its CDMA network in 2007. The Sri Lanka telecommunications market is characterized by intense price and non price competition. This has resulted in intense marketing and brand image building costs along with lower Rate Per Minutes from all operators. It is expected that the competition in the sector will further intensify in 2008 with the entrance of Airtel.

              There was no other mobile operator in Sri Lanka when Tigo (Pvt) Limited (Under the then brand name Celltel), entered the market in 1989. Until 1993, Celltel enjoyed a monopoly position when Call Link (at the initial stages owned by Singapore Telecom) and Mobitel (at the initial stages owned by Telstra) entered the market as the second and third operators. In 1995, Dialog (owned by Malaysia Telekom) entered the market as the fourth operator. After the privatization of Sri Lanka Telecom in 1997, SLT acquired 100% of Mobitel from Telstra. In 1998, Hutchison Telecom acquired Call Link from Singapore Telecom.

              Millicom has a 100% equity interest in Tigo (Pvt) Limited and accounts for this operation as a subsidiary, i.e., using the full consolidation accounting method.

              Tigo (Pvt) Limited operates a GSM network on the 900 Mhz and 1800 Mhz bandwidths. Tigo (Pvt) Limited owns three different licenses, namely a Mobile telephony, an Internet services and an External gateway operations license. Tigo now has a mobile telephone license valid until 2018. In 2005 Tigo (Pvt) Limited began a significant network upgrade program which was completed in 2006. As at 31st December 2007, Tigo (Pvt) Limited's GSM network comprised of 637 base stations.

              GPRS and EDGE services are already available to Tigo customers and the company is planning to provide 3G services by the end of 2008. The Company rebranded to Tigo in January 2007 and effective April 2007 the Company name too was changed into Tigo Private Limited.


      DIVESTED OPERATIONS

              In 2007, Millicom completed the sale of Millicom Paktel, for total proceeds of $284.8 million realising a net gain of $258.3 million. Millicom incurred costs of $14.2 million on the transaction and of the net proceeds of $270.6 million, Millicom received $263.0 million in 2007 and the remaining $7.6 million in January 2008.


      OTHER

      Property, Plant and Equipment

              We own, or control through long-term leases or licenses, properties consisting of plant and equipment used to provide mobile telephone services. In addition, we and our operating companies own, or control through leases, properties used as administrative office buildings and other facilities. These properties include land, interior office space and space on existing structures of various types used to support equipment used to provide mobile telephone services. The leased properties are owned by private and municipal entities.

              Plant and equipment used to provide mobile telephone services consist of:

        switching, transmission and receiving equipment;

        connecting lines (cables, wires, poles and other support structures, conduits and similar items);

      54


          land and buildings;

          easements; and

          other miscellaneous properties (work equipment, furniture and plants under construction).

                Millicom moved to new premises in a new office building effective March 26, 2007. Our registered office and principal executive offices are located in Leudelange, Grand Duchy of Luxembourg, where we lease approximately 1,530 square meters of new office space plus parking spaces based on a nine-year lease expiring on October 31, 2015. Each party to the lease may cancel it effective December 31, 2012 provided written notice of termination is given six months in advance.

        Insurance

                We maintain the types and amounts of insurance which we believe to be customary in the industry and countries in which we operate. We have conducted a review and analysis of our worldwide insurance coverage with the assistance of AON Sweden AB. We consider our insurance coverage to be adequate both as to risks and amounts for the business we conduct. As our insurance policies expire around the Group, we are standardizing our coverage along the reccomandations suggested by AON. These changes will increase our coverage terms at similar costs.

        ITEM 4A.    UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS

                Not applicable.

        ITEM 5.    OPERATING AND FINANCIAL REVIEW AND PROSPECTS

                The following discussion should be read in conjunction with and is qualified in its entirety by reference to our consolidated financial statements and the related notes thereto included in this report. The following discussion should be read in conjunction with "Presentation of Financial and Other Information" and "Selected Consolidated Financial and Operating Data". Except for the historical information contained in this report, the discussions in this section contain forward looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties. Actual results could differ materially from those discussed below. See "Forward Looking Statements".

                Unless otherwise indicated, all financial data and discussions relating thereto in this discussion and analysis are based upon financial statements prepared in accordance with IFRS.

        Operating Results

                Millicom sold its operations in Pakistan in June 2006 and February 2007, and sold its operation in Peru in October 2006. Its Business Cooperation Contract in Vietnam ended in May 2005. These operations have been classified as discontinued operations. The below discussion focuses on the results from continuing operations.

        55


        Years Ended December 31, 2007 and 2006

                The following table sets forth certain profit and loss statement items for the periods indicated:

         
          
          
         Impact on Comparative Results
        for Period

         
         
         Year Ended December 31,
         
         
         Amount of Variation
         Percent Change
         
         
         2007
         2006
         
         
         (in thousands of U.S. dollars, except percentages)

         
        Revenues 2,630,614 1,576,100 1,054,514 67%
        Cost of sales (980,056)(616,739)(363,317)59%
        Gross profit 1,650,588 959,361 691,227 72%
        Sales and marketing (489,327)(246,591)(242,736)98%
        General and administrative expenses (425,356)(246,004)(179,352)73%
        Other operating expenses (72,949)(37,613)(35,336)94%
        Other operating income  4,036 (4,036)(100)%
        Gain(loss) from sale of subsidiaries and joint ventures, net  8,099 (8,099)(100)%
        Operating profit 662,926 441,288 221,638 50%
        Interest expense (194,440)(123,969)(70,471)57%
        Interest and other financial income 56,384 36,385 19,999 55%
        Other non operating income (expenses), net 10,172 (1,186)11,358 958%
        Profit from associates 4,400 1,483 2,917 197%
        Profit before tax from continuing operations 539,442 354,001 185,441 52%
        Charge for taxes (87,077)(118,205)31,128 (26)%
        Profit for the year from continuing operations 452,365 235,796 216,569 92%
        Profit/(loss) from discontinued operations, net of tax 258,619 (75,813)334,432 (441)%
        Minority interests (13,842)8,964 (22,806)(254)%
        Net profit for the year attributable to equity holders 697,142 168,947 528,195 313%

                Subscribers:    Total subscribers for the years ended December 31, 2007 and 2006 by segment were as follows:

        Subscribers

         2007
         2006
         Growth
         
        Central America 8,824,924 5,164,167 71%
        South America 5,892,726 4,329,973 36%
        Africa 5,672,177 3,425,680 66%
        Asia 2,964,738 2,025,625 46%
          
         
           
        Total 23,354,565 14,945,445 56%
          
         
           

        56


                As of December 31, 2007, our worldwide total mobile subscriber base increased by 56% to 23,354,565 mobile subscribers from 14,945,445 mobile subscribers as of December 31, 2006. Growth was particularly strong in Central America and Africa (71% and 66%, respectively). There were significant increases recorded in the following countries; the Democratic Republic of Congo (986%), Sierra Leone (147%), Honduras (88%), Chad (73%), Ghana (67%) and Guatemala (66%). This subscriber growth was driven by substantially higher capital expenditure in 2007. The higher capital expenditure resulted in improvements in the quality of our networks and increased capacity and coverage which attracted additional subscribers. Expansion of the distribution network also helped drive subscriber growth by increasing the points of sale where we sell our products, which makes the products more accessible. We are further driving higher penetration rates in our markets by continuing to drive down the entry price for our services by using innovative distribution channels and techniques. Future subscriber growth is highly dependant on the level of capital expenditure invested in the business; increased points of sale; innovative product development and continued focus on a competitive value proposition.

                Our attributable subscriber base increased to 19,853,015 mobile subscribers as at December 31, 2007 from 12,840,568 mobile subscribers as of December 31, 2006, an increase of 55%. Prepaid subscribers accounted for 96% or 22,357,879 of the total cellular subscribers.

                Revenues:    Revenues for the years ended December 31, 2007 and 2006 by segment were as follows:

        Revenue

         2007
         2006
         Growth
         
         
         USD '000

         USD '000

          
         
        Central America 1,149,368 796,111 44%
        South America 809,881 321,038 152%
        Africa 476,593 312,105 53%
        Asia 194,772 146,846 33%
          
         
           
        Total 2,630,614 1,576,100 67%
          
         
           

                We derive revenues from the provision of telecommunications services such as monthly subscription fees, airtime usage fees, roaming fees, interconnect fees, connection fees for subscription services and other services and equipment sales.

                Total revenues increased by 67% for the year ended December 31, 2007 to $2,631 million from $1,576 million for the year ended December 31, 2006. The increase is mainly due to strong growth in the number of subscribers which increased by 56% to 23.4 million as of December 31, 2007 from 14.9 million as of December 31, 2006. Revenue growth was seen throughout Millicom's segments and especially in South America where revenues increased by 152% for the year ended December 31, 2007, mainly as a result of having an additional $357 million in revenue in Colombia as for 2007 there was a full year of revenues for Colombia compared to one quarter in 2006. We have also seen a very strong growth in revenue from value-added services particularly in Paraguay. The increase in revenue for the year ended December 31, 2007 was 53% in Africa, 44% in Central America and 33% in Asia.

                Central and South America were the key drivers of this growth reflecting the success of tigo® in its third year. tigo® represents our triple "A" operating strategy of a quality and widely available network, ubiquitous distribution and affordable products and services. Implementing this strategy across all our operations has been the key to driving revenue growth. This strategy drove higher penetration rates in our existing markets which increased the subscriber base. Furthermore, the existing subscribers increased their average airtime usage through additional voice minutes as we made the products more affordable and through the take up of value-added services.

        57


                Further revenue growth will likely come from all of our operations as we continue to implement our triple "A" strategy, particularly in the countries where tigo® was most recently launched. At the end of 2006 we rebranded our Colombia operation to tigo® and at the beginning of 2007 we launched tigo® in Sri Lanka, the Democratic Republic of Congo and the Lao People's Democratic Republic. This strategy will continue to drive higher penetration rates in our markets. The average revenue per user (ARPU) will most likely fall over time as we penetrate deeper into the populations and reach customers with less disposal income. However, this might not happen immediately as we continue to see price elasticity amongst our existing customers and as we continue to develop our valued added services. In addition, the performance of Millicom's new operations in Colombia and the Democratic Republic of Congo will likely have a significant impact on revenues in the coming years.

                A number of telecommunications regulators in the countries where we operate have (for example recently in Colombia the regulator cut interconnect rates from 12 to 6 US cents), or are expected to, reduce interconnection rates. Because we are often one of the larger suppliers of telephone services in the countries we service, this could have the effect of reducing our revenue. Nonetheless, lower interconnect rates often enable us and our competitors to reduce prices to the final customer. Due to the price elasticity in our markets, lower prices usually drive significantly higher usage which often results over time in overall increases in revenues.

                Cost of sales:    Cost of sales increased by 59% for the year ended December 31, 2007 to $980 million from $617 million for the year ended December 31, 2006. The primary cost of sales incurred by us is in relation to the provision of telecommunication services relates to interconnection costs, roaming costs, leased lines to connect the switches and main base stations, and the depreciation of network equipment. The interconnection and roaming costs are directly related to revenues and increased as a result of the growth in revenues described above. The cost of leased lines increased as we continued to expand our networks and depreciation increased due to the higher capital expenditures on our networks. Lastly, cost of sales was impacted by our Colombian business where we had a full year of costs in 2007 compared to one quarter in 2006. Gross profit margin increased slightly to 63% for the year ended December 31, 2007 compared to 61% for the year ended December 31, 2006.

                Future gross margin percentages will be mostly affected by the mix of revenues generated from calls made exclusively within our networks and those between our networks and other networks. Calls made exclusively within our networks have a higher gross margin because we do not incur interconnect charges to access other networks. In addition, Millicom's increased investments in capital expenditure in 2007 and 2006 will increase depreciation in the coming years.

                Sales and marketing:    Sales and marketing expenses increased by 98% for the year ended December 31, 2007 to $489 million from $247 million for the year ended December 31, 2006. Sales and marketing costs are comprised mainly of commissions to dealers for obtaining customers on our behalf and selling prepaid reloads, general advertising and promotion costs for tigo®, point of sales materials for the retail outlets, and staff costs. The increase in sales and marketing costs was mainly due to higher dealer commissions related to the higher revenues and the increase in subscribers, increased spending on brand awareness and point of sales materials, particularly where we were aggressively rolling out tigo® in Africa and Asia, and increased sales and marketing costs in Colombia as Millicom rebranded this operation to tigo® at the end of 2006. Furthermore, for 2007 there was a full year of sales and marketing expenses for Colombia compared to one quarter in 2006. As a percentage of revenues, sales and marketing expenses increased from 16% for the year ended December 31, 2006 to 19% for the year ended December 31, 2007.

                Future sales and marketing costs will be impacted by the rollout of tigo® into the remaining Millicom markets where it is not yet used and the expansion of the distribution network which requires higher spending on brand awareness point of sales materials. The level of future sales and marketing spend will impact both revenues and operating profits.

        58


                General and administrative expenses:    General and administrative expenses increased by 73% for the year ended December 31, 2007 to $425 million from $246 million for the year ended December 31, 2006. This increase is mainly explained by the increase in network maintenance costs to support the expansion in our operations, but also higher staff costs from more employees needed to manage the growth of the business. In addition, there was an increase in share compensation costs. Finally, for 2007 there was a full year of general and administrative expenses for Colombia compared to one quarter in 2006. As a percentage of revenues, general and administrative expenses remained at approximately 16% for the years ended December 31, 2007 and 2006.

                We continue to seek ways to further reduce our overall general and administrative cost base by identifying synergies to rationalize our support costs, such as sharing information, human resources, best practices and technologies amongst the operating companies. We also look to centralize negotiations of our financings and of our supply contracts for network equipment and handsets.

                Other operating expenses:    Other operating expenses increased by 94% for the year ended December 31, 2007 to $73 million from $38 million for the year ended December 31, 2006. This increase is mainly explained by:

          the increased size of its corporate staff and other group support functions to oversee and support the significant growth in the operating companies. Millicom will further add to its corporate staff in 2008 in order to manage and support further growth in the coming years; and

          a reduction to the goodwill in our Colombian operation of $23.4 million as due to the better than expected results of this operation a deferred tax benefit for pre-acquisition net operating losses was recognised.

                Operating profit:    Operating profit for the years ended December 31, 2007 and 2006 by segment were as follows:

        Operating profit

         2007
         2006
         Growth
         
         
         USD '000

         USD '000

          
         
        Central America 526,369 334,923 57%
        South America 106,552 49,657 115%
        Africa 57,938 63,143 (8)%
        Asia 41,072 36,070 14%
        Unallocated (69,005)(42,505)  
          
         
           
        Total 662,926 441,288 50%
          
         
           

        59


                Total operating profit for the year ended December 31, 2007 was $663 million compared with $441 million for the year ended December 31, 2006. This increase in operating profit was due to the higher revenues. The operating profit margin fell from 28% to 25% mainly due to Millicom's operation in Colombia which incurred an operating loss of $31 million for the year ended December 31, 2007 compared to a operating loss of $5 million for the period from October 2, 2006, the date of acquisition by Millicom of this operation, to December 31, 2006. Millicom expects this operation to start recording an operating profit in 2008 and beyond. In addition Millicom's operation in the Democratic Republic of Congo increased its operating losses from $16.4 for the year ended December 31, 2006 to $34.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2007 as it aggressively rolls out the triple "A" operating strategy for the company, incurring sales and marketing and network rollout costs ahead of an expected increase in revenues as a result of the 986% increase in subscribers between December 31, 2006 and December 31, 2007. The operating margin for the segments varied from 2006 to 2007 mainly as a result of the different stages of implementation of the triple "A" operating strategy among the companies. In most cases, those where the triple "A" model was implemented before 2006, mainly Central and South America (excluding Colombia), were able to improve their operating margins. Those where the model has been implemented later, most African countries and Sri Lanka, saw pressure on the operating margins as they incurred costs ahead of revenues to implement the model, rebrand as tigo® and grow their businesses.

                In future, our operating profitability will depend on the ability of Millicom to continue growing revenues while maintaining control of costs. Millicom is striving to improve the profitability of its operations in Colombia and the Democratic Republic of Congo and expects both of these operations to generate operating profits when the impact of the introduction of tigo® in these countries takes full effect in 2008.

                Interest expense:    Interest expense for the year ended December 31, 2007 increased by 57% to $194 million from $124 million for the year ended December 31, 2006. This increase arose primarily as a result of Millicom's decision in Q4 2007 to redeem its 10% Senior Notes in December 2008. Accordingly an additional interest expense of $31 million was taken, representing the remaining balance of the amortised costs of the 10% Senior Notes and a 5% premium to redeem these Notes before maturity. In addition interest expense increased as a result of the additional borrowings in the operations used to fund Millicom's increased capital expenditure. Interest costs for the operations will continue to increase in 2008 as Millicom arranges more of the funding for the growth in the operations through local borrowings. The early repayment of the 10% Senior Notes will decrease the interest expense by $288 million over the years 2008 to 2013. In addition, the conversion in January 2008 of the 4% Convertible Notes will decrease the interest expense by approximately $35 million over 2008 and 2009.

                Interest and other income:    Interest and other income for the year ended December 31, 2007 increased by 55% to $56 million from $36 million for the year ended December 31, 2006. This increase was mainly due to the interest income on the higher cash balances.

                Other non operating income (expenses), net:    Other non operating income (expenses), net increased from an expense of $1 million for the year ended December 31, 2006 to an income of $10 million for the year ended December 31, 2007. This increase was mainly as a result of higher exchange gains, mainly on borrowings, as a number of currencies strengthened against the dollar offset by a charge of $5 million in respect of the repurchase by Millicom of part of the 10% Senior Notes.

        60


                Charge for taxes:    The net tax charge for the year ended December 31, 2007 decreased to $87 million from $118 million in the year ended December 31, 2006. This decrease is due to recognition of a deferred tax benefit of $86 million in our operation in Colombia as a result of the net operating losses assumed as part of the acquisition of this operation and the losses incurred since the acquisition date. This benefit was offset by the increased tax charge as a result of the increased profitability of our operations in 2007. The Group's effective tax rate decreased from 33% in 2006 to 16% in 2007, mainly as a result of the recognition of the deferred tax assets in our operation in Colombia and a lower proportion of net corporate expenses and interest to total Group profit before taxes.

                The corporate expenses and interest exceed the income at the corporate holding companies and therefore the net total is not tax deductible. This causes the effective tax rate to increase. Millicom has been both increasing the corporate income by charging the operating companies management and brand fees and decreasing the corporate interest expense by replacing corporate debt with operating company debt.

                In future, as the business grows and the corporate staff increases its support to the operations, Millicom expects to be able to charge additional management fees and brand fees to the operating companies as the profits of the operating companies grow, thus increasing the corporate income. In addition, as the Group profit before tax grows, it will further reduce the impact of the net corporate expenses and interest on the Group's effective tax rate. In 2008, we expect that the beneficial impact of these two factors will likely be, at least partially, offset by the net losses expected to be incurred by the Democratic Republic of Congo business, which may be non deductible and thus increase the effective tax rate.

                The Group effective tax rate is also impacted by operating companies that are taxed on revenues rather than profit before tax. In 2006, the Group effective rate benefited from these situations. There is a risk that these situations could change and that these operating companies could be taxed on profit before tax in future years. This would likely increase the Group effective tax rate. Overall, Millicom expects the Group effective tax rate to be slightly lower in 2008 if there are no significant changes in the methods of taxing the operating companies.

                Net profit for the year attributable to equity holders of the company:    The net profit for the year ended December 31, 2007 was $697 million compared to a net profit of $169 million for the year ended December 31, 2006. Profit from continuing operations increased to $452 million for the year ended December 31, 2007 from $236 million for the year ended December 31, 2006 for the reasons stated above. The profit from discontinued operations for the year ended December 31, 2007 was $259 million compared to the loss from discontinued operations for the year ended December 31, 2006 of $76 million and was significantly impacted by the gain on the sale of Paktel.

        61


        Operating Results

        Years Ended December 31, 2006 and 2005

                The following table sets forth certain profit and loss statement items for the periods indicated.

         
          
          
         Impact on Comparative Results for Period
         
         
         Year Ended December 31,
         
         
         Amount of Variation
         Percent Change
         
         
         2006
         2005
         
         
         (in thousands of U.S. dollars, except percentages)

         
        Revenues 1,576,100 922,780 653,320 71%
        Cost of sales (616,739)(373,427)(243,312)65%
        Gross profit 959,361 549,353 410,008 75%
        Sales and marketing (246,591)(124,187)(122,404)99%
        General and administrative expenses (246,004)(143,341)(102,663)72%
        Other operating expenses (37,613)(23,137)14,476 63%
        Other operating income 4,036 15,412 (11,376)(74)%
        Gain(loss) from sale of subsidiaries and joint ventures, net 8,099 1,269 6,830 538%
        Operating profit 441,288 275,369 165,919 60%
        Interest expense (123,969)(116,031)(7,938)7%
        Interest and other financial income 36,385 23,373 13,012 56%
        Other non operating expenses, net (1,186)(12,807)(11,621)(91)%
        Profit from associates 1,483 1,296 187 14%
        Profit before tax from continuing operations 354,001 171,200 182,801 107%
        Charge for taxes (118,205)(68,795)(49,410)72%
        Profit for the year from continuing operations 235,796 102,405 133,391 130%
        Loss for the year from discontinued operations, net of tax (75,813)(98,260)22,447 23%
        Minority interests 8,964 6,132 2,832 46%
        Net profit for the year attributable to equity holders 168,947 10,277 158,670 1,544%

                Subscribers:    Total subscribers for the years ended December 31, 2006 and 2005 by segment were as follows:

        Subscribers

         2006
         2005
         Growth
         
        Central America 5,164,167 2,737,126 89%
        South America 4,329,973 1,337,739 224%
        Africa 3,425,680 2,006,634 71%
        Asia 2,025,625 1,429,766 42%
          
         
           
        Total 14,945,445 7,511,265 99%
          
         
           

        62


                As of December 31, 2006, our worldwide total mobile subscriber base increased by 99% to 14,945,445 mobile subscribers from 7,511,265 mobile subscribers as of December 31, 2005. Growth was particularly strong in Central and South America, where we acquired our Colombian business with 1.9 million subscribers in the fourth quarter of 2006. Particularly significant percentage increases by operating company were recorded in Ghana (170%), Chad (105%), Guatemala (91%), El Salvador (88%), Honduras (86%), and Paraguay (84%). This subscriber growth was driven by substantially higher capital expenditure in 2006. The higher capital expenditure resulted in improvements in the quality of our networks and increased capacity and coverage which attracted additional subscribers. Expansion of the distribution network also helped drive subscriber growth by increasing the points of sale where we sell our products, which makes the products more accessible. We are further driving higher penetration rates in our markets by continuing to drive down the entry price for our services by using innovative distribution channels and techniques, for example e-PIN.

                Our attributable subscriber base increased to 12,840,568 mobile subscribers as at December 31, 2006 from 6,277,234 mobile subscribers as of December 31, 2005, an increase of 105%. Prepaid subscribers accounted for 94% or 14,069,319 of the total cellular subscribers. Total mobile minutes increased by 82% in the year ended December 31, 2006 compared with 2005.

                Revenues:    Revenues for the years ended December 31, 2006 and 2005 by segment were as follows:

        Revenue

         2006
         2005
         Growth
         
         
         USD '000

         USD '000

          
         
        Central America 796,111 452,600 76%
        South America 321,038 141,655 127%
        Africa 312,105 204,397 53%
        Asia 146,846 124,128 18%
          
         
           
        Total 1,576,100 922,780 71%
          
         
           

                We derive revenues from the provision of telecommunications services such as monthly subscription fees, airtime usage fees, roaming fees, interconnect fees, connection fees for subscription services and other services and equipment sales.

                Total revenues increased by 71% for the year ended December 31, 2006 to $1,576 million from $923 million for the year ended December 31, 2005. The increase is mainly due to strong growth in the number of subscribers which increased by 99% to 14.9 million as of December 31, 2006 from 7.5 million as of December 31, 2005. Revenue growth was seen throughout Millicom's segments and especially in Central America where revenues increased by 76% for the year ended December 31, 2006. Revenues also increased for the year ended December 31, 2006 by 127% in South America due to the implementation of per second billing and low denomination reloads in Paraguay and helped by the addition of $90 million of revenues in the fourth quarter from Millicom's new operation in Colombia. The increase in revenue for the year ended December 31, 2006 was 53% in Africa and 18% in Asia.

                Central and South America were the key drivers of our revenue growth reflecting the success of tigo® in its second year. tigo® represents our triple "A" operating strategy of a quality and widely available network, ubiquitous distribution and affordable products and services. Implementing this strategy across all our operations has been the key to driving revenue growth. This strategy drove higher penetration rates in our existing markets which increased the subscriber base. Furthermore, the existing subscribers increased their average airtime usage through additional voice minutes as we made the products more affordable and through the take up of value-added services. In addition our acquisition of Colombia added 2.1 million subscribers and $90 million of revenue.

        63


                Cost of sales:    Cost of sales increased by 65% for the year ended December 31, 2006 to $617 million from $373 million for the year ended December 31, 2005. The primary cost of sales incurred by us is in relation to the provision of telecommunication services relates to interconnection costs, roaming costs, leased lines to connect the switches and main base stations, and the depreciation of network equipment. The interconnection and roaming costs are directly related to revenues and increased as a result of the growth in revenues described above. The cost of leased lines increased as we continued to expand our networks and depreciation increased due to the higher capital expenditures on our networks. Lastly, cost of sales was impacted by the acquisition of our Colombian business. As a result of these factors, gross margin increased slightly to 61% for the year ended December 31, 2006 compared to 60% for the year ended December 31, 2005.

                Sales and marketing:    Sales and marketing expenses increased by 99% for the year ended December 31, 2006 to $247 million from $124 million for the year ended December 31, 2005. Sales and marketing costs are comprised mainly of commissions to dealers for obtaining customers on our behalf and selling prepaid reloads, general advertising and promotion costs for tigo®, point of sales materials for the retail outlets, and staff costs. The increase in sales and marketing costs was mainly due to higher dealer commissions related to the higher revenues, increased spending on brand awareness and point of sales materials, particularly where we were aggressively rolling out tigo® in Africa and Asia, and increased sales and marketing costs in Colombia as Millicom rebranded this operation to tigo® at the end of 2006. As a percentage of revenues, sales and marketing expenses increased from 13% for the year ended December 31, 2005 to 16% for the year ended December 31, 2006.

                General and administrative expenses:    General and administrative expenses increased by 72% for the year ended December 31, 2006 to $246 million from $143 million for the year ended December 31, 2005. This increase is mainly explained by the increase in network maintenance costs to support the expansion in our operations, but also higher staff costs from more employees needed to manage the growth of the business. In addition, there was an increase in share compensation costs as Millicom introduced a new long term incentive plan for its senior employees. As a percentage of revenues, general and administrative expenses remained stable at 16% for the years ended December 31, 2006 and 2005.

                Other operating expenses:    Other operating expenses increased by 63% for the year ended December 31, 2006 to $38 million from $23 million for the year ended December 31, 2005. This increase is mainly explained by:

          the costs associated with the strategic review of its operation which it carried out earlier this year as a result of the interest shown in Millicom by a number of other parties; and

          the increased size of its corporate staff and other group support functions to oversee and support the significant growth in the operating companies. Millicom will further add to its corporate staff in 2007 in order to manage and support further growth in the coming years.

                Operating profit:    Operating profit for the years ended December 31, 2006 and 2005 by segment was as follows:

        Operating profit

         2006
         2005
         Growth
         
         
         USD '000

         USD '000

          
         
        Central America 334,923 177,012 89%
        South America 49,657 29,555 68%
        Africa 63,143 55,440 14%
        Asia 36,070 33,418 8%
        Unallocated (42,505)(20,056)  
          
         
           
        Total 441,288 275,369 60%
          
         
           

        64


                Total operating profit for the year ended December 31, 2006 was $441 million compared with $275 million for the year ended December 31, 2005. This increase in operating profit was due to the higher revenues. The operating profit margin fell slightly from 30% to 28% mainly due to the acquisition of Millicom's operation in Colombia in October 2006 which incurred an operating loss of $5 million from the date of acquisition to December 31, 2006. Millicom expects this operation to record an operating loss in 2007 as it aggressively rolls out the triple "A" operating strategy for the company incurring sales and marketing and network rollout costs ahead of the related revenues. Beyond 2007, this operation should generate operating profits. The operating margin for the segments varied from 2005 to 2006 mainly as a result of the different stages of implementation of the triple "A" operating strategy among the companies. In most cases, those where the triple "A" model was implemented before 2006, mainly Central and South America (excluding Colombia), were able to improve their operating margins. Those where the model has been implemented later, most African countries and Sri Lanka, saw pressure on the operating margins as they incurred costs ahead of revenues to implement the model, rebrand as tigo® and grow their businesses.

                Interest expense:    Interest expense for the year ended December 31, 2006 increased by 7% to $124 million from $116 million for the year ended December 31, 2005. This increase arose primarily from additional borrowings in the operations which were offset by a lower interest charge from the 5% Mandatory Exchangeable Notes which were settled in August 2006.

                Interest and other income:    Interest and other income for the year ended December 31, 2006 increased by 56% to $36 million from $23 million for the year ended December 31, 2005. This increase was mainly due to the interest income on the higher cash balances.

                Other non operating expenses, net:    Other non operating expenses net decreased from $13 million for the year ended December 31, 2005 to $1 million for the year ended December 31, 2006. This decrease was mainly as a result of higher exchange gains as a number of currencies strengthened against the dollar.

                Charge for taxes:    The net tax charge for the year ended December 31, 2006 increased to $118 million from $69 million in the year ended December 31, 2005. This increase is due to the increased profitability of our operations in 2006. The Group's effective tax rate decreased from 40% in 2005 to 33% in 2006, mainly as a result of a lower proportion of net corporate expenses and interest to total Group profit before taxes. This was due to both the growth in the Group profit before taxes and a lower net total of corporate expenses and interest compared to the prior year.

                Net profit for the year attributable to equity holders of the company:    The net profit for the year ended December 31, 2006 was $169 million compared to a net profit of $10 million for the year ended December 31, 2005. Profit from continuing operations increased to $236 million for the year ended December 31, 2006 from $102 million for the year ended December 31, 2005 for the reasons stated above. The loss from discontinued operations for the year ended December 31, 2006 was $76 million compared to a loss from discontinued operations for the year ended December 31, 2005 of $98 million.

        Liquidity and Capital Resources

        Overview

                We believe that our working capital is sufficient for our present requirements.

                As of December 31, 2007, Millicom's total consolidated outstanding debt and other financing was $1,834 million (2006: $1,494 million). Of this amount, $659 million (2006: 710 million) represented the Company's and Millicom Telecommunications S.A. indebtedness and $1,175 million (2006: $784 million) represented the consolidated indebtedness of our subsidiaries and joint ventures.

        65


                As at December 31, 2007, we had total consolidated outstanding debt and other financing of $1,834 million. Of this amount,

          $480 million ($539 million in 2006), net of deferred financing fees, was in respect of the 10% Senior Notes;

          $179 million ($171 million in 2006), net of deferred financing fees, was in respect to the 4% Convertible Notes;

          $1,175 million ($784 million in 2006) was in respect of the indebtedness of our operations.

                At the operating company level, we seek, in the long term, to finance the costs of developing and expanding mobile operations on a project-by-project basis. Operations are typically financed initially by contributions from Millicom in the form of equity and, in some cases, debt. In many cases, we seek to replace such equity and debt with third party financing, which after the initial stages of an operating company's development, is typically non-recourse to Millicom. Sources of financing at the operating company level have included vendor financing provided by equipment suppliers, project financing from commercial banks and international agencies such as the International Finance Corporation ("IFC") and the Overseas Private Investment Corporation ("OPIC") and bank lines of credit.

                We seek to obtain financing at an operating company level in the relevant local currency so as to limit the impact of currency fluctuations, although this is not always possible.

        Cash Upstreaming

                The continued improvement in the operating and financial performance of our operations has allowed us to continue to upstream excess cash to the Company. For the year ended December 31, 2007, we upstreamed $656 million from 13 of the 16 countries in which we operate. This upstreamed cash will be used to service our corporate debt obligations and for further investment. In 2006, we upstreamed $361 million from 15 of 16 countries in which we operated. In 2005, we upstreamed $163 million from 15 of 17 countries in which we operated.

        Cash Flows

        Years Ended December 31, 2007 and 2006

                For the year ended December 31, 2007, cash provided by operating activities was $851 million, compared to $516 million for the year ended December 31, 2006. The increase is mainly due to the growth of the profitability, as described in the preceding paragraphs.

                Cash used by investing activities was $847 million for the year ended December 31, 2007, compared to $527 million for the year ended December 31, 2006. In the year ended December 31, 2007 Millicom used cash to purchase $861 million of property, plant and equipment compared to $463 million for the same period in 2006. In 2006, Millicom used $35 million, net of cash acquired, to purchase investments in the Democratic Republic of Congo, Ghana, Honduras and Sierra Leone.

                Financing activities provided total cash of $245 million for the year ended December 31, 2007, compared to $136 million for the year ended December 31, 2006. In the year ended December 31, 2007, we repaid debt of $316 million while raising funds of $546 million through new financing and $34 million through the issuance of shares.

                The net cash inflow in year ended December 31, 2007 was $518 million compared to an inflow of $60 million for the year ended December 31, 2006. Millicom had closing cash and cash equivalents balances of $1,175 million as at December 31, 2007 compared to $657 million as at December 31, 2006.

        66


        Years Ended December 31, 2006 and 2005

                For the year ended December 31, 2006, cash provided by operating activities was $516 million, compared to $319 million for the year ended December 31, 2005. The increase is mainly due to increased cash flows from operating activities.

                Cash used by investing activities was $527 million for the year ended December 31, 2006, compared to $281 million for the year ended December 31, 2005. In the year ended December 31, 2006 Millicom used cash to purchase $463 million of property, plant and equipment compared to $196 million for the same period in 2005. Furthermore Millicom used $62 million to purchase the remaining minority interests in its operations in Paraguay, Senegal, Tanzania and Sierra Leone and $124 million to acquire its operation in Colombia. This amount was offset by $151 million cash acquired as a result of the acquisition of Colombia. In 2005, Millicom used $72 million, net of cash acquired, to purchase investments in the Democratic Republic of Congo, Ghana, Honduras and Sierra Leone.

                Financing activities provided total cash of $136 million for the year ended December 31, 2006, compared to $206 million for the year ended December 31, 2005. In the year ended December 31, 2006, we repaid debt of $191 million while raising funds of $318 million through new financing and $14 million through the issuance of shares.

                The net cash inflow in year ended December 31, 2006 was $60 million compared to an inflow of $183 million for the year ended December 31, 2005. Millicom had closing cash and cash equivalents balances of $657 million as at December 31, 2006 compared to $597 million as at December 31, 2006.

        Investments, Acquisition, Divestments and Capital Expenditures

        Investments

                Millicom will continue to invest in its existing mobile operations, where we believe we can generate attractive returns. In addition, we intend to increase our equity ownership in certain existing operations through opportunistic buy-outs of local partners. We may participate in consolidation within our markets through the careful evaluation, selection and pursuit of strategic opportunities. We may also pursue new license opportunities in our adjacent markets where the investment offers group-wide synergy potential. Such synergies include sharing information and best practices about services, human resources, technologies, market strategies, and the centralized negotiation of financings and supply contracts for network and subscriber equipment.

        Acquisitions

                On October 2, 2006, the Group acquired 50% plus one of the voting shares of Colombia Móvil S.A., a mobile operation in Colombia. The purchase price of Colombia Móvil S.A. was $124 million, including acquisition costs of $2 million, and was financed through borrowings.

                In July, 2006, Millicom completed its purchase for a total consideration of $5 million of the remaining 4% ownership interest in Telefonica Celular del Paraguay S.A., its subsidiary in Paraguay in which Millicom now has 100% ownership. The acquisition was approved by the regulatory authorities on July 12, 2006. Millicom recognised goodwill of $3 million as a result of the acquisition of the minority interest, recorded under the caption "Intangible assets, net".

                On March 14, 2006, Millicom purchased for a total consideration of $35 million the remaining 25% ownership interest in Sentel GSM, its operation in Senegal in which Millicom now has 100% ownership. Millicom recognised goodwill of $31 million as a result of the acquisition of the minority interest, recorded under the caption "Intangible assets, net".

        67


                On January 23, 2006, Millicom purchased for a total consideration of $20 million the remaining 15.6% ownership interest in Millicom Tanzania Limited, its operation in Tanzania in which Millicom now has 100% ownership. Millicom recognised goodwill of $16 million as a result of the acquisition of the minority interest, recorded under the caption "Intangible assets, net".

                On December 16, 2005, Millicom entered into an agreement with Comtech, the minority shareholder in its operation in Sierra Leone to purchase the remaining 30% of shares in Sierra Leone not already held by Millicom for $3 million. The purchase was made in two installments. The first one, on December 16, 2005 by which the agreements were formally signed and 50% of the purchase price was paid. The second one, which occurred on February 1, 2006, when the shares were actually transferred to Millicom and the second half of the purchase price was settled. Between those dates, certain administrative matters had to be solved by the parties, the most significant one being the receipt by the National Bank of Sierra Leone of the confirmation of the sale. As the latter was received on December 22, 2005, Millicom recorded the acquisition on that date as by then both parties had effectively fulfilled their main obligations under the agreement and the remaining administrative matters were customary to the finalization of the agreement. The purchase price of $3 million is entirely recognised as goodwill as Millicom's operation in Sierra Leone had negative equity on the acquisition date.

                In December 2005, Millicom bought an option to purchase 30% of Millicom (Ghana) Limited, Millicom's operation in Ghana, from a former shareholder for an amount of $20 million. This amount is entirely recognised as goodwill as the purchase of the option represents, in substance, the acquisition of the economic benefits associated with the 30% minority interest and at the date of the purchase of the option by Millicom, Millicom Ghana Limited had negative shareholders' equity.

                On September 13, 2005, the Group acquired 100% control of Oasis S.P.R.L., a mobile telephony provider in the Democratic Republic of Congo, at an acquisition cost of $35 million.

                On May 26, 2005 Millicom acquired an additional 16.67% in the capital of its operation in Honduras, Telefonica Celular ("Celtel"), for a total consideration of $20 million, bringing its ownership from 50.00% to 66.67%. Due to the existence of joint control, Millicom continues to account for Celtel as a joint venture using proportional consolidation. The results of Celtel have been proportionally consolidated at 50.00% for the period from January 1, 2005 to May 26, 2005 and at 66.67% afterwards.

        Divestments

                The sale of Pakcom, one of Millicom's operations in Pakistan, was completed in June 2006 for $1. As part of the sale of Pakcom Limited, Millicom transferred 10% of its ownership in Paktel Limited to the Arfeen group, at no cost to the Arfeen group, reducing Millicom's ownership in Paktel Limited to 88.68%. No gain or loss was recorded on this disposal. This operation has been classified as a discontinued operation in the 2006 financial statements.

                Millicom decided to exit from its remaining business in Pakistan, Paktel Limited, on November 13, 2006. The agreement relating to the sale of our 88.68% interest in Paktel Limited to China Mobile Communications Corporation for an enterprise value of $460 million, resulting in net proceeds of approximately $284 million, was signed on January 21, 2007 and the transaction was completed on February 13, 2007. Paktel Limited has been classified as a discontinued operation in the 2006 financial statements.

                Millicom had entered in October 2003 into a Management Agreement to manage a mobile telephony network for Rafsanjan Industrial Complex Islamic Cooperative Company ("RIC") in Iran. On September 11, 2006, Millicom and RIC mutually agreed to terminate the Management Agreement, mainly because the business relationship with RIC had not developed as favorably as initially expected.

        68


                Millicom also had an option to acquire at book value an equity ownership in a new Iranian company that would operate the mobile network to be contributed by RIC. Between February 9, 2004 and February 9, 2007 Millicom could acquire up to 47% of the equity of this company. After that date and until February 9, 2009, Millicom had the right to acquire an additional 30% of the equity in addition to any shares acquired before that date, provided that the total percentage acquired did not exceed 47%. Millicom intended to exercise the option if, among other conditions, RIC managed to negotiate a favorable interconnection agreement with Telecommunications Company of Iran ("TCI"), the incumbent Iranian telecommunications operator. As RIC failed to obtain favorable interconnection terms from TCI and in consideration of other factors, Millicom irrevocably terminated its rights under the option agreement in November 2006.

                In May 2006, Millicom divested its wholly-owned subsidiary MIC-USA Inc. for $1. A net gain of $6.1 million was recognized from the sale and MIC-USA Inc. ceased to be consolidated from the date of sale. As part of the sale of MIC-USA Inc., Millicom sold Great Universal Inc. and Modern Holdings Inc. Although Great Universal Inc. and Modern Holdings Inc were wholly-owned by Millicom, they were not consolidated because of the existence of outstanding warrants that enabled warrant holders to control Great Universal Inc. and Modern Holdings Inc. These entities were accounted for as financial assets available for sale. As a result, the revaluation reserve was reversed and no gain or loss was recorded on their disposal in 2006.

                Millicom also sold other minor subsidiaries and other joint-ventures in 2006, including Millicom Peru S.A., its operation in Peru, which has been treated as a discontinued operation, for $6.4 million net proceeds resulting in a gain of $2.7 million.

                Millicom has an 80% equity interest in Comvik International (Vietnam) AB ("Comvik") which had entered into a Business Cooperation Contract ("BCC") with a government-owned company to operate a nationwide cellular GSM network in Vietnam (Mobifone). The BCC expired in May 2005 and Millicom had been negotiating with the Vietnamese government to convert the BCC into an equity ownership interest. During the third quarter of 2006, Millicom concluded that it was unlikely that an acceptable agreement would be reached in the near future and therefore has classified Comvik as a discontinued operation from that date. Millicom has no other continuing operation in Vietnam. As of December 31, 2006, Comvik has been presented as an abandoned operation. As such its assets and liabilities are still included under the relevant individual balance sheet captions. There is likely to be limited financial impact from the closure of the BCC in 2007.

                In 2005, Millicom completed the sale of Millicom Chile S.A., which held certain rights in Chile, for net total proceeds of $0.9 million realising a net gain of $0.9 million.

                In 2005, Millicom disposed of or liquidated a number of other minor subsidiaries for nil net proceeds realising a net gain of $0.4 million.

        Capital Expenditures

                Our capital expenditure of property, plant and equipment, licenses and other intangibles by geographical region for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005 has been as follows:

         
         2007
         2006
         2005
        Central America 291,678 202,649 82,082
        South America 325,077 73,649 30,498
        Africa 342,992 263,830 113,277
        Asia 93,948 110,084 39,566
        Unallocated items and discontinued operations 1,907 107,969 310,517
          
         
         
        Total 1,055,602 758,181 575,940
          
         
         

        69


                We expect to direct our capital expenditures towards our new operation in Colombia, the roll out of tigo® across African and Asia regions, particularly in the Democratic Republic of Congo, as well as to continue network expansion (coverage and capacity) in each cluster.

        Commitments to Purchase Network Equipment within One Year

                As of December 31, 2007, we had commitments to purchase network equipment, land and buildings and other fixed assets with a value of $400.2 million from a number of suppliers, all of which was within one year, except $28.0 million within two years.

                As of December 31, 2006, we had commitments to purchase network equipment, land and buildings and other fixed assets with a value of $308.6 million from a number of suppliers, all of which was within one year.

        Financing

                We finance our operations on a project-by-project basis at both the operational and parent entity level. Once a license is awarded, we make an initial investment in the form of equity and, in some cases, debt. The local operation typically is granted between six and 12 months to build out its initial mobile telephone network. During this initial phase, we frequently supplement our investment with financing provided by equipment suppliers for the purchase of network equipment. Generally, such financing covers a period of 18 months to three years and is often guaranteed by Millicom. We seek to refinance the vendor financing with longer-term borrowing from commercial banks and international agencies. Where practicable, we endeavor to obtain financing in local currencies and without recourse to Millicom. However, Millicom may guarantee such project financing for an initial period until certain performance targets are achieved. We intend to continue to pursue a project-by-project approach to fund our systems. If additional investment is required, we seek, whenever possible, to fund such investment through shareholder loans from the Company. As our local operations become more established and local financial markets become more developed, we are increasingly able to finance at the operational level in the local currency on a non-recourse basis. As of December 31, 2007, approximately 50% of our debt at the operational level was denominated in local currency.

                Millicom's total consolidated indebtedness as of December 31, 2007 was $1,834 million and our total consolidated net indebtedness (representing total consolidated indebtedness after deduction of cash, cash equivalents, short-term time deposits) was $660 million. Our annual interest expense for the years ended December 31, 2007 and 2006 was $194 million and $124 million, respectively.

        10% Senior Notes

                On November 24, 2003, Millicom issued $550.0 million aggregate principal amount of 10% Senior Notes (the "10% Senior Notes") due on December 1, 2013. The 10% Senior Notes bear interest at 10% per annum, payable semi-annually in arrears on June 1 and December 1. The effective interest rate is 10.7%.

                The 10% Senior Notes are general unsecured obligations of Millicom and rank equal in right of payment with all future unsecured and unsubordinated obligations of Millicom. The 10% Senior Notes are not guaranteed by any of Millicom's subsidiaries, joint ventures or affiliates, and as a result are structurally subordinated in right of payment to all indebtedness of such subsidiaries, joint ventures and affiliates.

                If Millicom experiences a Change of Control Triggering Event, defined as a rating decline resulting from a change in control, each holder will have the right to require Millicom to repurchase its notes at 101% of their principal amount plus accrued and unpaid interest and all other amounts due, if any.

                During 2007, Millicom repurchased $90 million of the 10% Senior Notes incurring in a charge of $5.0 million which is recorded under the caption "Other non operating income (expenses), net".

        70


                In October 2007, Millicom decided that it would redeem the balance of the Notes in December 2008 and pay the contractual redemption premium of 5%. As a result, Millicom reclassified the 10% Senior Notes from non current to current and recorded an additional interest expense of $31 million for the year ended December 31, 2007, which represented the increase in financial liabilities due to the recognition of the 5% pre-payment expense and an increase in the amortised cost of the Notes due to the earlier settlement date.

        4% convertible Notes

                In January 2005, Millicom raised $200.0 million aggregate principal amount of 4% Convertible Notes due 2010 (the "4% Convertible Notes"). The net proceeds of the offering were received on January 7, 2005 in the amount of $195.9 million.

                The 4% Convertible Notes are general unsecured obligations of Millicom and rank equal in right of payment with all future unsecured and unsubordinated obligations of Millicom. The rate of interest payable on the 4% Convertible Notes is 4% per annum. Interest is payable semi-annually in arrears on January 7 and July 7 of each year, beginning on July 7, 2005. The effective interest rate is 9.6%.

                The 4% Convertible Notes were constituted by a trust deed dated January 7, 2005 between Millicom and The Bank of New York, as Trustee for the holders of notes.

                Millicom has apportioned part of the value of the 4% Convertible Notes to equity and part to debt. The value allocated to equity as of December 31, 2007 was $38.9 million (2006: $39.1 million) and the value allocated to debt was $178.9 million (2006: $171.2 million).

                As of December 31, 2007, $1 million of the 4% Convertible Notes were converted into 28,686 ordinary shares.

                On January 22, 2008, Millicom converted a further $196 million of the outstanding bonds into 5,622,471 shares. On the same day Millicom repaid in cash the remaining $3 million of bonds that were not converted, including accrued interest. The conversion resulted in an increase of equity amounting to approximately $176 million in January 2008 (see note 31). As a result Millicom reclassified the 4% Convertible Notes from non current to current.

        Other Debt and Financing

                Millicom's share of total other debt and financing analyzed by country is as follows:

         
         2007
         2006
         
         US$ '000

         US$ '000

        Bolivia(i) 41,874 28,241
        Chad (ii) 23,830 
        Colombia(iii) 436,670 372,396
        Democratic Republic of Congo(iv) 60,877 25,781
        El Salvador(v) 199,715 154,223
        Ghana(vi) 108,244 38,391
        Honduras(vii) 56,961 20,132
        Senegal(viii) 62,557 28,367
        Sri Lanka(ix) 53,416 34,357
        Tanzania(x) 51,471 18,151
        Other 79,910 63,775
          
         
        Total other debt and financing 1,175,525 783,814
          
         
        Of which:    
        due after more than 1 year 945,206 649,153
        due within 1 year 230,319 134,661

        71


                Significant individual financing facilities are described below:

        i)     Bolivia

                In December 2007, Telefonica Celular de Bolivia SA ("Telecel Bolivia"), Millicom's operation in Bolivia, signed a financing agreement for $40.0 million with the Nederlandse Financieringsmaatschappij Voor Ontwikkelingslanden, N.V. (FMO), also known as the Netherlands Development Finance Company. The A tranche of $20.0 million was provided directly by the FMO. This tranche is repayable over 7 years and bears an interest at $LIBOR rate plus 2.25%. The B tranche of $20 million is provided equally by Nordea and Standard bank. This tranche is repayable over 5 years and bears interest at $LIBOR plus 2.00%. Both tranches are guaranteed by the Company and were fully drawn as at December 31, 2007.

                As at December 31, 2006, Telecel Bolivia also had $7.2 million outstanding on a financing agreement with the International Finance Corporation granted in 2001 and $15.0 million outstanding on a bridge financing from Standard Bank. Both of these amounts were repaid during 2007.

                In addition to the above, Telecel Bolivia also had $1.9 million of other debt and financing outstanding as at December 31, 2007 (2006: $6.0 million).

        ii)    Chad

                In May 2007, Millicom Tchad S.A., Millicom's operation in Chad, entered into a $32.0 million, 5 year loan with the China Development Bank to finance equipment purchases from Huawei, an equipment supplier. This loan bears interest at $LIBOR plus 2% and is 100% guaranteed by the Company. As of December 31, 2007, $12.1 million was outstanding under this facility.

                In August 2007, Millicom Tchad S.A. entered into a Euro11.0 million, 5 year loan with PROPARCO (Promotion et participation pour la coopération économique). This loan bears interest at EURIBOR plus 2% and is 100% guaranteed by the Company. As at December 31, 2007, the Euro equivalent of $11.7 million was outstanding under this facility.

        iii)   Colombia

                In October 2006, the Company acquired a majority ownership 50% plus 1 share in Colombia Movil S.A. E.S.P. At the time of the acquisition the Company had a COP 168,539 million (approximately $83 million) Hermes guaranteed export credit facility with Citigroup maturing in January 2012 and a COP 309,800 million ($154 million) loan facility arranged by BBVA maturing in November 2009. These facilities bear interest at IPC plus 6.30% and DTF plus 4.15%, respectively and are 100% guaranteed by the minority shareholders. As at December 31, 2007 $53.7 million (2006: $59.1 million) and $94.5 million (2006: 127.7 million) respectively were outstanding under these facilities.

                Colombia Movil S.A. E.S.P. also had local currency loans from the minority shareholders outstanding as at December 31, 2007 of $229.5 million (2006: $185.6 million). These loans bear interest at DTF plus 4.15% and mature between 2011 and 2013.

                In addition, as at December 31, 2007 Colombia Movil S.A. E.S.P. had $57.0 million (2006: $nil) outstanding in respect of local currency 60 day treasury credits from various banks and $2.0 million (2006: $nil) of other debt and financing, in US$ and local currency.

        72


        iv)    Democratic Republic of Congo

                In September 2006, Oasis S.P.R.L. ("Oasis"), Millicom's operation in the Democratic Republic of Congo, entered into a $106.3 million, 7 year loan from the China Development Bank to finance equipment purchases from Huawei, an equipment supplier. The loan bears interest at $LIBOR plus 2% and is repayable over 17 equal quarterly installments commencing in 2009. This financing is 100% guaranteed by the Company. As of December 31, 2007, $55.9 million was outstanding under this facility (2006: $21.5 million) and in addition Oasis had other debt and financing of $5.0 million (2006: $4.3 million).

        v)     El Salvador

                In September 2006, Telemovil El Salvador S.A., Millicom's operation in El Salvador, entered into a $200 million 5 year loan. The loan was syndicated amongst a group of local and international banks and was arranged by ABN AMRO, Citigroup and Standard Bank. The loan bears interest at $LIBOR plus 1.75%. As of December 31, 2007, $199.7 million of this facility was outstanding (2006: $154.2 million).

        vi)    Ghana

                In December 2007 Millicom (Ghana) Limited, Millicom's operation in Ghana, entered into a $60.5 million local 5 year club-deal Facility (Agent Stanbic). The loan bears interest at Libor plus 2%. In parallel a $80 million offshore 7 year DFI (Development Finance Institution) financing which bears interest at Libor plus 2.25% was arranged. The local Tranche was fully drawn whereas the outstanding amount under the offshore DFI Tranche amounted to $30.0 million at the end of December 2007.

                In July 2005, Millicom (Ghana) Limited entered into a $20 million loan agreement with Citibank N.A., 75% guaranteed by the Overseas Private Investment Corporation and 100% guaranteed by the Company. This loan bears interest at $LIBOR plus 2.5% and is repayable in 8 semi-annual installments commencing from January 2007. As at December 31, 2007, the outstanding was $15.0 million (2006: $20.0 million).

                In 2006, Millicom (Ghana) Limited entered into a $18.4 million loan from Ericsson Credit B.V., bearing interest at $LIBOR plus 2.5%. This loan was settled in December 2007.

                In addition as at December 31, 2007, Ghana had other debt and financing of $2.7 million (2006: $nil).

        vii)  Honduras

                Telefonica Celular S.A., Millicom's operation in Honduras, has facilities with 7 local banks maturing between 2008 and 2015. These facilities are in dollars and in Lempiras and are unsecured. Interest rates are either fixed or variable, ranging as of December 31, 2007 between 7.28% and 10.25% (2006: between 6.38% and 11%). As at December 31, 2007, the outstanding debt under these facilities was $57.0 million (2006: $20.1 million).

        viii) Senegal

                In December 2005, Sentel GSM, Millicom's operation in Senegal entered into a XAF12,500 million loan agreement with Crédit Lyonnais Sénégal ("CLS"). This loan bears a fixed interest rate of 8% and is fully repayable at maturity, in December 2010. The outstanding amount in US$ as at December 31, 2007 was $27.9 million (2006: $25.2 million).

        73


                In addition Sentel GSM entered into a 5 year additional Tranche of XAF7,500 million with CLS in July 2007. This tranche bears an 8.5% fixed interest rate and was fully drawn at the end of 2007. The outstanding amount under this additional Tranche in US$as at December 31, 2007 was $17.3 million.

                In September 2006, Sentel GSM additionally entered into a XAF2,500 million bridge loan with the Compagnie Bancaire de l'Afrique Orientale (CBAO). This loan bears a 7% interest rate and matures in March 2008. As of December 31, 2007 $0.7 million (XAF336 million) (2006: $3.2 million (XAF1,611 million)) of this facility was outstanding.

                In addition, in 2007, Sentel GSM entered into two new loans with CBAO amounting in total to XAF7,500 million bearing fixed interest respectively of 6.5% and 8%. These loans were fully drawn as at December 31, 2007 and the amount outstanding was $16.7 million.

        ix)   Sri Lanka

                In 2004, Tigo (Pvt) Limited, Millicom's operation in Sri Lanka arranged a five year syndicated loan of LKR 2,000 million (US$18.2 million) through ABN-Amro, 47.5% is ABN-Amro guaranteed which in turn is counter guaranteed by the Company. The loan carries interest equal to the Sri Lankan Weighted Average Treasury Bill rate plus 2.75% which for the year ended December 31, 2007 was approximately 20% (2006: 14%). The unsecured tranche carries interest equal to the Sri Lankan Weighted Average Treasury Bill rate plus 3%. Tigo (Pvt) Limited must repay the loan between 2006 and 2009. The outstanding US$ amount as of December 31, 2007 was $9.8 million (2006: $14.6 million).

                In 2006, Tigo (Pvt) Limited entered into a LKR4,200 million (US$38.2 million) facility, 50% is ABN-Amro guaranteed which in turn is counter guaranteed by the Company. This loan matures in December 2011, and bears interest equal to the average weighted prime lending rate plus 1.75% (Tranche A) and plus 1% (Tranche B) approximately 19% and 18% (2006: 15% and 16%). As of December 31, 2007, this facility was fully drawn and the outstanding US$ amount was $38.2 million (2006: $12.4 million).

                In addition to the above, Tigo (Pvt) Limited also had $5.4 million (2006: $7.4 million of which $2.0 million was in local currency) of other debt and local financing outstanding as at December 31, 2007.

        x)     Tanzania

                In March 2007 Millicom Tanzania Limited, Millicom's operation in Tanzania, entered into a new 5 year Citi-Opic facilities, bearing interest rate of LIBOR plus 2.5%, composed of a $17.4 million $ Tranche and a Tranche in local currency up to the equivalent of $5 million. The outstanding US$ amount under these facilities as at December 31, 2007 amounted to $22.9 million.

                At the same time Millicom Tanzania Limited entered into a 5 year $10 million Term Loan with Barclays bearing interest of LIBOR plus 3% and a 5 year $16.5 million vendor financing with Ericsson credit AB, priced at LIBOR plus 2.5%. The amount outstanding as at December 31, 2007 was $8.5 million under the Barclays loan and $14.0 million under the Ericsson loan.

                In addition to the above, Millicom Tanzania Limited also had $6.1 million (2006: $18.1 million) of other debt and financing outstanding as at December 31, 2007.

        Guarantees

                In the normal course of business, the Company has issued guarantees to secure some of the obligations of some of its operations under bank financing agreements. As of December 31, 2007, the Company has issued $206.5 million of guarantees (2006: $141.7 million).

        74


        Pledged assets

                The Group's share of total debt and financing secured by either pledged assets, pledged deposits issued to cover letters of credit or guarantees issued by the Company is $739.2 million (2006: $516.0 million). The assets pledged by the Group for these debts and financings amount to $448.6 million (2006: $758.6 million).

        Effect of Exchange Rate Fluctuations

                Exchange rates for currencies of the countries in which our companies operate may fluctuate in relation to the U.S. dollar, and such fluctuations may have a material adverse effect on our earnings, assets or cash flows when translating local currency into U.S. dollars. For each operation that reports in a currency other than the U.S. dollar, a decrease in the value of that currency against the U.S. dollar would reduce our profits while also reducing both our assets and liabilities. To the extent that our operations upstream cash in the future, the amount of U.S. dollars we will receive will be affected by fluctuations of exchange rates for such currencies against the U.S. dollar. The exchange rates obtained when converting local currencies into U.S. dollars are set by foreign exchange markets over which we have no control. We usually do not enter into hedging transactions to limit our foreign currency exposure. Millicom had a net exchange gain of $15 million for the year ended December 31, 2007, compared to a gain of $6 million for the year ended December 31, 2006, excluding an exchange loss of $36 million on the 5% Mandatory Exchangeable Notes.

        Trend Information

                We believe there is a significant opportunity for rapid growth in our markets due to low mobile penetration in economies with high growth potential and substantial pent-up demand for basic voice telephony services. We believe we can grow our subscriber base and revenue by continuing to focus on prepaid services while controlling costs and maintaining our position with postpaid customers. We are developing a number of non-traditional distribution channels in our operations to expand our market share and reduce our operating costs. There is, however, a risk that, as new competitors enter our prepaid markets, as will be the case in Sri Lanka in the late 2007, and price competition intensifies, our prepaid customers may be more likely to move from one mobile operator to another than our postpaid customers. This also has the effect of driving prices down, thus eroding the profitability of the mobile operators. In that event, we believe our strong service coverage and increasing use of non-traditional distribution channels, competitive tariffs and brand awareness will enable us to compete effectively in our prepaid markets. However, this may not always be the case and, if we determine that the business is not sustainable, we may decide to exit the relevant market.

        Research and Development, Patents and Licenses, etc.

                As we established an early presence in most of the markets in which we operate, we have been able to secure our licenses at low cost. Historically, we have been successful in renewing our maturing licenses, generally on terms similar to the original licenses, although we may not be able to do so in the future. When necessary, we enter into partnerships with prominent local business partners through companies over which we typically exercise management control.

                We do not engage in research and development and we do not own any patents.

        Off-balance Sheet and Other Arrangements

                Millicom has a number of commitments and contingencies, as described in Note 28 to the consolidated financial statements.

        75


        Critical Accounting Policies

                The consolidated financial statements as of December 31, 2007 are prepared in accordance with consolidation and accounting policies consistent with those of the previous financial years.

                In preparing the consolidated financial statements, management needs to make assumptions, estimates and judgments, which are often subjective and may be affected by changing circumstances or changes in its analysis. Material changes in these assumptions, estimates and judgments have the potential to materially alter our results of operations. We have identified below those of our accounting policies that we believe could potentially produce materially different results if we were to change our underlying assumptions, estimates and judgments. For a detailed discussion of these and other accounting policies, see Note 2 of the "Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements".

        Basis of Consolidation

                Entities over which we have control are fully consolidated. Entities over which we have joint control are consolidated using the proportional method that combines our proportional share of assets, liabilities, income and expenses. The definition of control is the power to govern the financial and operating policies of an entity so as to obtain benefits from it and is based on criteria such as the ability to vote through items at the shareholder and board level. The method of consolidation used for each entity is based on management's assessments as to whether they have full or joint control.

        Functional and presentation currencies

                Items included in the financial statements of each of the Group's entities are measured using the currency of the primary economic environment in which the entity operates ("the functional currency"). The functional currency of each subsidiary, joint venture and associates reflects the economic substance of the underlying events and circumstances of these entities. The Company is located in Luxembourg and its subsidiaries, joint ventures and associates operate in different currencies. The Group's consolidated financial statements are presented in U.S. dollar (the "presentation currency"). The functional currency of the Company is the U.S. dollar because of the significant influence of the U.S. dollar on its operations.

        Goodwill

                Goodwill represents the excess of cost of an acquisition over the Group's share in the fair value of the identifiable assets less the liabilities and contingent liabilities of the acquired subsidiary, joint venture or associate at the date of transaction. If the fair value of the identifiable assets, liabilities or contingent liabilities or the cost of the acquisition can be determined only provisionally, then Millicom initially accounts for the Goodwill using these provisional values. Within twelve months of the acquisition date, Millicom then recognises any adjustments to these provisional values once the fair value of the identifiable assets, liabilities and contingent liabilities and the cost of the acquisition have been finally determined. Adjustments to the provisional fair values are made as if the adjusted fair values had been recognised from the acquisition date. Goodwill on acquisition of subsidiaries and joint ventures is included in "intangible assets, net'. Goodwill on acquisition of associates is included in "investments in associates'. Following initial recognition, goodwill is measured at cost less any accumulated impairment losses. Gains or losses on the disposal of an entity include the carrying amount of goodwill relating to the entity sold.

                Goodwill is tested for impairment annually or more frequently if events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying value may be impaired. Impairment losses on goodwill are not reversed.

        76


                For the purpose of impairment testing, goodwill acquired in a business combination is, from acquisition date, allocated to each of the Group's cash generating units or groups of cash-generating units that are expected to benefit from the synergies of the combination, irrespective of whether other assets or liabilities of the Group are assigned to those units or groups of units. Each unit or group of units to which the goodwill is so allocated:

          Represents the lowest level within the Group at which the goodwill is monitored for internal management purposes; and

          Is not larger than a segment based on either the Group's primary or the Group's secondary reporting format.

                Impairment is determined by assessing the recoverable amount of the cash-generating unit (group of cash-generating units), to which the goodwill relates. Where the recoverable amount of the cash-generating unit (group of cash-generating units) is less than the carrying amount, an impairment loss is recognised. Where goodwill forms part of a cash-generating unit (group of cash-generating units) and part of the operation within that unit is disposed of, the goodwill associated with the operation disposed of is included in the carrying amount of the operation when determining the gain or loss on disposal of the operation. Goodwill disposed of in this circumstance is measured based on the relative values of the operation disposed and the portion of the cash-generating unit retained.

                Before January 1, 2005, goodwill was amortised using the straight-line method over its estimated useful life but not longer than 20 years and assessed for an indication of impairment at each balance sheet date. Millicom ceased amortization of goodwill from January 1, 2005 and eliminated the carrying amount of accumulated amortization existing on that date with a corresponding decrease in the cost of goodwill.

        Trademarks and Subscriber bases

                Trademarks and subscriber bases are recognised as intangible assets only when acquired in business combinations or ownership increase transactions in joint ventures. Their cost corresponds to the fair value as at the date of acquisition. Trademarks and subscriber bases have a finite useful life and are carried at cost less accumulated amortisation. Amortisation is calculated using the straight-line method to allocate the cost of the trademarks and subscriber bases over their estimated useful lives. The estimated useful life for trademarks and subscriber bases are based on the specifications of the market in which they exist. Trademarks and subscriber bases are recorded under the caption "Intangible assets, net".

        Impairment of Non-current Assets

                The Group assesses at each reporting date whether there is an indication that an asset may be impaired. If any such indication exists, or when annual impairment testing for an asset is required, the Group makes an estimate of the asset's recoverable amount. The recoverable amount is the higher of the fair value less cost to sell and value in use and is determined for an individual asset, unless the asset does not generate cash inflows that are largely independent of those from other assets or groups of assets. Where the carrying amount of an asset exceeds its recoverable amount, the asset is considered impaired and is written down to its recoverable amount. In assessing value in use, the estimated future cash flows are discounted to their present value using a discount rate that reflects current market conditions of the time value of money and the risk specific to the asset. Impairment losses of continuing operations are recognised in the consolidated statements of profit and loss in those expense categories consistent with the function of the impaired asset.

        77


                An assessment is made at each reporting date as to whether there is any indication that previously recognised impairment losses may no longer exist or may have decreased. If such indication exists, the recoverable amount is estimated. Other than for goodwill, a previously recognised impairment loss is reversed if there has been a change in the estimate used to determine the asset's recoverable amount since the last impairment loss was recognised. If that is the case, the carrying amount of the asset is increased to its recoverable amount. The increased amount cannot exceed the carrying amount that would have been determined, net of depreciation, had no impairment loss been recognised for the asset in prior years. Such reversal is recognised in profit or loss. After such a reversal the depreciation charge is adjusted in future periods to allocate the asset's revised carrying amount, less any residual value, on a systematic basis over its remaining useful life.

                Where no comparable market information is available, management bases its view on recoverability primarily on cash flow forecasts. In addition to the evaluation of possible impairment to the assets carrying value, the foregoing analysis also evaluates the appropriateness of the expected useful lives of the assets.

        Trade receivables

                Trade receivables are initially recognised at fair value and subsequently measured at amortised cost using the effective interest method, less provision for impairment. A provision for impairment of trade receivable is established when there is objective evidence that the Group will not be able to collect all amounts due according to the original terms of receivables. Significant financial difficulties of the debtor, probability that the debtor will enter bankruptcy or financial reorganisation, and default or delinquency in payments are considered indicators that the trade receivable is impaired. The amount of the provision is the difference between the asset's carrying amount and the present value of estimated future cash flows, discounted at the effective interest rate. The amount of the provision is recognised in the consolidated statements of profit and loss within "Cost of sales". The nominal value less impairment of trade receivables is assumed to approximate their fair values.

        Non-current assets (or disposal groups) held for sale and related liabilities

                Non-current assets (or disposal groups) are classified as assets held for sale and stated at the lower of carrying amount and fair value less costs to sell if their carrying amount is expected to be recovered principally through a sale transaction rather than through continuing use. The liabilities of disposal groups are classified as "Liabilities directly associated with assets held for sale".

        Borrowings and borrowing costs

                Borrowings are initially recognised at fair value, net of transaction costs incurred. Borrowings are subsequently stated at amortised cost. Any difference between the proceeds (net of transaction costs) and the redemption value is recognised in the consolidated statements of profit and loss over the period of the borrowing using the effective interest method.

                The fair value of the liability portion of a convertible bond is determined using a market interest rate for an equivalent non-convertible bond. This amount is recorded as a liability on an amortised cost basis until extinguishment, conversion or maturity of the bonds. The remainder of the proceeds is allocated to the conversion option. This is recognised and included in equity, net of income tax effects.

                Borrowings are classified as current liabilities unless the Group has an unconditional right to defer settlement of the liability for at least 12 months after the balance sheet date.

        78


        Provisions

                Provisions are recognised when the Group has a present obligation (legal or constructive) as a result of a past event, if it is probable that an outflow of resources embodying economic benefits will be required to settle the obligation and a reliable estimate can be made of the amount of the obligation. Where the Group expects some or all of a provision to be reimbursed, for example under an insurance contract, the reimbursement is recognised as a separate asset but only when the reimbursement is virtually certain. The expense relating to any provision is presented in the income statement net of any reimbursement. If the effect of the time value of money is material, provisions are discounted using a current pre-tax rate that reflects, where appropriate, the risks specific to the liability. Where discounting is used, the increase in the provision due to the passage of time is recognised as a borrowing cost.

        Revenue Recognition

                Revenue comprises the fair value of consideration received or receivable for the sale of goods and services, net of value added tax, rebates and discounts and after eliminating sales within the Group.

                Revenue is recognised to the extent that it is probable that the economic benefits will flow to the Group and the revenue can be reliably measured. The following specific recognition criteria must also be met before revenue is recognised:

          Equipment revenues

                These revenues consist of the sale of handsets and accessories. Revenue is recognised when the significant risks and rewards of ownership of handsets and accessories have been passed to the buyer.

          Revenues from provision of telecom services

                These recurring revenues consist of connection fees, monthly subscription fees, airtime usage fees, interconnection fees, roaming fees and fees from other telecommunications services such as data services and short message services. Recurring revenues are recognised on an accrual basis, i.e. as the related services are rendered. Unbilled revenues for airtime usage and subscription fees resulting from services provided from the billing cycle date to the end of each month are estimated and recorded.

                Subscription products and services are deferred and amortised over the estimated life of the customer relationship. Related costs are also deferred, to the extent of the revenues deferred, and amortised over the estimated life of the customer relationship. The estimated life of the customer relationship is calculated based on the percentage of disconnections for the same type of customer which has occurred historically.

          Prepayments

                Prepayments allow the forward purchase of a specified amount of airtime by customers. Revenues are recognised as credit is used. Unutilised airtime is carried in the balance sheet and is included under deferred revenue within "other current liabilities".

          Value added services

                Revenues from value added services such as text messaging, video messaging, ringtones, games etc, are recognised net of payments to the providers of these services when they are responsible for the contents and for determining the price paid by the subscriber.

        79


          Multiple-element arrangements

                Revenue arrangements with multiple deliverables are divided into separate units of accounting if the deliverables in the arrangement meet certain criteria. The arrangement consideration is then allocated among the separate units of accounting based on their relative fair values or on the residual method.

        Share-based Compensation

                Up until May 2006, share options were granted to Directors, management and key employees. The fair value of the equity instruments granted in exchange for the services received is recognised as an expense over the vesting period. The total amount to be expensed over the vesting period is determined by reference to the fair value of the options granted, excluding the impact of any non-market vesting conditions (for example profitability and sales growth targets). Non market vesting conditions are included in assumptions about the number of options that are expected to vest. At each balance sheet date, the Group revises its estimate of the number of options that are expected to vest. It recognises the impact of the revision of original estimates, if any, in the consolidated statements of profit and loss, with a corresponding adjustment to equity. The dilutive effect of outstanding options is reflected as additional share dilution in the computation of earnings per share.

                Subsequent to May 2006, restricted share awards are granted to the Directors, management and key employees.

                The cost of these equity-transactions is recognised, together with a corresponding increase in equity, over the period in which the performance and /or service conditions are fulfilled, ending on the date on which the relevant employee becomes fully entitled to the award (the vesting date). The cumulative expense recognised for equity-settled transactions at each reporting date until the vesting date reflects the extent to which vesting period has expired and the Group's best estimate of the number of equity instruments that will ultimately vest.

                No expense is recognised for awards that do not ultimately vest, except for awards where vesting is conditional upon a market condition, which are treated as vesting irrespective of whether or not the market conditions are satisfied, provided that all other performance conditions are satisfied. Where the terms of an equity-settled award are modified, as a minimum an expense is recognised as if the terms had not been modified. In addition, an expense is recognised for any modification, which increases the total fair value of the share-based payment arrangement, or is otherwise beneficial to the employee as measured at the date of modification.

        Deferred tax

                Deferred income tax is provided using the liability method on temporary differences at the balance sheet date between the tax base of assets and liabilities and their carrying amount for financial reporting purposes. Deferred tax liabilities are recognised for all taxable temporary differences, except where the deferred tax liability arises from the initial recognition of goodwill or of an asset or liability in a transaction that is not a business combination and, at the time of the transaction, affects neither the accounting profit nor taxable profit or loss.

                Deferred income tax assets are recognised for all deductible temporary differences, carry-forward of unused tax credits and unused tax losses, to the extent that it is probable that taxable profit will be available against which the deductible temporary difference, and the carry-forward of unused tax credits and unused tax losses can be utilised except where the deferred tax assets relating to the deductible temporary difference arise from the initial recognition of an assets or liability in a transaction that is not a business combination and, at the time of the transaction, affects neither the accounting nor taxable profit or loss.

        80


                The carrying amount of deferred income tax asset is reviewed at each balance sheet date and reduced to the extent that it is no longer probable that sufficient taxable profit will be available to allow all or part of the deferred income tax asset to be utilised. Unrecognised deferred income tax assets are reassessed at each balance sheet date and are recognised to the extent that it has become probable that future taxable profit will allow the deferred tax asset to be recovered.

                Deferred income tax assets and liabilities are measured at the tax rate expected to apply to the year when the assets is realised or the liability is settled, based on tax rates and tax laws that have been enacted or substantively enacted at the balance sheet date. Income tax relating to items recognised directly in equity is recognised in equity and not in the consolidated statements of profit and loss. Deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities are offset, if legally enforceable rights exist to set off current tax assets against current tax liabilities and the deferred taxes relate to the same taxable entity and the same taxation authority.

        Discontinued operations

                Revenues and expenses associated with discontinued operations are presented in a separate line on the consolidated statements of profit and loss. Comparative figures in the consolidated statements of profit and loss representing the discontinued operations are also reclassified to a separate line. Discontinued operations are those with identifiable operations and cash flows (for both operating and management purposes) and represent a major line of business or geographic unit which has been disposed of or is available for sale.

        Significant Recent Accounting Developments

        IFRS Developments

                The following IFRS and IFRIC interpretations were issued with an effective date for financial periods beginning on or after March 1, 2007. The Group has chosen not to early adopt these standards and interpretations.

          IFRS 8 Operating Segments—This standard is to be applied for annual periods beginning on or after 1 January 2009. This standard requires disclosure of information about the Group's operating segments and replaced the requirement to determine primary and secondary reporting segments of the Group. The Group does not anticipate any significant impacts on its segmental information as the result of the future adoption of IFRS 8.

          IFRIC 11 IFRS 2—Group and Treasury Share Transactions—This interpretation is to be applied for annual periods beginning on or after 1 March 2007. This interpretation requires arrangements whereby an employee has rights to an entity's equity instruments to be accounted for as an equity-settled scheme, even if the entity chooses or is required to buy the instruments from another party, or the shareholders provide the equity instruments needed. The interpretation also sets out requirements as to how subsidiaries, in their separate financial statements, should account for schemes when their employees receive equity instruments of the parent. The Group does not anticipate any significant impacts on its financial statements as the result of the future adoption.

          IFRIC 12 Service Concession Arrangements—This interpretation is to be applied for annual periods beginning on or after 1 January 2008. The interpretation clarifies that the infrastructure for contractual arrangements arising from entities providing public services should be recognized as financial asset and/or an intangible asset. The Group does not anticipate any significant impacts on its consolidated financial statements.

        81


            IFRIC 13 Customer Loyalty Programmes—This interpretation is to be applied for annual periods beginning on or after 1 July 2008. The interpretation requires that loyalty award credits granted to customers as part of a sales transaction are accounted for as a separate component of the sales transaction. The consideration received in the sales transaction is allocated between the loyalty award credits and the other components of the sale. The amount allocated to the loyalty award credits is determined by reference to their fair value and is deferred until the awards are redeemed or the liability is otherwise extinguished. If the cost of fulfilling the awards is expected to exceed the consideration received, the entity will have an onerous contract and a liability for the excess must be recognised. The Group is assessing the impact of the future adoption.

            IAS 1R—Presentation of Financial Statements—The revised IAS 1 Presentation of Financial Statements was issued in September 2007 and becomes effective for financial years beginning on or after 1 January 2009. The Standard separates owner and non-owner changes in equity. The statement of changes in equity will include only details of transactions with owners, with all non-owners changes in equity presented as a single line. In addition, the Standard introduces the statement of comprehensive income, which presents all items of income and expense recognized in profit or loss, together with all other items of recognized income and expense, either in one single line statement, or in two linked statements. The Group is still evaluating whether it will have one or two statements.

            IAS 23R—Borrowing costs—This standard is to be applied for annual periods beginning on or after 1 January 2009. This amendment eliminates the option of expensing all borrowing costs and requires borrowing costs to be capitalized if they are directly attributable to the acquisition, construction or production of a qualifying asset. Accordingly, borrowing costs will be capitalized on qualifying assets with a commencement date after January 1, 2009. As the Group current policy is to capitalize borrowing costs, the adoption of IAS 23R will not have any impact on the Group's consolidated financial statements.

            IFRS 3R—Business combination and IAS 27R—Consolidated and Separate Financial Statements—The revised standards were issued in January 2008 and become effective for financial years beginning on or after 1 July 2009. IFRS 3R introduces a number of changes in the accounting for business combinations that will impact the amount of goodwill recognized, the reported results in the period that an acquisition occurs, and the future reported results. IAS 27R requires that a change in the ownership interest of a subsidiary is accounted for as an equity transaction. Therefore, such a change will have no impact on goodwill, nor will it give raise to a gain or loss. Furthermore, the amended standard changes the accounting for losses incurred by the subsidiary. The changes introduced by IFRS 3R and IAS 27R must be applied prospectively and will affect future acquisitions and transactions with minority interests.

            IFRS 2—Share-based payments—vesting conditions and cancellations—This amendments to IFRS 2 Share-based payments was published in January 2008 and becomes effective for financial years beginning on or after 1 January 2009. The standard restricts the definition of "vesting condition" to a condition that includes an explicit or implicit requirements to provide services. Any other conditions are non-vesting conditions, which have to be taken into account to determine the fair value of the equity intruments granted. In the case that the award does not vest as the result of a failure to meet a non-vesting condition that is within the control of either the entity or the counterparty, this must be accounted for as a cancellation. The Group does not expect significant implications on its accounting for share-based payments as a result of these amendments.

          82


            Tabular Disclosure of Contractual Obligations

            Contractual Obligations

                    We have various contractual obligations to make future payments, including debt agreements, payables for license fees and lease obligations. The following table summarizes our obligations under these contracts due by period as of December 31, 2007.

             
             Within 1 year
             Within 2-3 years
             Within 4-5 years
             After 5 years
             Total
             
             (in thousands of U.S. dollars)

            Debt (after unamortized financing fees) 889,085 381,467 425,469 138,270 1,834,291
            Unpaid portion of license fees 1,869 915   2,784
            Operating leases 25,732 57,257 43,934 110,918 237,841
            Financial leases 976 2,035 1,119 2,091 6,221
            Capital expenditure 372,116 28,038   400,154
              
             
             
             
             
            Total 1,289,778 469,712 470,522 251,279 2,481,291
              
             
             
             
             

                    The following table summarizes our obligations under these contracts due by period as of December 31, 2006.

             
             Within 1 year
             Within
            2-3 years

             Within
            4-5 years

             After
            5 years

             Total
             
             (in thousands of U.S. dollars)

            Debt (after unamortized financing fees) 134,661 246,808 416,303 695,884 1,493,656
            Unpaid portion of license fees 7,200 2,139   9,339
            Operating leases 33,669 44,719 25,628 54,014 158,030
            Financial leases 2,482 1,894 914 2,480 7,770
            Capital expenditure 308,613    308,613
              
             
             
             
             
            Total 486,625 295,560 442,845 752,378 1,977,408
              
             
             
             
             

            ITEM 6.    DIRECTORS, SENIOR MANAGEMENT AND EMPLOYEES

            Board of Directors

            Directors

                    Millicom's directors are as follows:

            Name

             Position
             Independent
             Year Elected
             Date of
            Expiration
            of Term

            Kent Atkinson Member Yes 2007 May 2008
            Mia Brunell Livfors Member No 2007 May 2008
            Donna Cordner Member No 2004 May 2008
            Daniel Johannesson Chairman Yes 2003 May 2008
            Michel Massart Member Yes 2003 May 2008
            Cristina Stenbeck Member No 2003 May 2008

            83


                    Daniel Johannesson (born 1943)—Non-executive Chairman, Chairman of the Compensation and Nomination Committees.    Daniel Johannesson was elected to the Board of Millicom in May 2003. He became Chairman on March 8, 2004. He has held a number of executive positions at major Swedish companies including senior executive at the construction company Skanska, where he was responsible for their telecommunications and facilities management interests, and Chief Executive Officer of Investment AB Kinnevik and Director General of Swedish national railway operator, SJ. He is also Vice Chairman of Unibet Group PLC.

                    Kent Atkinson (born 1945)—Non-executive Director and Member of the Audit and Compensation Committees.    Kent Atkinson was elected to the Board of Millicom in May 2007. Previously, Kent joined the Bank of London and South America (later acquired by Lloyds Bank) in 1964 and held a number of senior managerial positions in the U.K., Latin America and the Middle East. He returned to the U.K. in 1989 as Executive Director for Lloyds TSB South East Region before joining the main board as Group Finance Director in 1994, a position he held for eight years until his retirement as an executive in 2002. He remained on the Lloyds TSB board of directors for a further year as a Non-Executive Director. Currently, Kent is the Senior Independent Director and Chairman of the Audit Committee of Coca-Cola HBC S.A., and a Non-Executive Director of Gemalto N.V. He is also a non-Executive Director and Chairman of the Audit Committee of Standard Life plc, Deputy Chairman of Standard Life Assurance Limited and a member of Standard Life's Investment Committee.

                    Mia Brunell Livfors (born 1965)—Non-executive Director and Member of the Compensation Committee.    Mia Brunell was elected to the Board of Millicom in May 2007. From August 2006, Mia has been Chief Executive Officer of Investment AB Kinnevik ("Kinnevik"), a Swedish public company managing a portfolio of long-term investments in a number of public companies such as Millicom. Mia joined Kinnevik owned company Modern Times Group MTG AB in 1992, and was appointed CFO in 2001. As CFO, Mia played a central role in MTG's development. Currently, Mia is a member of the Board of Directors of Korsnäs AB, Mellersta Sveriges Lantbruks AB, Metro International S.A., Tele2 AB, Transcom WorldWide S.A., Modern Times Group (MTG), and CTC Media, Inc.—a Russian associated company of MTG.

                    Donna Cordner (born 1956)—Non-executive Director.    Donna Cordner was elected to the Board of Millicom in May 2004. She was formerly a Managing Director and Global Head of Telecommunications and Media Structured Finance group at Citigroup. She has also held senior management positions at Société Générale and ABN Amro Bank N.V. in the U.S. and Europe, including as Director of ABN's Latin American Telecommunications Project Finance and Advisory Group. Until July 2005, Ms Cordner was the CEO of HOFKAM Limited, which is the largest rural microfinance company in Uganda, and continues to advise HOFKAM as a consultant. She was named Executive Vice President of Corporate Finance and Treasury for Tele2AB effective March 2007 and was named as Market Area Director and CEO for Russia in March 2008.

                    Michel Massart (born 1951)—Non-executive Director, Chairman of the Audit Committee and Member of the Nomination Committee.    Michel Massart was elected to the Board of Millicom in May 2003. Until June 2002, he was a partner of PricewaterhouseCoopers in Belgium, where he set up the corporate finance department in 1997. He is a former member of the Board of the Institute of Statutory Auditors. He is a professor at Solvay Business School in Brussels, Belgium.

                    Cristina Stenbeck (born 1977)—Non-executive Director, Member of the Compensation Committee.    Cristina Stenbeck became a director of Millicom in May 2003. She is Chairman of the Board of Directors of Investment AB Kinnevik and Vice Chairman of Metro International S.A. and a director of Modern Times Group AB, Tele2 AB and Transcom WorldWide S.A.

            84


            Board Practices

                    The Board has developed and continuously evaluates its work procedures in line with the corporate governance rules of NASDAQ in the United States of America regarding reporting, disclosure and other requirements applicable to NASDAQ listed companies. The Board received confirmation in early 2006 from the Stockholm Stock Exchange that it is exempt from the Swedish Code of Corporate Governance so long as it adheres to NASDAQ corporate governance rules. The Board's work procedures also take into account the requirements of the U.S. Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 to the extent it applies to foreign private issuers.

                    The Board has adopted work procedures to establish a division of work between the Board and the President and CEO. The Chairman conducts discussions with each member of the Board regarding the work procedures of the Board and performs a yearly evaluation of the Board's work. The members of the Board evaluate the performance of each other, each year. The Board also evaluates annually the performance of the CEO.

                    The Board held 5 meetings in person and 6 meetings by way of telephone conference during 2007.

                    Due to the resignation of Mr. Tope Lawani on September 3, 2007, a Non-executive Director and Audit Committee member, Millicom received a letter from the NASDAQ Listing Qualifications Department indicating it was not in compliance with the independent director and audit committee requirements as set forth in Marketplace Rule 4350. In its letter, NASDAQ provided Millicom a cure period until the earlier of the next annual shareholders' meeting or September 3, 2008, to regain compliance. Millicom fully expects to regain compliance prior to the expiration of the cure period.

                    The work of the Board is divided between the Board and its principal committees:

              the Audit Committee,

              the Compensation Committee and

              the Nominations Committee.

                    The main task of the Board committees is to work on behalf of the Board within their respective areas of responsibility. The Board also creates "ad hoc" committees from time to time to work on specific projects when the need arises. Any "ad hoc" committee reports back to the full Board.

                    Audit Committee.    Millicom's directors have established an Audit Committee that convenes at least four times a year, comprising three directors, Mr. Michel Massart (Chairman and financial expert), Mr. Kent Atkinson and Mr. Tope Lawani (Until September 3, 2007). This committee has responsibility for planning and reviewing the financial reporting process together with the preparation of the annual and quarterly financial reports and accounts and the involvement of external auditors in that process. The Audit Committee focuses particularly on compliance with legal requirements (including compliance with Sarbanes-Oxley Act) and accounting standards, independence of external auditors, audit fees, the internal audit function, the fraud risk assessment and ensuring that an effective system of internal financial controls exists. The ultimate responsibility for reviewing and approving Millicom's annual report and accounts remains with the Board. The Audit Committee met 8 times during 2007 and Millicom's external auditors participated in each such meeting.

            85


                    Compensation Committee.    Millicom's Compensation Committee was chaired by Donna Cordner until February 13, 2007. Ms. Cordner resigned from the Committee after accepting a senior executive role with Tele2 AB, after which she became a non-independent director. The Committee accepted her resignation on February 13. She was replaced in her role as chair of the Committee by Mr. Johannesson. Tope Lawani agreed to be an interim member until another full time member was appointed after the Annual Meeting of Shareholders on May 29,2007. Ms. Brunell and Mr. Atkinson became members of the Committee after the Annual Meeting of Shareholders on May 29, 2007. Ms. Brunell is a non-independent director and Mr. Atkinson is an independent Director. In this respect, Millicom has opted to follow home country (Luxembourg) corporate practice rather than NASDAQ Marketplace Rule 4350(c)(3). Allen & Overy, Millicom's Luxembourg legal counsel, have sent a letter to this effect to NASDAQ on February 12, 2007.

                    The Compensation Committee reviews and makes recommendations to the Board regarding the compensation of the Chief Executive Officer, reviews the compensation of the other senior executives and oversees management succession planning. Millicom's share options program terminated in May 2006 and was replaced by grants of restricted shares to management under a new Long-Term Incentive Plan. The grants of restricted shares to management under this plan are determined by the Committee and approved by the Board.

                    Nominations Committee.    Millicom's Nominations Committee is chaired by Mr. Johannesson. Until the Annual Meeting of Shareholders on May 29,2007, the two other members were Mr. Cravatte and Mr. Massart, who replaced Ms. Cordner on February 13, 2007. After the Annual Meeting of Shareholders on May 29, 2007 Mr. Cravatte is no longer a member of the Nominations Committee due to his resignation as a Director The Nominations Committee's main task is to recommend directors for election to the Board by the shareholders at the AGM. At the AGM, shareholders may vote for or against the directors proposed for election or may elect different directors. The Nominations Committee also reviews and recommends the fees and the grants of shares to directors, which are presented to the Board and voted on by the shareholders at the AGM.

                    Corporate Policy Manual.    The Board has adopted the Millicom Corporate Policy Manual, which is Millicom's central reference for all matters relating to its corporate governance policy and other policies in the areas of ethics, accounting, human resources, etc. Regional policies that are more stringent or detailed than those set out in the Millicom Corporate Policy Manual are adopted as necessary. The Code of Ethics is a part of the Millicom Corporate Policy Manual. The Company's directors, senior executives and Group employees receive the Code of Ethics upon their joining Millicom and must acknowledge that they have read, understood and will comply with the Code of Ethics.

                    Directors' Service Agreements.    None of Millicom's directors have entered into service agreements with Millicom or any of its subsidiaries providing for benefits upon termination of their respective directorships.

            Remuneration of Directors

                    The remuneration of the members of the board of directors of the Company (the "Board") is comprised of an annual fee and share-based compensation. Up until May 2006, the Directors were issued share options. Subsequent to May 2006, the Directors are issued restricted shares. The annual fee and the share based compensation grants are proposed by the Board and approved by the shareholders at the Annual General Meeting of Shareholders (the "AGM").

            86


                    The remuneration charge for the Board for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005 was as follows:

             
              
              
             Other members of the board
              
             
             Chairman
              
             
             Total
             
             No. of shares and share options
              
             No. of shares and share options
              
             
             US$ '000
             US$ '000
             US$ '000
            2007          
            Fees   82   305 387
            Share based compensation:(i)          
             Restricted share grants(ii) 960 82 4,074 350 432
                
               
             
            Total   164   655 819
                
               
             

            2006

             

             

             

             

             

             

             

             

             

             
            Fees   75   415 490
            Share based compensation:(i)          
             Restricted share grants(ii) 1,122 50 8,976 400 450
             Charge for share options   164   1,104 1,268
                
               
             
            Total   289   1,919 2,208
                
               
             

            2005

             

             

             

             

             

             

             

             

             

             
            Fees   75   455 530
            Share based compensation:(i)          
             Share options granted/charge for share option(iii) 25,000 137 175,000 854 991
                
               
             
            Total   212   1,309 1,521
                
               
             

            (i)
            See note 22 of the Financial Statment

            (ii)
            Restricted shares cannot be sold for one year from date of issue.

            (iii)
            The share options were granted to the Chairman and the other members of the Board at an exercise price equal to the market price at the date of grant plus a mark-up of 15%.

            The number of shares and share options beneficially owned by the Board as at December 31, 2007 and 2006 was as follows:

             
             Chairman
             Other members of the Board
             Total
            2007      
            Shares(i) 2,082 2,100,753 2,102,835
            Share options 45,000 55,000 100,000

            2006

             

             

             

             

             

             
            Shares(i) 1,122 2,154,362 2,155,484
            Share options 45,000 206,668 251,668

            (i)
            The amount for Other members of the Board includes 2,032,932 shares (2006: 2,032,932) owned by the Stenbeck Family, of which 1,156,589 shares (2006: 1,156,589) are held by The 1980 Stenbeck Trust.

            87


            Senior Management and Employees

            Senior Management

            Name

             Position

            Marc Beuls President and Chief Executive Officer
            Mikael Grahne Chief Operating Officer
            David Sach Chief Financial Officer
            Mario Zanotti Head of Central America
            Ricardo Maiztegui Head of South America
            Steven Jurgens Co-Head of Africa
            Regis Romero Co-Head of Africa
            Judy Tan Head of Asia
            Won-Suck Song Head of Operations
            Osmar Coronel Chief Technical Officer
            John Tumelty Head of Human Resources
            Henri Vander Stichele Head of Supply Chain Management

                    Marc Beuls, born 1956, President and Chief Executive Officer. Marc Beuls was elected President and CEO of Millicom in January 1998. He was formerly Senior Vice President Finance. Mr. Beuls joined Millicom in March 1992. From 1982 to 1992, he worked for Générale de Banque of Belgium. Marc Beuls has a degree in Economics from Limburg Business School in Belgium, with specialization in Finance and Accounting.

                    Mikael Grahne, born 1953, Chief Operating Officer. Mikael Grahne joined Millicom in February 2002 as the Chief Operating Officer, having previously been President of Seagram Latin America. Prior to joining Seagram, he was the regional president of a division of the EMEA region at PepsiCo and held various senior management positions with Procter & Gamble. Mr. Grahne has an MBA from the Swedish School of Economics in Helsinki, Finland.

                    David Sach, born 1961, Chief Financial Officer. David Sach joined Millicom in September 2005 as Chief Financial Officer, having previously been the Senior Vice President Finance for Equant. Previously, Mr. Sach held senior finance positions at EMI and Thomson Corporation. Mr. Sach started his career at PricewaterhouseCoopers. Mr. Sach is a CPA and has a degree in Accounting from the State University of New York.

                    Mario Zanotti, born 1962, Head of Central America. Mario Zanotti was appointed Head of Central America in 2002 having joined Millicom in 1992 as a General Manager of Telecel in Paraguay. In 1998 he became Managing Director of Tele2 Italy and in 2000 he was appointed CEO of YXK Systems. Before joining Millicom he worked as an electrical engineer at the Itaipu Hydroelectric Power Plant and later as Chief Engineer of the biggest electrical contractor company in Paraguay. He has a degree in Electrical Engineering from the Pontificia Universidade Catolica in Porto Alegre, Brazil and an MBA from INCAE and the Universidad Catolica de Asuncion, Paraguay.

                    Ricardo Maiztegui, born 1963, Head of South America. Ricardo Maiztegui was appointed Head of South America in 2002 after having joined Millicom in 1998 as Managing Director of Telecel in Paraguay. Prior to joining Millicom he was Marketing Director in CTI (Verizon), and previously at Telintar (Telefonica). Mr Maiztegui has an Executive MBA from Universidad Austral in Argentina and a Master in Physics from Universidad de Buenos Aires.

            88


                    Steven Juergens, born 1951, Co-Head of Africa. Steven R.D. Jurgens joined Millicom in May 2007 as Co-Head of Africa responsible for French speaking markets. He has a Lic. Oec. Degree in business administration from HEC-University of Lausanne in 1979. He started his career in brand and trade marketing followed by successive senior general management assignments for British American Tobacco in Asia, Africa and Europe until 2005. Previously, he was a Director with privately held HvLandwyck Group in Luxemburg. He is a Supervisory Board member of AJF charitable trust, Netherlands.

                    Regis Romero, born 1971, Co-Head of Africa. Regis Romero was appointed Co-Head of Africa in 2006. He has been with Millicom since 1998, previously as Commercial Manager in Bolivia, then as Chief Operating Officer in Paraguay. Prior to joining Millicom, Mr. Romero worked as investment consultant for Interamerican Development Bank in Paraguay. He has a Bachelors' degree in Business Administration from National University, California, United States of America. He also holds a Master's degree in Business Management from EDAN in Asuncion, Paraguay.

                    Judy Tan, born 1971, Head of Asia. Judy Tan joined Millicom in 1998. She was appointed to her current position in 2007. Previously, she also had a Group-wide operations role supporting the Chief Operating Officer. Judy Tan qualified as a Certified Public Accountant with PricewaterhouseCoopers, Singapore, and has an MBA from Imperial College, London.

                    Won-Suck Song, born 1967, Head of Operations. Won-Suck Song was appointed to his current position in 2007; he has a Group-wide role coordinating sales and marketing activities. He started his career with the Kinnevik group in 1997, where he held the position of Chief Operating Officer of Metro International before being transferred in June 2001 to Tele2 AB as Executive Vice President. He studied Mechanical engineering at the Royal Institute of Technology in Stockholm, Sweden.

                    Osmar Coronel, born 1964, Chief Technical Officer. Osmar Coronel was appointed Chief Technical Officer of Millicom in 2006. He was previously the Chief Technical Manager of Millicom's operations in Paraguay, before moving to Comcel, Millicom's operation in Guatemala, in 2002. Prior to joining Millicom, he was a Division Manager of the Paraguay PTT. He was a former Fulbright Scholar (1992/93). Osmar Coronel is an MBA from Northwestern University's Kellogg School of Management in the U.S., has a degree in Electrical Engineering from the National University of Asuncion, Paraguay and a Masters degree in Electrical Engineering from Southern Illinois University in the U.S.

                    John Tumelty, born 1952, Head of Human Resources. John Tumelty was appointed Head of Human Resources in 2006. He has been with Millicom since 1995, previously as Chief Financial Officer in Ghana and then as General Manager of Paktel in Pakistan and more recently Mobitel in Tanzania. Prior to joining Millicom he held various senior positions in finance with Mobil Oil Corporation in the Middle East and Africa over a 15 year period. John Tumelty has a Bachelor's degree from Strathclyde University in the U.K. and qualified as an English Chartered Accountant with Touche Ross in London.

                    Henri Vander Stichele, born 1966, Head of Supply Chain Management. Henri Vander Stichele joined Millicom in November 2007. He started his career in 1993 within the Consumer Electronics division of Philips Electronics. Within Philips, he held several procurement positions in the Netherlands, France and Belgium. In 2000 he switched to the automotive industry with ArvinMeritor as the Procurement Director for the Doors division. Prior to joining Millicom, Henri was the Global Procurement Director for several procurement groups within Nokia and Nokia Siemens Networks. Henri has a master degree in Aerospace Engineering from the Delft University of Technology.

            89


            Remuneration of Officers

                    The remuneration of the Officers of the Company comprises an annual base salary, bonuses, share-based compensation, social security contributions, pension contributions and other benefits. The bonus and share-based compensation plans are based on actual performance (including individual and Group performance). Up until May 2006, the officers were issued share options. Subsequent to May 2006, the officers are issued restricted shares. Share-based compensation is granted once a year by the Compensation Committee of the Board. For 2007, the annual base salary and other benefits of the Chief Executive Officer (CEO) were proposed by the Compensation Committee and approved by the Board and the annual base salary and other benefits of the Chief Operating Officer (COO) and Chief Financial Officer (CFO) were set by the CEO, reviewed by the Compensation Committee and approved by the Board.

            90


                    The remuneration charge for the Officers for the year ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005 was as follows:

             
             Chief Executive Officer
             Chief Operating Officer
             Chief Financial Officer
              
             
             No. of shares and share options
              
             No. of shares and share options
              
             No. of shares and share options
              
             Total
             
             US$ '000
             US$ '000
             US$ '000
             
             US$ '000
            2007              
            Base salary   2,351   629   690 3,670
            Bonus   2,008   547   500 3,055
            Pension         83 83
            Other benefits      138    138
                4,359   1,314   1,273 6,946
            Share based compensation: (i)              
             Shares issued/charge under long term incentive plans (ii) 8,527 2,076 3,282 850 2,190 539 3,465
             Charge for share options   104   54   171 329
                
               
               
             
            Total   6,539   2,218   1,983 10,740
                
               
               
             
            2006              
            Base salary   1,982   624   568 3,174
            Bonus (iii)   1,669   712   468 2,849
            Pension         73 73
            Other benefits      138    138
                3,651   1,474   1,109 6,234
            Share based compensation: (i)              
             Restricted shares (iv) 3,132 104 1,853 62 1,430 48 214
             Charge for long term incentive plans (v)   1,031   397   265 1,693
             Share options granted/charge for share options  240  113 50,000 228 581
                
               
               
             
            Total   5,026   2,046   1,650 8,722
                
               
               
             
            2005              
            Base salary   1,449   475   190 2,174
            Bonus   602   325   95 1,022
            Pension   401      21 362
            Other benefits      238    238
                2,452   1,038   306 3,796
            Share based compensation: (i)              
             Share options granted/charge for share options 75,000 553 37,600 200 50,000 38 791
                
               
               
             
            Total   3,005   1,238   344 4,587
                
               
               
             

            (i)
            See note 22 of the Financial Statement.

            (ii)
            Share awards of 62,381, 25,434 and 16,189 were granted in 2007 under the 2007 LTIP to the CEO, COO and CFO. Share awards at target performance of 42,634, 16,409 and 10,952 were granted in 2007 under the 2006 LTIP to the CEO, COO and CFO. The maximum shares to be issued under the 2006 LTIP could be 140% of these awards.

            91


            (iii)
            $1.0 million of the 2006 bonus was settled in Millicom shares, by issuing 7,975 shares to the CEO, 3,390 shares to the COO and 2,235 shares to the CFO.

            (iv)
            Restricted shares cannot be sold for one year from date of issue.

            (v)
            Accrual for the 2006 Long Term Incentive Plan finalized in 2007.

                    The number of shares, share options and unvested share awards beneficially owned by the Officers as at December 31, 2007 and 2006 was as follows:

             
             Chief Executive Officer
             Chief Operating Officer
             Chief Financial Officer
             Total
            2007        
            Shares 1,664,770 578,897 9,700 2,253,367
            Share options 45,000 22,560 100,000 167,560
            Share awards not vested 96,488 38,561 24,951 160,000

            2006

             

             

             

             

             

             

             

             
            Shares 1,001,604 554,705 1,430 1,557,739
            Share options 791,664 40,080 100,000 931,744

            Severance Payments

                    If the employment of any of the twelve key senior managers of Millicom is terminated, severance of up to 12 months salary is potentially payable.

                    The senior executives have each entered into a Change of Control Agreement effective January 1, 2006, whereby if the executive's employment is terminated during the period commencing on a change of control of Millicom and ending on the second anniversary of such event, either by the Millicom entity employing the executive without cause (other than by reason of disability or death) or by the executive for "good reason", in lieu of any other severance benefits to which the executive would be entitled under any other plans or programs of his employer or Millicom, the executive will be entitled to the following benefits:

              Immediately preceding the change of control event, each share option then held by the executive and each share of restricted share issued to the executive under any Restricted Stock Plan will become fully vested and each such fully vested option shall be cancelled in exchange for a cash payment to the executive in an amount determined by multiplying the number of option shares by the positive difference between the price per share of Millicom common share payable after consummation of any change of control and the per share exercise price of such option, net of any applicable withholding tax.

              The executive will receive the sum of accrued unpaid base salary through the termination date, any prior year bonus earned but not paid and the full value of all vacation accrued but not used as of the termination date.

              The executive will receive an amount equal to one times the sum of the executive's base salary and bonus amount (calculated as the average of the bonuses of the last three years).

            92


                The executive will receive an amount in cash equal to the total of the executive's entitlement based on his employment agreement to a car allowance, housing and school fees benefits, if applicable; the executive's pro-rated participation in any pension and long-term incentive plans that Millicom may have maintained immediately prior to the change of control event as if the executive had remained employed for 12 additional complete months of service from the termination date, assuming the executive's annual compensation comprised of base salary plus final year amount during such period is equal to his compensation immediately prior to the change of control event; and the executive's pro-rated share in any employer contributions (including employer matching contributions) that Millicom made during such period to any defined contribution plan in which the executive was a participant immediately prior to the change of control event in an amount equal to the amount of such contribution for the plan year immediately preceding the occurrence of the change of control event, in each case assuming that the executive is fully (100%) vested under any retirement plan in which he was a participant immediately prior to the change of control event.

                The executive will receive any other benefits under other plans and programs of Millicom in accordance with their terms.

                      Each employee of Millicom worldwide and each of the nine members of Millicom's Board of Directors who owns options to purchase Millicom share has entered into an agreement effective as of March 1, 2006 with Millicom which gives the employee/director the same benefits as those given to the senior executives in respect of immediate vesting of share options in the event of a change of control, as outlined in the first bullet point above.

              Employees

                      The average number of permanent employees during the years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005 was as follows:

               
               2007
               2006
               2005
              Continuing operations 4,768 3,243 2,386
              Discontinued operations  450 552
                
               
               
              Total average number of permanent employees 4,768 3,693 2,938
                
               
               

              Long-Term Incentive Plans

                      In May 2006 at the Annual General Meeting a long term incentive plan ("2006 LTIP") was approved although the terms and conditions of the plan were not finalized until 2007. This long term incentive plan was based on a target share award granted to eligible Millicom employees, limited to Millicom senior-level employees, key high potential employees and certain critical new recruits. The shares granted are subject to a one-year holding period once the shares are vested.

                      The shares awarded under the 2006 LTIP will vest at the end of a three year period, or performance cycle, subject to specified market and performance conditions related to Millicom's share price growth compared to a peer group index, revenue growth, EBITDA margin, and profit margin. The achievement of a certain level of each condition, measured at the end of the three years, yields a specific percentage of shares awarded to each employee at the grant date.

              93


                      The plan has been designed so that the shares normally vest at the end of the three-year performance period. However, for the performance cycle from 2006 through 2008 only, the shares granted vest 20% on December 31, 2006, 20% on December 31, 2007 and 60% on December 31, 2008. In addition at the end of the third-year performance period there could be an additional 40% of shares that vest if further performance targets relating to Millicom's share price growth compared to a peer group index, revenue growth, EBITDA margin, and profit margin are achieved.

                      The total charge for the above plan is estimated at $24.9 million which will be recorded over the service period. Since the plan was approved at the Annual General Meeting in May 2006 and, as such, the employees became aware of the intention to issue the plan at that date, a charge of $7.7 million was recorded in 2006. 57,957 shares were issued in 2007 representing the grants that vested on December 31, 2006. For the year ended December 31, 2007 a charge of $11 million was recorded.

                      A new long term incentive plan covering 2007-2009 ("2007 LTIP") was approved by the Board on March 15, 2007. This plan consists of two elements: performance share plan and a matching share award plan.

                      The shares awarded under the performance share plan will vest at the end of a three year period, or performance cycle, subject to performance conditions related to Millicom's "earnings per share". The achievement of a certain level of each condition, measured at the end of the three years, yields a specific percentage of shares awarded to each employee at the grant date.

                      The matching share award plan requires employees to invest in shares of the Group in order to receive potential matching shares. The shares awarded under this plan vest at the end of a three year period, or performance cycle subject to market conditions that are based on the "total shareholder return" ("TSR") of Millicom's shares compared to the TSR of six similar mobile telephony companies during the three-year performance cycle of the plan. A fair value has been determined for potential shares under this plan based on this market condition and this value is applied to the total potential number of matching shares and will be expensed over the vesting period. Under the matching share award plan rules, Millicom issued 9,214 new shares on June 22, 2007 which were purchased by employees at fair market value.

                      The total charge for the above plans is estimated at $24.2 million ($15.8 million for the performance shares and $8.4 million for the matching share award plan) which will be recorded over the service period. A charge of $4.5 million has been recorded in 2007 in respect of the performance shares and $2.4 million in respect to the matching share award plan.

                      The number of share awards under the long term incentive plans is as follows:

               
               Matching share award plan 2007
               Performance shares 2007
               Performance shares 2006
               
              Maximum share awards 187,470 250,700 446,600 
              Revision for expected forfeitures (26,738)(35,756)(72,053)
              Revision for expectations in respect of performance conditions   (26,753)
              Shares issued   (57,957)
                
               
               
               
              Share awards expected to vest 160,732 214,944 289,837 
                
               
               
               

              94


              Options

                      The following table summarizes information about share options outstanding at December 31, 2007. The market price of the Company's shares as at December 31, 2007 was $117.94 (2006: $61.64).

               
               Options outstanding
               Options exercisable
              Range of exercise price $

               Weighted average exercise price
               Number outstanding
              at
              December 31, 2007

               Weighted average exercise price
               Number outstanding
              at
              December 31, 2007

              3.32 – 3.75 3.51 27,552 3.51 27,552
              9.00 9.00 10,732 9.00 10,732
              20.56 20.56 451,408 20.56 101,979
              25.05 – 29.75 26.37 118,315 26.37 118,315
              31.88 – 35.91 34.06 99,996 34.06 99,996
              3.32 – 35.91 22.60 708,003 24.59 358,574

                      Share options outstanding at the end of the year have the following expiry date and exercise prices:

              Date issued

               Number of options
              outstanding as at
              December 31, 2007

               Exercise price $
               Terms of option
              May 1996, May 1997, May 1998,
              May 2000 and May 2004
               179,995 25.05 – 35.91 Exercisable immediately. Options have an indefinite life.
              May 2005 76,667 20.56 Exercisable immediately. Options have a twenty year life.
              December 2001, December 2002,
              May 2003 and May 2004
               76,600 3.32 – 25.05 Exercisable over a three-year period in equal installments. Options expire after six years from date of grant.
              May 2005 274,741 20.56 Exercisable over a five year period in equal installments. Options expire after six years from date of grant.
              July 2005 and May 2006 100,000 20.56 Exercisable over a five-year period in equal installments from the start of the fourth year. Options expire after six years from date of grant.

              ITEM 7.    MAJOR SHAREHOLDERS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

              Principal Shareholders

                      The table below sets out certain information known to Millicom as at March 31, 2007, unless indicated otherwise, with respect to beneficial ownership of Millicom common share, par value $1.50 each, by:

                each person who beneficially owns more than 5% of Millicom common stock, and

              95


                  significant related parties to Millicom.

                Shareholder

                 Amount of Shares
                 Percentage
                 
                Investment AB Kinnevik 37,835,438 36.9%
                The Stenbeck Family(1) 2,032,932 2.0%

                (1)
                Includes 1,156,589 shares held by The 1980 Stenbeck Trust, an irrevocable trust that was created under the laws of the State of New York exclusively for the benefit of the wife and children of Mr. Jan H. Stenbeck. The sole and exclusive voting control of the Millicom common stock held by the 1980 Stenbeck Trust is vested in the trustees. The trustees of the 1980 Stenbeck Trust are Leonard Gubar, Henry Guy and David Marcus. Mr. Gubar is an attorney in New York State. Mr. Guy is the Chief Executive Officer of Modern Holdings. Mr. Marcus is the Chairman of both Modern Holdings and Great Universal, Inc. The trustees have disclaimed beneficial ownership of the shares owned by the 1980 Stenbeck Trust.

                        Except as otherwise indicated, the holders listed above have sole voting and investment power with respect to all shares beneficially owned by them. The holders listed above have the same voting rights as all other holders of Millicom common stock. For purposes of this table, a person or group of persons is deemed to have "beneficial ownership" of any shares as of a given date which such person or group of persons has the right to acquire within 60 days after such date. For purposes of computing the percentage of outstanding shares held by each person, or group of persons, named above on a given date, any security which such person or persons has the right to acquire within 60 days after such date (including shares which may be acquired upon exercise of vested portions of share options) is deemed to be outstanding, but is not deemed to be outstanding for the purpose of computing the percentage ownership of any other person.

                Related Party Transactions

                Kinnevik

                        The Company's principal shareholder is Investment AB Kinnevik and subsidiaries ("Kinnevik"). Kinnevik is a Swedish holding company with interests in the telecommunications, media, publishing and paper industries. As of December 31, 2007, Kinnevik owned approximately 37% of Millicom.

                        During 2007 and 2006, Kinnevik did not purchase any Millicom shares.

                Services purchased and sold to related companies

                        The Group made purchases in 2007 for an amount of $4.1 million (2006: $5.3 million) and had outstanding balances of $1.5 million (as of December 31, 2006: $5.2 million) with related parties. These related parties are companies where Kinnevik is the principal shareholder. The services purchased and supplied covered fraud detection, network and IT support, acquisition of assets and customer care systems. These purchases were made on an arm's length basis.

                        There were no sales to related companies. As of December 31, 2007, Millicom had no receivables from related parties (2006: $1.2 million).

                ITEM 8.    FINANCIAL INFORMATION

                Financial Statements and Other Information

                        We file our financial statements under Item 18.

                96


                Legal Proceedings

                        We are a party to various litigation or arbitration matters in almost each jurisdiction in which we operate, but in management's opinion these matters will not, either singly or taken together, have a material negative impact on our financial position or operations.

                Dividend Policy

                        Holders of Millicom common share are entitled to receive dividends ratably when, as and if declared by the Company's Board of Directors, subject to Luxembourg legal reserve requirements. Millicom has not paid any cash dividends on its common shares since inception. Millicom anticipated that it retained any earnings for use in the operation and expansion of its business. Due to the strength of the balance sheet and the net cash proceeds from the sale of our business in Pakistan, the Board has recommended a special dividend of $2.40 a share be paid following the Annual General Meeting in May of 2008. The Group has not yet established a formal dividend policy. Any future dividends will be based on the free cash flows of the Group going forward.

                Significant Changes

                        No significant adverse change has occurred since the date of the consolidated financial statements.

                ITEM 9.    THE OFFER AND LISTING

                        The principal trading market of Millicom common stock is the NASDAQ National Market.

                        On February 16, 2004, an Extraordinary General Meeting of Millicom passed a resolution approving a stock split of the issued shares of Millicom by exchanging one existing ordinary share with a par value of $6.00 for four new ordinary shares with a par value of $1.50 each, which became effective on February 20, 2004.

                97


                        All prices quoted below have been adjusted to reflect the reverse stock split effected in February 2003 and the one effected in February 2004. All figures presented are based upon a par value of $1.50 each.

                 
                 High
                 Low
                Year ended December 31, 2002 $11.00 $0.19
                Year ended December 31, 2003 $20.23 $0.99
                Year ended December 31, 2004 $28.51 $14.15
                Year ended December 31, 2005 $27.09 $15.60
                Year ended December 31, 2006 $63.82 $27.38
                First Quarter 2006 $48.04 $27.38
                Second Quarter 2006 $52.46 $39.33
                Third Quarter 2006 $43.71 $31.71
                October 2006 $51.34 $40.85
                November 2006 $57.79 $47.92
                December 2006 $63.82 $55.65
                Year ended December 31, 2007 $127.40 $60.21
                First Quarter 2007 $82.04 $60.21
                Second Quarter 2007 $95.91 $79.16
                Third Quarter 2007 $99.81 $66.00
                October 2007 $119.27 $82.38
                November 2007 $124.66 $98.50
                December 2007 $127.40 $104.50
                January 2008 $120.21 $86.10
                February 2008 $118.22 $97.95
                March 2008 $114.62 $93.47

                        On April 2, 2008, the closing market price for Millicom common stock on the NASDAQ National Market was $99.13.

                        Our shares are also traded on the Stockholmsbörsen (the Stockholm Stock Exchange).

                NASDAQ Corporate Governance Exemption

                        The NASDAQ Stock Market granted an exemption to Millicom with respect to the quorum requirement under Rule 4350(f), which requires each issuer to provide for a quorum specified in its by-laws for any meeting of the holders of common stock, which may not be less than 331/3% of the outstanding shares of the company's common voting stock. Our articles of association do not provide any quorum requirement that is generally applicable to general meetings of our shareholders. This absence of a quorum requirement is in accordance with Luxembourg law and generally accepted business practice in Luxembourg.

                ITEM 10.    ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

                Articles of Association

                Registration and Object

                        Millicom International Cellular S.A. is a public liability company (société anonyme) governed by the Luxembourg law of August 10, 1915 on Commercial Companies (as amended), incorporated on June 16, 1992, and registered with the Luxembourg Trade and Companies' Register (Registre du Commerce et des Sociétés de Luxembourg) under number B 40.630.

                98


                        The articles of incorporation of Millicom define its purpose as follows: "[...] to engage in all transactions pertaining directly or indirectly to the acquisition of participating interests in any business enterprise, including but not limited to, the administration, management, control and development of any such enterprise, and to engage in all other transactions in which a company created under the laws of Luxembourg may engage".

                Directors

                        Restrictions on voting—In case a director has a personal material interest in a proposal, arrangement or contract to be decided by Millicom, the articles of incorporation provide that the validity of the decision of Millicom is not affected by a conflict of interest existing with respect to a director. However, any such personal interest must be disclosed to the board of directors ahead of the vote and the relevant director may not vote on the relevant issue. Such conflict of interest must be reported to the next general meeting of shareholders.

                        Compensation and nomination—The decision on the annual remuneration of the directors ("tantièmes") is reserved by the articles of incorporation to the general meeting of shareholders. Directors are therefore prevented from voting on their own compensation. However, the directors may vote on the number of shares they may be allotted under any share-based compensation scheme.

                        The Nominations Committee also makes recommendations for the election of directors to the AGM. At the AGM, shareholders may vote for or against the directors proposed or may elect different directors. The Nominations Committee reviews and recommends the directors' fees which are approved by the shareholders at the AGM.

                        Borrowing powers—The directors generally have unrestricted borrowing powers on behalf of and for the benefit of Millicom.

                        Age limit—There is no age limit for being a director of Millicom. Directors are elected for a one year term with a maximum of six years and are re-eligible annually.

                        Share ownership requirements—Directors need not be shareholders in Millicom.

                Shares

                        Rights attached to the shares—Millicom has only one class of shares, common share, and each share entitles its holder to:

                  one vote at the general meeting of shareholders,

                  receive dividends out of distributable profits when such distributions are decided, and

                  share in any surplus left after the payment of all the creditors in the event of liquidation. There is a preferential subscription right under any share or rights issue for cash, unless the board of directors restricts the exercise thereof.

                        Redemption of shares—The articles of incorporation provide for the possibility and set out the terms for the repurchase by Millicom of its own shares, which repurchase is at Millicom's discretion.

                        Sinking funds—Millicom shares are not subject to any sinking fund.

                        Liability for further capital calls—All of the issued shares in Millicom's capital are required to be fully paid up. Accordingly, none of Millicom's shareholders are liable for further capital calls.

                        Principal shareholder restrictions—There are no provisions in the articles of incorporation that discriminate against any existing or prospective holder of Millicom's shares as a result of such shareholder owning a substantial number of shares.

                99


                Changes to Shareholder's Rights

                        In order to change the rights attached to the shares of Millicom, a general meeting of shareholders must be duly convened and held before a Luxembourg notary, as under Luxembourg law such change requires an amendment of the articles of incorporation. A quorum of presence of at least 50% of the shares present or represented is required at a meeting held after the first convening notice and any decision must be taken by a majority of two thirds of the shares present or represented at the general meeting. Any change to the obligations attached to shares may be adopted only with the unanimous consent of all shareholders.

                Shareholders' Meetings

                        General meetings of shareholders are convened by convening notice published in the Luxembourg official Gazette and in a Luxembourg newspaper, twice with an interval of eight days, at least eight days prior to the meeting. If all the shares are registered shares, a convening notice may, as an alternative to the publication, be sent to each shareholder by registered mail at least eight days before the annual general meeting (AGM). According to article 17 of the articles of incorporation of Millicom, the board of directors determines in the convening notice the formalities to be observed by each shareholder for admission to the AGM. An AGM must be convened every year on the date provided for in the articles of incorporation, which is the last Tuesday in May each year. The 2008 AGM will take place in Luxembourg on May 27, 2008 at 4:00 p.m. Other meetings can be convened as necessary.

                Limitation on Securities Ownership

                        There are no limitations imposed under Luxembourg law or the articles of incorporation on the rights of non-resident or foreign entities to own shares of Millicom or to hold or exercise voting rights on shares of Millicom.

                Change of Control

                        There are no provisions in the articles of incorporation of Millicom that would have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing a change in control of Millicom and that would operate only with respect to a merger, acquisition or corporate restructuring involving Millicom, or any of its subsidiaries. Luxembourg laws impose the mandatory disclosure of an important participation in Millicom and any change in such participation.

                Disclosure of Shareholder Ownership

                        There are no provisions in Millicom's articles of incorporation according to which Millicom shareholders must disclose to Millicom their reaching of a certain ownership threshold. As Millicom common stock has its primary listing on NASDAQ, each time a shareholder acquires beneficial ownership of more than 5% of our common stock, the shareholder must file within 10 days of acquisition a Schedule 13D with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission, who will notify Millicom and NASDAQ accordingly.

                Material Contracts

                  10% Senior Notes

                        On November 24, 2003, Millicom issued $550.0 million aggregate principal amount of 10% Senior Notes (the "10% Senior Notes") due on December 1, 2013. The 10% Senior Notes bear interest at 10% per annum, payable semi-annually in arrears on June 1 and December 1. The effective interest rate is 10.7%.

                100


                        The 10% Senior Notes are general unsecured obligations of Millicom and rank equal in right of payment with all future unsecured and unsubordinated obligations of Millicom. The 10% Senior Notes are not guaranteed by any of Millicom's subsidiaries, joint ventures or affiliates, and as a result are structurally subordinated in right of payment to all indebtedness of such subsidiaries, joint ventures and affiliates.

                        If Millicom experiences a Change of Control Triggering Event, defined as a rating decline resulting from a change in control, each holder will have the right to require Millicom to repurchase its notes at 101% of their principal amount plus accrued and unpaid interest and all other amounts due, if any.

                        During 2007, Millicom repurchased $90 million of the 10% Senior Notes incurring in a charge of $5.0 million which is recorded under the caption "Other non operating income (expenses), net".

                        In October 2007, Millicom decided that it would redeem the balance of the Notes in December 2008 and pay the contractual redemption premium of 5%. As a result, Millicom reclassified the 10% Senior Notes from non current to current and recorded an additional interest expense of $31 million for the year ended December 31, 2007, which represented the increase in financial liabilities due to the recognition of the 5% pre-payment expense and an increase in the amortised cost of the Notes due to the earlier settlement date.

                  4% Convertible Notes

                        In January 2005, Millicom raised $200.0 million aggregate principal amount of 4% Convertible Notes due 2010 (the "4% Convertible Notes"). The net proceeds of the offering were received on January 7, 2005 in the amount of $195.9 million.

                        The 4% Convertible Notes are general unsecured obligations of Millicom and rank equal in right of payment with all future unsecured and unsubordinated obligations of Millicom. The rate of interest payable on the 4% Convertible Notes is 4% per annum. Interest is payable semi-annually in arrears on January 7 and July 7 of each year, beginning on July 7, 2005. The effective interest rate is 9.6%.

                        The 4% Convertible Notes were constituted by a trust deed dated January 7, 2005 between Millicom and The Bank of New York, as Trustee for the holders of notes.

                        Millicom has apportioned part of the value of the 4% Convertible Notes to equity and part to debt. The value allocated to equity as of December 31, 2007 was $38.9 million (2006: $39.1 million) and the value allocated to debt was $178.9 million (2006: $171.2 million).

                        As of December 31, 2007, $1 million of the 4% Convertible Notes were converted into 28,686 ordinary shares.

                        On January 22, 2008, Millicom converted a further $196 million of the outstanding bonds into 5,622,471 shares. On the same day Millicom repaid in cash the remaining $3 million of bonds that were not converted, including accrued interest. The conversion resulted in an increase of equity amounting to approximately $176 million in January 2008 (see note 31). As a result Millicom reclassified the 4% Convertible Notes from non current to current.

                Exchange Controls

                        There are no governmental laws, decrees, regulations or other legislation of Luxembourg that may affect:

                  the import or export of capital including the availability of cash and cash equivalents for use by the Group, or

                  the remittance of dividends, interests or other payments to non-resident holders of Millicom's securities other than those deriving from the U.S.-Luxembourg double taxation treaty.

                101


                  Luxembourg Taxation

                          The following paragraphs describe very generally the tax laws of Luxembourg as they apply to investors in the Company, which is a Luxembourg corporation, and also the taxation of investors who are citizens or residents of, or persons domiciled in, the United States. The following is intended merely as a general summary of the principal tax consequences of the holding and disposition of shares of Millicom common stock, and is not intended as a substitute for professional tax advice that takes into account the particular circumstances relevant to a specific investor. Accordingly, investors should consult their own professional advisors on the possible tax consequences of holding or disposing of shares of Millicom common stock, under the laws of their countries of citizenship, residence or domicile.

                  Taxation of Distributions

                          Dividends received before January 1, 2007 are subject to a withholding tax of 20%. Article 10 (2) ii of the Treaty provides that dividends received from a Luxembourg company by a U.S. Holder (as defined below) are generally subject to a tax of 15% in most cases. The reduced withholding tax rate provided for by the Treaty is available immediately provided that a residence certificate is submitted by the U.S. Holder to the Luxembourg company prior to the distribution. For dividends distributed as of January 1, 2007, the domestic rate is 15% of the gross dividend.

                  Sale and Disposition

                          Under Luxembourg domestic tax law, gains realized by an investor on the sale of shares who is a resident of Luxembourg for tax purposes or who has a permanent establishment or a fixed place of business in Luxembourg, to which the shares in Millicom are attributable, are subject to Luxembourg income tax, except, under certain circumstances, where the conditions of the Luxembourg participation exemptions are met or in the case of an individual investor acting in the course of the management of his/her private assets, if the sale is not of a speculative nature and the investor does not hold a substantial participation in Millicom.

                          Gains realized on the sale of shares in Millicom by a non-resident investor who had a participation of more than 10% are considered taxable in Luxembourg when the shares are sold six months after their acquisition, or when the beneficiary has been a Luxembourg taxpayer during more than 15 years and became a non-resident taxpayer less than five years before the realization of such income.

                          The United States and Luxembourg are each a party to the Convention between the United States of America and the Grand-Duchy of Luxembourg with Respect to Taxes on Income and Property (the "Treaty") for the purpose of avoiding double taxation. The Treaty grants to the state of residence of the seller the exclusive right to tax gains from the alienation of property. Thus, gains from the sale of Millicom shares by a qualifying U.S. resident are exempt from Luxembourg taxation.

                  U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations

                          The following is a discussion of certain U.S. federal income tax consequences of purchasing, owning and disposing of Millicom shares by U.S. Holders, but it does not purport to be a comprehensive description of all the tax considerations that may be relevant to a particular person's decision to hold Millicom shares. This discussion does not address U.S. state, local and non-U.S. tax consequences. The discussion applies only to U.S. Holders who hold shares as capital assets for U.S. federal income tax purposes and it does not address special classes of holders, such as:

                    Certain financial institutions;

                    Insurance companies;

                  102


                      Dealers and traders in securities or foreign currencies;

                      Persons holding shares as part of a hedge, straddle, conversion or other integrated transaction;

                      Persons whose functional currency for U.S. federal income tax purposes is not the U.S. dollar;

                      Partnerships or other entities classified as partnerships for U.S. federal income tax purposes;

                      Persons liable for the alternative minimum tax;

                      Tax-exempt organizations;

                      Persons holding shares that own or are deemed to own 10% or more of Millicom's voting stock.

                            This discussion is based on the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, administrative pronouncements, judicial decisions and final, temporary and proposed U.S. Treasury regulations, as well as the Treaty, all as of the date hereof. These laws are subject to change, possibly on a retroactive basis. Prospective investors should consult their own tax advisors concerning the U.S. federal, state, local and non-U.S. tax consequences of purchasing, owning and disposing of shares in their particular circumstances, including their eligibility for the benefits under the Treaty.

                            As used herein, a "U.S. Holder" is a beneficial owner of shares that is, for U.S. federal income tax purposes: (i) a citizen or resident of the United States; (ii) a corporation, or other entity taxable as a corporation, created or organized in or under the laws of the United States or any political subdivision thereof; or (iii) an estate or trust the income of which is subject to U.S. federal income taxation regardless of its source.

                            This discussion assumes that Millicom was not, and will not become, a passive foreign investment company ("PFIC"), as described below.

                    Taxation of Distributions

                            Distributions received by a U.S. Holder on shares, including the amount of any Luxembourg taxes withheld, other than certain pro rata distributions of shares to all shareholders, will constitute foreign source dividend income to the extent paid out of our current or accumulated earnings and profits (as determined for U.S. federal income tax purposes). Because the Company does not maintain calculations of its earnings and profits under U.S. federal income tax principles, it is expected that distributions generally will be reported to U.S. Holders as dividends. The amount of the dividend a U.S. Holder will be required to include in income will equal the U.S. dollar value of the euro, calculated by reference to the exchange rate in effect on the date the payment is received by the holder, regardless of whether the payment is converted into U.S. dollars on the date of receipt. If the dividend is converted into U.S. dollars on the date of receipt, a U.S. Holder generally should not be required to recognize foreign currency gain or loss in respect of the dividend income. A U.S. Holder may have foreign currency gain or loss if the amount of the dividend is not converted into U.S. dollars on the date of receipt. If a U.S. Holder realizes gain or loss on a sale or other disposition of euro, it will be U.S. source ordinary income or loss. Corporate U.S. Holders will not be entitled to claim the dividends-received deduction with respect to dividends paid by the Company. Subject to applicable limitations, dividends paid by certain "qualified foreign corporations" to certain non-corporate U.S. Holders in taxable years beginning before January 1, 2011 will be taxable at a maximum rate of 15%. Millicom expects to be considered a qualified foreign corporation. Non-corporate U.S. Holders should consult their own tax advisors to determine whether they are subject to any special rules that limit their ability to be taxed at this favorable rate.

                    103


                            Luxembourg taxes withheld from dividends on shares will be creditable against a U.S. Holder's U.S. federal income tax liability, subject to applicable restrictions and limitations that may vary depending upon the holder's circumstances. Instead of claiming a credit, a U.S. Holder may elect to deduct such Luxembourg taxes in computing its taxable income, subject to generally applicable limitations. The limitation of foreign taxes eligible for credit is calculated separately with respect to specific classes of income. The rules governing foreign tax credits are complex. Therefore, U.S. Holders should consult their own tax advisors regarding the availability of foreign tax credits in their particular circumstances.

                    Sale and Other Disposition of Shares

                            A U.S. Holder will generally recognize capital gain or loss on the sale or other disposition of shares, which will be long-term capital gain or loss if the holder has held such shares for more than one year. The amount of the U.S. Holder's gain or loss will be equal to the difference between the amount realized on the sale or other disposition (as determined in U.S. dollars) and such holder's tax basis in the shares (as determined in U.S. dollars). Any gain or loss will generally be U.S. source gain or loss for foreign tax credit purposes.

                    Passive Foreign Investment Company Considerations

                            Millicom believes that it was not a PFIC for U.S. federal income tax purposes for its 2007 taxable year. In general, a non-U.S. company will be considered a PFIC for U.S. federal income tax purposes for any taxable year in which (i) 75% or more of its gross income consists of passive income (such as dividends, interest, rents and royalties) or (ii) 50% or more of the average quarterly value of its assets consists of assets that produce, or are held for the production of, passive income. As PFIC status depends upon the composition of our income and assets and the market value of our assets (including, among other things, any equity investments in less than 25%-owned entities) from time to time, there can be no assurance that Millicom will not be considered a PFIC for any taxable year. In particular, the market value of our assets may be determined in large part by the market price of our shares, which is likely to fluctuate.

                            If the Company were to be treated as a PFIC for any taxable year during which a U.S. Holder held shares, certain adverse U.S. federal income tax rules would apply on a sale or other disposition (including certain pledges) of shares by the U.S. Holder. In general, under those rules, gain recognized by the U.S. Holder on a sale or other disposition of shares would be allocated ratably over the U.S. Holder's holding period for the shares. The amounts allocated to the taxable year of the sale or other disposition and to any year before Millicom became a PFIC would be taxed as ordinary income. The amount allocated to each other taxable year would be subject to tax at the highest rate in effect for individuals or corporations, as appropriate, and an interest charge would be imposed on the amount allocated to each such taxable year. Further, any distribution in respect of shares in excess of 125% of the average of the annual distributions on shares received by the U.S. Holder during the preceding three years or the U.S. Holder's holding period, whichever is shorter, would be subject to taxation as described above. Certain elections may be available that would result in alternative treatments (such as a mark-to-market treatment) of the shares. U.S. Holders should consult their tax advisors to determine whether any such elections are available and, if so, what the consequences of the alternative treatments would be in those holders' particular circumstances.

                            In addition, if Millicom were to be treated as a PFIC in a taxable year in which it pays a dividend or the prior taxable year, the 15% dividend rate discussed above with respect to dividends received by certain non-corporate U.S. Holders would not apply.

                    104


                    Information Reporting and Backup Withholding

                            Payment of dividends and sales proceeds that are made within the United States or through certain U.S.-related financial intermediaries generally are subject to information reporting and to backup withholding unless the U.S. Holder is a corporation or other exempt recipient or, in the case of backup withholding, the U.S. Holder provides a correct taxpayer identification number and certifies that no loss of exemption from backup withholding has occurred. The amount of any backup withholding from a payment to a U.S. Holder will be allowed as a credit against the holder's U.S. federal income tax liability and may entitle such holder to a refund, provided that the required information is timely furnished to the Internal Revenue Service.

                    Documents on Display

                            It is possible to read and copy documents referred to in this annual report on Form 20-F that have been filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission at the Securities and Exchange Commission's public reference room located at 450 Fifth Street, NW, Washington D.C. 20549. Please call the Securities and Exchange Commission at 1-800-SEC-0330 for further information on the public reference rooms and their copy charges.

                    105


                    ITEM 11.    QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURE ABOUT MARKET RISK

                            The principal market risks to which we are exposed are interest rate risk and foreign currency exchange risk.

                    Interest Rate Risk

                            The interest rate risk generally arises from borrowings. Borrowings issued at floating rates expose the Group to cash flow interest rate risk. Borrowings issued at fixed rates expose the Group to fair value interest rate risk. The Group's exposure to the risk for changes in market interest rates relates to both of the above. To manage the risk, the Group's policy is to maintain a combination of fixed and floating rate debt in which neither category of debt falls below 25% of the total debt. The Group actively monitors its borrowings to ensure the compliance with this policy. At December 31, 2007, approximately 43% of the Group's borrowings are at a fixed rate of interest (2006: 52%).

                            The table below summarizes, as at December 31, 2007, our fixed rate debt and floating rate debt:

                     
                     Amounts due within
                     
                     
                     1 year
                     1–2 years
                     2–3 years
                     3–4 years
                     4–5 years
                     >5 years
                     Total
                     
                     
                     (in thousands of U.S. Dollars, except percentages)

                     
                    Fixed rate 716,916 13,260 43,328 11,400 8,262 2,289 795,455 
                    Average nominal interest rate 8.5%8.5%8.6%8.6%8.6%6.3%8.5%
                    Floating rate 172,169 172,657 152,222 270,746 135,061 135,981 1,038,836 
                    Average nominal interest rate 10.8%9.9%8.4%9.5%9.9%9.5%9.7%
                      
                     
                     
                     
                     
                     
                     
                     
                    Total 889,085 185,917 195,550 282,146 143,323 138,270 1,834,291 
                      
                     
                     
                     
                     
                     
                     
                     
                    Average nominal interest rate 8.9%9.8%8.4%9.5%9.8%9.4%9.1%

                            The table below summarizes, as at December 31, 2006, our fixed rate debt and floating rate debt:

                     
                     Amounts due within
                     
                     
                     1 year
                     1–2 years
                     2–3 years
                     3–4 years
                     4–5 years
                     >5 years
                     Total
                     
                     
                     (in thousands of U.S. Dollars, except percentages)

                     
                    Fixed rate 15,177 4,133 5,481 199,189 2,744 543,471 770,195 
                    Average nominal interest rate 8.2%7.0%5.5%4.6%7.2%10.0%8.5%
                    Floating rate 119,484 104,267 132,927 74,154 140,216 152,413 723,461 
                    Average nominal interest rate 9.7%9.8%9.1%8.4%9.0%9.8%9.4%
                      
                     
                     
                     
                     
                     
                     
                     
                    Total 134,661 108,400 138,408 273,343 142,960 695,884 1,493,656 
                      
                     
                     
                     
                     
                     
                     
                     
                    Average nominal interest rate 9.5%9.7%9.0%5.6%9.0%10.0%8.9%

                            We have not historically used interest rate swaps, forward rate agreements or other futures contracts but instead have mainly managed our interest exposure by diversifying our debt between fixed and floating-rate loans. In the future, we may use such instruments to manage our interest exposure. There can be no assurance, however, that the use of any such instruments will be effective.

                    Exchange Rate Risk

                            The Group operates internationally and is exposed to foreign exchange risk arising from various currency exposures where the Group operates. Foreign exchange risk arises from future commercial transactions, recognized assets and liabilities and net investments in foreign operations.

                    106


                            We seek to protect our reported earnings from falling in U.S. dollar terms, from currency depreciation, by periodically adjusting our prices in local currency terms to reflect any such depreciation. In certain countries that experience very high inflation, we set our prices in direct relation to the U.S. dollar. However, there can be no assurance that a significant devaluation of a currency against the U.S. dollar can be offset, in whole or in part, by a corresponding price increase, even over the long term. For example, the devaluation of the currency in Paraguay in 2002 had an adverse effect on the results of our operations.

                            Millicom had a net exchange gain of $15 million for the year ended December 31, 2007, compared to a gain of $6 million for the year ended December 31, 2006, excluding an exchange loss of $36 million on the 5% Mandatory Exchangeable Notes.

                            To some extent, the broad mix of currencies in which we conduct our businesses and the geographic spread of our operations provide us with some measure of protection against specific exchange rate movements and reduces the overall sensitivity of our results to specific exchange rate fluctuations. We do not generally hedge our foreign currency exposure as it is considered that the cost of purchasing financial instruments outweighs the benefits derived.

                            Millicom seeks to reduce its foreign currency exposure through a policy of matching, as far as possible, assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies. In some cases, Millicom may borrow in US dollars because it is either advantageous for joint ventures and subsidiaries to incur debt obligations in US dollars or because US dollar denominated borrowing is the only funding source available to a joint venture or subsidiary. In these circumstances, Millicom has currently decided to accept the remaining currency risk associated with the financing of its joint ventures and subsidiaries, principally because of the relatively high cost of forward cover, when available, in the currencies in which the Group operates.

                            The following table summarizes our debt detailing the balances at December 31, 2007, that were denominated in U.S. dollars and in other local currencies.

                     
                     2007
                     2006
                     
                     US$ '000

                     US$ '000

                    US dollar 1,226,332 1,029,499
                      
                     
                    Colombia 435,615 372,396
                    Honduras 41,352 10,990
                    Senegal 62,557 28,367
                    Sri Lanka 48,016 28,958
                    Others 20,419 23,446
                      
                     
                    Total local currency 607,959 464,157
                      
                     
                    Total 1,834,291 1,493,656
                      
                     

                    ITEM 12.    DESCRIPTION OF SECURITIES OTHER THAN EQUITY SECURITIES

                            Not applicable for Annual Report filing.

                    107



                    PART II

                    ITEM 13.    DEFAULTS, DIVIDENDS ARREARAGES AND DELINQUENCIES

                            Not applicable.

                    ITEM 14.    MATERIAL MODIFICATIONS TO THE RIGHTS OF SECURITY HOLDERS AND USE OF PROCEEDS

                            Not applicable.

                    ITEM 15.    CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

                    Disclosure Controls and Procedures

                            As of December 31, 2007, the Group, under the supervision and with the participation of the Group's management, including the Chief Executive Officer and the Chief Financial Officer, performed an evaluation of the effectiveness of the Group's disclosure controls and procedures. The Group's disclosure controls and procedures are designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 is accumulated and communicated to the Group's management to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosures. The Group's management necessarily applied its judgment in assessing the costs and benefits of such controls and procedures, which by their nature can provide only reasonable assurance regarding management's control objectives. Based on this evaluation, the Group's Chief Executive Officer and the Chief Financial Officer concluded that the Group's disclosure controls and procedures are effective at the reasonable assurance level for recording, processing, summarizing and reporting the information the Group is required to disclose in the reports it files under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 within the time periods specified in the SEC's rules and forms.

                    Management's annual report on internal control over financial reporting

                            The Group's management has performed an assessment of the Group's internal control over financial reporting which can be found on page F-2 of the financial statements filed with this annual report on Form 20-F.

                            There has been no significant change in the Group's internal controls over financial reporting that occurred during the period covered by this annual report that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the Company's internal controls over financial reporting. We actively manage our operations through:

                      recruitment and selection of local management, which is subject to the approval of Millicom's board of directors;

                      development of business plans in conjunction with local management;

                      approval of all significant capital expenditures by the board of directors of Millicom;

                      development of the mobile telephone network design and expansion plan with local technical management;

                      standardized weekly and monthly reporting and review and an annual budgeting process; and

                      supervision and support by our internal auditors and marketing, administrative, and legal personnel.

                    108


                              We seek to obtain a controlling ownership of our operations. In most cases where we do not hold a controlling share in an operation, we manage our operation based on shareholders' agreements or similar arrangements, special rights with respect to board representation or special voting rights. Such provisions provide us with the means to approve or disapprove actions proposed by our partners. In some cases the shareholders' agreements contain buyout, arbitration or other procedures that can be invoked in the event of a fundamental disagreement between us and our partner.

                      Attestation report of the registered public accounting firm

                              The registered public accounting firm that audited the Group's financial statements included in this annual report on Form 20-F has issued an attestation report on the Group's internal control over financial reporting. The "Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm—Internal control over financial reporting" can be found on pages F-3 and F-4 of the financial statements filed with this annual report on Form 20-F.

                      ITEM 16A.    AUDIT COMMITTEE FINANCIAL EXPERT

                              The Board of Directors has appointed Michel Massart as its Audit Committee financial expert. Mr. Massart is an "independent" financial expert as such term is defined under the NASDAQ National Market listing requirements.

                      ITEM 16B.    CODE OF ETHICS

                              Millicom has adopted a Code of Ethics applicable to its Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer and Chief Operating Officer and to all other Millicom employees. The text of this code is available free of charge upon written request addressed to: General Counsel, Millicom International Cellular S.A., 15 rue Leon Laval, L-3372 Leudelange, Grand-Duchy of Luxembourg, fax: +352 27 759 353. Millicom will make its Code of Ethics available in 2008 on its website www.millicom.com.

                      ITEM 16C.    PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES

                              The following table summarizes the aggregate amounts paid to Millicom's auditors for the years ended December 31, 2007 and 2006.

                       
                       2007
                      US$ '000

                       2006
                      US$ '000

                      Audit Fees 3,801 3,862
                      Audit-Related Fees 14 113
                      Tax Fees 54 80
                      All Other Fees 12 6
                        
                       
                      Total 3,881 4,061
                        
                       

                              Audit-related services consist principally of consultations related to financial accounting and reporting standards, including making recommendations to management regarding internal controls and procedure relates to the maintenance of fixed asset registers and inventory procedures and the issuance of certifications of loan covenant compliance required by Millicom's debt agreements. Tax services consist principally of tax planning services and tax compliance services. Other services are services not included in the other categories.

                      Audit Committee Pre-approval Policies

                              The policies and procedures provide that no non-audit services can be rendered by Millicom's auditors without the prior consent of the Audit Committee.

                      109



                      ITEM 16D.    EXEMPTIONS FROM THE LISTING STANDARDS FOR AUDIT COMMITTEES

                              Not applicable.

                      ITEM 16E.    PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES BY THE ISSUER AND AFFILIATED PURCHASES

                              Not applicable.

                      110



                      PART III

                      ITEM 17.    FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

                              Not applicable.

                      ITEM 18.    FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

                              See pages F-1 through F-76.

                      ITEM 19.    EXHIBITS

                       
                        
                      1.1 Articles of Association of Millicom International Cellular S.A.

                      2.1

                       

                      Indenture, dated January 7, 2005 between Millicom International Cellular S.A. and The Bank of New York, as Trustee.*

                      2.2

                       

                      Indenture, dated as of November 24, 2003 between Millicom International Cellular S.A. and The Bank of New York, as Trustee, as amended (incorporated by reference to Exhibits 4.1 and 4.3 of the Company's registration statement on Form F-4 (File No. 333-112948) filed on February 19, 2004 and January 31, 2005, respectively).**

                      4.1

                       

                      Share Purchase Agreement dated January 21, 2007 between Millicom Pakistan B.V. and Millicom International Cellular S.A., as seller and guarantor, respectively, and China Mobile Communications Corporation, as purchaser, relating to the sale and purchase of 88.86% of the issued share capital of Paktel Limited.***

                      12.1

                       

                      Certification of Marc Beuls required by Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended ("Exchange Act"), Rule 13a 14(a).

                      12.2

                       

                      Certification of David Sach required by Exchange Act Rule 13a 14(a).

                      13.1

                       

                      Certification of Marc Beuls required by Exchange Act Rule 13a 14(b).

                      13.2

                       

                      Certification of David Sach required by Exchange Act Rule 13a 14(b).

                      *
                      Previously filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission with the Company's Form 20 F filed on May 2, 2005 and incorporated herein by reference.

                      **
                      Previously filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission with the Company's Form 20 F filed on April 30, 2004 and herein incorporated by reference.

                      ***
                      Previously filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission with the Company's Form 20 F filed on April 20, 2007 and herein incorporated by reference.

                      111



                      SIGNATURES

                              Under the requirements of Section 12 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Registrant certifies that it meets all of the requirements for filing on Form 20 F and has duly caused this annual report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

                      Dated: April 3, 2008 MILLICOM INTERNATIONAL CELLULAR S.A.

                       

                       

                      By:

                      /s/  
                      MARC BEULS      
                         Name:Marc Beuls
                         Title:Chief Executive Officer

                       

                       

                      By:

                      /s/  
                      DAVID SACH      
                         Name:David Sach
                         Title:Chief Financial Officer

                      112



                      INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

                       
                        
                      Audited Consolidated Financial Statements of Millicom and its Subsidiaries for the Years Ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005  
                      Management's Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting F-2
                      Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm F-3
                      Consolidated Statements of Profit and Loss for the Years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005 F-5
                      Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2007 and 2006 F-6
                      Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005 F-8
                      Consolidated Statements of Changes in Equity for the Years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005 F-9
                      Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements F-11

                      F-1



                      Management's Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

                              The management of Millicom International Cellular S.A. is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting. Internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external reporting purposes in conformity with International Financial Reporting Standards as adopted by the European Union as well as those issued by the International Accounting Standards Board.

                              Because of its inherent limitations, internal controls over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements.

                              Management has assessed the effectiveness of Millicom International Cellular S.A. internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2007. In making its assessment, management has utilized the criteria set forth by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission in Internal Control—Integrated Framework. Management concluded that based on its assessment, Millicom International Cellular S.A. internal control over financial reporting was effective as of December 31, 2007.

                              PricewaterhouseCoopers S.à.r.l has issued an unqualified report on our 2007 financial statements as a result of the audit and also has issued an unqualified report on our internal control over financial reporting which is attached hereto.


                      March 31, 2008

                       

                      By:

                      /s/  
                      MARC BEULS      
                         Name:Marc Beuls
                         Title:Chief Executive Officer

                       

                       

                      By:

                      /s/  
                      DAVID SACH      
                         Name:David Sach
                         Title:Chief Financial Officer

                      F-2



                      Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

                      To the Shareholders of
                      Millicom International Cellular S.A.

                              In our opinion, the accompanying consolidated balance sheets and the related consolidated statements of profit and loss, changes in shareholders' equity and cash flows present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Millicom International Cellular S.A. and its subsidiaries at December 31, 2007 and 2006, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2007 in conformity with International Financial Reporting Standards as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board and in conformity with International Financial Reporting Standards as adopted by the European Union. Also in our opinion, Millicom International Cellular S.A. and its subsidiaries maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2007, based on criteria established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO). The Company's Board of Directors is responsible for these financial statements, for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in "Management's Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting" appearing on page F2 of the accompanying consolidated financial statements. Our responsibility is to express opinions on these financial statements and on the internal control over financial reporting of Millicom International Cellular S.A. and its subsidiaries based on our audits (which were integrated audits in 2007 and 2006). We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audits to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement and whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audits of the financial statements included examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. Our audit of internal control over financial reporting included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk. Our audits also included performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinions.

                              A company's internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company's internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (i) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (ii) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (iii) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company's assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

                      F-3


                              Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

                       
                        
                      PricewaterhouseCoopers S.à r.l.
                      Réviseur d'entreprises
                       Luxembourg, March 31, 2008

                      F-4


                      Consolidated statements of profit and loss Millicom International

                      for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005 Cellular S.A.
                       
                       
                       Notes
                       2007
                       2006
                       2005
                       
                       
                        
                       US$'000

                       US$'000

                       US$'000

                       
                      Revenues 9 2,630,614 1,576,100 922,780 
                      Cost of sales   (980,056)(616,739)(373,427)
                      Gross profit   1,650,558 959,361 549,353 
                      Sales and marketing   (489,327)(246,591)(124,187)
                      General and administrative expenses   (425,356)(246,004)(143,341)
                      Other operating expenses   (72,949)(37,613)(23,137)
                      Other operating income    4,036 15,412 
                      Gain from sale of subsidiaries and joint ventures, net 5  8,099 1,269 
                      Operating profit 9, 10 662,926 441,288 275,369 
                      Interest expense   (194,440)(123,969)(116,031)
                      Interest and other financial income   56,384 36,385 23,373 
                      Other non operating income (expenses), net 12 10,172 (1,186)(12,807)
                      Profit from associates 17 4,400 1,483 1,296 
                      Profit before tax from continuing operations   539,442 354,001 171,200 
                      Charge for taxes 13 (87,077)(118,205)(68,795)
                      Profit for the year from continuing operations   452,365 235,796 102,405 
                      Profit/(loss) for the year from discontinued operations, net of tax 6 258,619 (75,813)(98,260)
                      Net profit for the year   710,984 159,983 4,145 
                      Attributable to:         
                      Equity holders of the company   697,142 168,947 10,277 
                      Minority interest   13,842 (8,964)(6,132)
                          710,984 159,983 4,145 
                      Earnings per share for the year 14       
                      (expressed in US$ per common share)         
                      Basic         
                      —profit from continuing operations attributable to equity holders   4.35 2.43 0.98 
                      —profit (loss) from discontinued operations attributable to equity holders   2.55 (0.75)(0.88)
                      —profit for the year attributable to equity holders   6.90 1.68 0.10 
                      Diluted         
                      —profit from continuing operations attributable to equity holders   4.22 2.41 0.96 
                      —profit (loss) from discontinued operations attributable to equity holders   2.39 (0.74)(0.86)
                      —profit for the year attributable to equity holders   6.61 1.67 0.10 

                      The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

                      F-5


                      Consolidated balance sheets Millicom International

                      as of December 31, 2007 and 2006 Cellular S.A.
                       
                       
                       Notes
                       2007
                       2006
                       
                        
                       US$ '000

                       US$ '000

                      ASSETS      
                      NON-CURRENT ASSETS      
                      Intangible assets, net 15 467,502 482,775
                      Property, plant and equipment, net 16 2,066,122 1,267,159
                      Investments in associates 17 11,234 6,838
                      Deferred taxation 13 97,544 3,706
                      Other non-current assets(i)   19,855 26,225
                          
                       
                      TOTAL NON-CURRENT ASSETS   2,662,257 1,786,703

                      CURRENT ASSETS

                       

                       

                       

                       

                       

                       
                      Inventories   82,893 54,245
                      Trade receivables, net 18 223,579 185,455
                      Amounts due from joint venture partners   65,348 37,346
                      Amounts due from other related parties 29  1,221
                      Prepayments and accrued income   71,175 58,429
                      Current tax assets   8,982 4,916
                      Supplier advances for capital expenditure(ii)   76,514 55,080
                      Other current assets(i) (ii) 19 48,481 73,834
                      Cash and cash equivalents 20 1,174,597 656,692
                          
                       
                      TOTAL CURRENT ASSETS   1,751,569 1,127,218
                          
                       
                      Assets held for sale 6  407,073
                          
                       
                      TOTAL ASSETS   4,413,826 3,320,994
                          
                       

                      (i)
                      Non-current and current pledged deposits have been presented together with Other non-current assets and Other current assets to simplify the presentation of the consolidated balance sheet.

                      (ii)
                      Supplier advances for capital expenditure have been presented separately from Other current assets to improve the presentation of the consolidated balance sheet.

                      The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

                      F-6


                      Consolidated balance sheets (continued) Millicom International

                      as of December 31, 2007 and 2006 Cellular S.A.
                       
                       
                       Notes
                       2007
                       2006
                       
                       
                        
                       US$ '000

                       US$ '000

                       
                      EQUITY AND LIABILITIES       
                      EQUITY       
                       Share capital and premium 21 417,352 372,526 
                       Other reserves 23 45,557 2,966 
                       Retained profits/(accumulated losses)   127,856 (39,565)
                       Profit for the year attributable to equity holders   697,142 168,947 
                          
                       
                       
                          1,287,907 504,874 
                       Minority interest   80,429 77,514 
                          
                       
                       
                      TOTAL EQUITY   1,368,336 582,388 

                      LIABILITIES

                       

                       

                       

                       

                       

                       

                       
                      Non-current Liabilities       
                       Debt and other financing       
                       10% Senior Notes 24  538,673 
                       4% Convertible Notes—Debt component 24  171,169 
                       Other debt and financing 24 945,206 649,153 
                       Provisions and other non-current liabilities 25 55,601 49,353 
                       Deferred taxation 13 42,414 34,368 
                          
                       
                       
                      Total non-current liabilities   1,043,221 1,442,716 

                      Current Liabilities

                       

                       

                       

                       

                       

                       

                       
                       Debt and other financing       
                       10% Senior Notes 24 479,826  
                       4% Convertible Notes—Debt component 24 178,940  
                       Other debt and financing 24 230,319 134,661 
                       Payables and accruals for the purchase of property, plant and equipment(i)   460,533 276,850 
                       Other trade payables(i)   238,252 151,454 
                       Amounts due to joint venture partners   60,914 32,017 
                       Amounts due to other related parties 29 1,475 5,184 
                       Accrued interest and other expenses   128,426 113,316 
                       Current tax liabilities   82,028 89,077 
                       Provisions and other current liabilities 25 141,556 99,292 
                          
                       
                       
                      Total current liabilities   2,002,269 901,851 
                          
                       
                       
                      Liabilities directly associated with assets held for sale 6  394,039 
                          
                       
                       
                      TOTAL LIABILITIES   3,045,490 2,738,606 
                          
                       
                       
                      TOTAL EQUITY AND LIABILITIES   4,413,826 3,320,994 
                          
                       
                       

                      (i)
                      Payables and accruals for the purchase of property, plant and equipment have been presented separately from Trade payables to improve the presentation of the consolidated balance sheet.

                      The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

                      F-7


                      Consolidated statements of cash flows Millicom International

                      for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005 Cellular S.A.
                       
                       
                       Notes
                       2007
                       2006(i)
                       2005(i)
                       
                       
                        
                       US$ '000

                       US$ '000

                       US$ '000

                       
                      Cash flows from operating activities         
                      Profit before taxes from continuing operations   539,442 354,001 171,200 
                      Adjustments         
                       Interest expense   194,440 123,969 116,031 
                       Interest income   (56,384)(36,385)(23,373)
                       Other non operating (income) expenses, net 12 (10,172)1,186 12,807 
                       Profit from associates 17 (4,400)(1,483)(1,296)
                          
                       
                       
                       
                      Operating profit   662,926 441,288 275,369 
                      Adjustments for non-cash items:         
                       Depreciation and amortization 10, 15, 16 354,940 229,241 141,286 
                       Loss on disposal and impairment of property, plant and equipment 10 3,815 4,455 2,494 
                       Reduction of goodwill 10, 15 23,358   
                       Gain from sale of subsidiaries and joint ventures 5, 10  (8,099)(1,269)
                       Share-based compensation 22 19,228 12,850 3,075 
                       Other non cash items   1,000  (6,299)
                          
                       
                       
                       
                          1,065,267 679,735 414,656 
                       Increase in trade receivables, prepayments and other current assets   (24,640)(31,117)(858)
                       Increase in inventories   (25,357)(22,360)(69)
                       Increase in trade and other payables   95,927 69,903 47,465 
                          
                       
                       
                       
                      Changes to working capital   45,930 16,426 46,538 
                       Interest expense paid   (151,604)(109,119)(98,903)
                       Interest received   55,836 29,077 25,013 
                       Taxes paid   (164,896)(100,599)(68,116)
                          
                       
                       
                       
                      Net cash provided by operating activities   850,533 515,520 319,188 
                          
                       
                       
                       
                      Cash flows from investing activities         
                       Acquisition of subsidiaries and JV, net of cash acquired 4  (34,768)(72,250)
                       Proceeds from disposal of subsidiaries and JV, net of cash disposed 5  (958)1,899 
                       Purchase of intangible assets and license renewals 15 (25,816)(40,490)(8,183)
                       Purchase of property, plant and equipment 16 (861,327)(462,684)(196,470)
                       Proceeds from sale of property, plant and equipment   3,853  5,226 
                       Cash provided (used) by other investing activities   36,777 12,327 (10,918)
                          
                       
                       
                       
                      Net cash used by investing activities   (846,513)(526,573)(280,696)
                      Cash flows from financing activities:         
                       Proceeds from issuance of shares   33,626 14,227 3,553 
                       Proceeds from issuance of debt and other financing   545,528 318,308 300,040 
                       Repayment of debt and financing   (315,955)(191,430)(95,355)
                       Payment of dividends to minority interests   (18,286)(4,873)(2,000)
                          
                       
                       
                       
                      Net cash provided by financing activities   244,913 136,232 206,238 
                       Transfer of cash to assets held for sale    (7,135)(3,013)
                       Cash provided (used) by discontinued operations 6 260,904 (60,488)(56,812)
                       Exchange gains (losses) on cash and cash equivalents   8,068 2,569 (1,719)
                          
                       
                       
                       
                      Net increase in cash and cash equivalents   517,905 60,125 183,186 
                       Cash and cash equivalents at the beginning of the year   656,692 596,567 413,381 
                          
                       
                       
                       
                      Cash and cash equivalents at the end of the year   1,174,597 656,692 596,567 
                          
                       
                       
                       

                      (i)
                      Comparative information restated to improve the presentation of the Consolidated Statements of cash flows.

                      The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

                      F-8


                      Consolidated statements of changes in equity Millicom International

                      For the years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005 Cellular S.A.
                       
                       
                       Attributable to equity holders
                        
                        
                       
                       
                       Number
                      of Shares

                       Number
                      of shares
                      held
                      by the
                      Group

                       Share
                      Capital(i)

                       Share
                      Premium(i)

                       Treasury
                      shares

                       Retained
                      profits/(accumulated
                      losses)(ii)

                       Other
                      reserves(iii)

                       Total
                       Minority
                      interest

                       Total
                      equity

                       
                       
                       '000

                       '000

                       US$ '000

                       US$ '000

                       US$ '000

                       US$ '000

                       US$ '000

                       US$ '000

                       US$ '000

                       US$ '000

                       
                      Balance as of January 1, 2005 99,219 (655)148,828 364,954 (8,833)(212,621)(55,242)237,086 43,351 280,437 
                        
                       
                       
                       
                       
                       
                       
                       
                       
                       
                       
                      Negative goodwill derecognised      8,202  8,202  8,202 
                      Profit for the year      10,277  10,277 (6,132)4,145 
                      Dividends paid to minority shareholders         (2,000)(2,000)
                      Shares issued via the exercise of share options 485  727 3,288   (462)3,553  3,553 
                      Share based compensation(iv)       3,075 3,075  3,075 
                      4% Convertible Notes—equity component (v)       39,109 39,109  39,109 
                      Transfer to accumulated losses    (52,640) 52,640     
                      Fair value adjustment on financial assets       3,308 3,308  3,308 
                      Currency translation differences       (5,005)(5,005)(1,040)(6,045)
                        
                       
                       
                       
                       
                       
                       
                       
                       
                       
                       
                      Balance as of December 31, 2005 99,704 (655)149,555 315,602 (8,833)(141,502)(15,217)299,605 34,179 333,784 
                      Profit for the year      168,947  168,947 (8,964)159,983 
                      Dividends paid to minority shareholders         (4,873)(4,873)
                      Shares issued via the exercise of share options 913 655 1,369 5,574 8,833  (1,549)14,227  14,227 
                      Minority interest following acquisition of subsidiaries         52,500 52,500 
                      Share based compensation(iv) 67  101 2,262   10,487 12,850  12,850 
                      Transfer to accumulated losses    (101,937) 101,937     
                      Fair value adjustment on financial assets       (3,308)(3,308) (3,308)
                      Currency translation differences       12,553 12,553 4,672 17,225 
                        
                       
                       
                       
                       
                       
                       
                       
                       
                       
                       
                      Balance as of December 31, 2006 100,684  151,025 221,501  129,382 2,966 504,874 77,514 582,388 
                        
                       
                       
                       
                       
                       
                       
                       
                       
                       
                       

                      F-9


                      Consolidated statements of changes in equity (continued) Millicom International

                      For the years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005 Cellular S.A.
                       
                       
                       Attributable to equity holders
                        
                        
                       
                       
                       Number
                      of Shares

                       Number
                      of shares
                      held
                      by the
                      Group

                       Share
                      Capital(i)

                       Share
                      Premium(i)

                       Treasury
                      shares

                       Retained
                      profits/(accumulated
                      losses)(ii)

                       Other
                      reserves(iii)

                       Total
                       Minority
                      interest

                       Total
                      equity

                       
                       
                       '000

                       '000

                       US$ '000

                       US$ '000

                       US$ '000

                       US$ '000

                       US$ '000

                       US$ '000

                       US$ '000

                       US$ '000

                       
                      Balance as of December 31, 2006 100,684  151,025 221,501  129,382 2,966 504,874 77,514 582,388 
                        
                       
                       
                       
                       
                       
                       
                       
                       
                       
                       
                      Profit for the year      697,142  697,142 13,842 710,984 
                      Dividends paid to minority shareholders         (18,286)(18,286)
                      Shares issued via the exercise of share options 1,626  2,440 34,186   (3,838)32,788  32,788 
                      Shares issued as payment of bonuses (vi) 13  20 980    1,000  1,000 
                      Share based compensation(iv) 9  14 741   18,473 19,228  19,228 
                      Issuance of shares—2006 LTIP(iii) 58  87 4,436   (4,523)   
                      Issuance of shares(vii) 9  14 824    838  838 
                      Conversion of part of the 4% Convertible Notes(v) 29  43 1,041   (196)888  888 
                      Transfer to legal reserve      (1,526)1,526    
                      Currency translation differences       31,149 31,149 7,359 38,508 
                        
                       
                       
                       
                       
                       
                       
                       
                       
                       
                       
                      Balance as of December 31, 2007 102,428  153,643 263,709  824,998 45,557 1,287,907 80,429 1,368,336 
                        
                       
                       
                       
                       
                       
                       
                       
                       
                       
                       

                      (i)
                      See note 21.

                      (ii)
                      Includes profit for the year attributable to equity holders.

                      (iii)
                      See note 23.

                      (iv)
                      See note 22.

                      (v)
                      See note 23 and 24.

                      (vi)
                      See note 26.

                      (vii)
                      Employees purchase of shares under the Matching share award Plan (see note 22).

                      The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

                      F-10


                      Notes to the consolidated financial statements Millicom International

                      as of December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005 Cellular S.A.

                      1.     CORPORATE INFORMATION

                              Millicom International Cellular S.A. (the "Company"), a Luxembourg Société Anonyme, and its subsidiaries, joint ventures and associates (the "Group" or "Millicom") is a global operator of mobile telephone services in the world's emerging markets. The Group was formed in December 1990 when Investment AB Kinnevik ("Kinnevik"), formerly named Industriförvaltnings AB Kinnevik, a company established in Sweden, and Millicom Incorporated ("Millicom Inc."), a corporation established in the United States of America, contributed their respective interests in international mobile joint ventures to form the Group.

                              As of December 31, 2007, Millicom had 16 mobile operations in 16 countries focusing on emerging markets in Central America, South America, Africa and Asia. The Group sold its Pakistani operation in February 2007. The Company's shares are traded on the NASDAQ National Market under the symbol MICC and on the Stockholm stock exchange under the symbol MIC. Millicom delisted from the Luxembourg stock exchange on January 16, 2006. The Company has its registered office at 15, Rue Léon Laval, L-3372, Leudelange, Grand-Duchy of Luxembourg and is registered with the Luxembourg Register of Commerce under the number RCS B 40 630.

                              Millicom operates in El Salvador, Guatemala and Honduras in Central America; in Bolivia, Colombia and Paraguay in South America; in Chad, the Democratic Republic of Congo, Ghana, Mauritius, Senegal, Sierra Leone and Tanzania in Africa; and in Cambodia, Laos and Sri Lanka in Asia.

                              The Board of Directors approved these consolidated financial statements on March 31, 2008. The consolidated financial statements will be ratified by the Annual General Meeting.

                      2.     SUMMARY OF CONSOLIDATION AND ACCOUNTING POLICIES

                      2.1   Basis of preparation

                              The consolidated financial statements of the Group are presented in US dollars and all values are rounded to the nearest thousand ($000) except when otherwise indicated. The consolidated financial statements have been prepared on a historical cost basis except for certain financial assets and liabilities that have been measured at fair value.

                              In accordance with Regulation (EC) No 1606/2002 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 19 July 2002 on the application of international accounting standards, the consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2007 have been prepared in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards as adopted by the European Union.

                              As of December 31, 2007, International Financial Reporting Standards as adopted by the European Union are similar to those published by the International Accounting Standards Board ("IASB"), except for IAS 39—Financial Instruments that has been partially adopted by the European Union and for new standards and interpretations that will be effective in future periods. Since the provisions that have not been adopted by the European Union are not applicable to the Group, the consolidated financial statements comply with both International Financial Reporting Standards as adopted by the European Union and International Financial Reporting Standards as issued by the IASB.

                      F-11


                              The preparation of financial statements in conformity with International Financial Reporting Standards ("IFRS") requires management to exercise its judgment in the process of applying the Group's accounting policies. It also requires the use of certain critical accounting estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Although these estimates are based on management's best knowledge of current events and actions, actual results ultimately may differ from these estimates. The areas involving a higher degree of judgment or complexity, or areas where assumptions and estimates are significant to the consolidated financial statements, are disclosed in note 3.

                      2.2   Consolidation

                              The consolidated financial statements of the Group are comprised of the financial statements of the Company and its subsidiaries and joint ventures as at 31 December each year. The financial statements of the subsidiaries and joint ventures are prepared for the same reporting year as the Company, using consistent accounting policies.

                              All intra-group balances, transactions, income and expenses and profits and losses resulting from intra-group transactions are eliminated.

                      Subsidiaries

                              Subsidiaries are those entities including Special Purpose Entities over which the Group has the power to govern the financial and operating policies generally accompanying a shareholding of more than one half of the voting rights. The existence and effect of potential voting rights that are presently exercisable or presently convertible are considered when assessing whether the Group controls another entity. Subsidiaries are fully consolidated from the date on which control is transferred to the Group and continue to be consolidated until the date that control ceases.

                              The acquisition method of accounting is used to account for the acquisition of subsidiaries. The cost of an acquisition is measured as the fair value of the assets given up, equity instruments issued and liabilities incurred or assumed at the date of exchange, plus costs directly attributable to the acquisition. Identifiable assets, liabilities and contingent liabilities assumed in a business combination are measured initially at their fair values at the acquisition date, irrespective of any minority interest. The excess of the cost of acquisition over the fair value of the Group's share of identifiable net assets acquired is recorded as goodwill. If the cost of acquisition is less than the fair value of the Group's share of identifiable net assets of the subsidiary acquired, the difference is recognised directly to the consolidated statements of profit and loss (see accounting policy for Goodwill).

                      Minority interests

                              The Group applies a policy of treating transactions with minority interests as transactions with parties external to the Group. Disposals to minority interests result in gains and losses for the Group that are recorded in the consolidated statements of profit and loss. Purchases from minority interests result in goodwill, being the difference between any consideration paid and the carrying value of the relevant share acquired of the net assets of the subsidiary.

                      Joint ventures

                              Millicom determines the existence of joint control by reference to the joint venture agreements, articles of association, structures and voting protocols of the Boards of Directors of those ventures.

                      F-12


                              Entities that are jointly controlled are consolidated using the proportionate method which only includes the Group's share of the assets, liabilities, income and expenses of the joint ventures in which the Group has an interest in the consolidated financial statements.

                              The Group recognizes the portion of gains or losses on the sale of assets by the Group to the joint venture that is attributable to the other parties in the joint venture. The Group does not recognise its share of profits or losses that results from the purchase of assets by the Group from the joint venture until it resells the assets to an independent party. However, if a loss on the transaction provides evidence of a reduction in the net realizable value of current assets or an impairment loss, the loss is recognised immediately.

                      Associates

                              Associates are all entities over which the Group has significant influence but not control, generally accompanying a shareholding of between 20% and 50% of the voting rights.

                              Investments in associates are accounted for using the equity method of accounting and are initially recognised at cost. The Group's investment in associates includes goodwill (net of any accumulated impairment loss) identified on acquisition.

                              The Group's share of the post-acquisition profits or losses of associates is recognised in the consolidated statements of profit and loss, and its share of post-acquisition movements in reserves is recognised in reserves. The cumulative post-acquisition movements are adjusted against the carrying amount of the investment. When the Group's share of losses in an associate equals or exceeds its interest in the associate, including any other unsecured receivables, the Group does not recognise further losses, unless the Group has incurred obligations or made payments on behalf of the associates.

                              Unrealized gains on transactions between the Group and its associates are eliminated to the extent of the Group's interest in the associates. Unrealised losses are also eliminated unless the transaction provides evidence of an impairment of the asset transferred. Accounting policies of associates have been changed where necessary to ensure consistency with the policies adopted by the Group.

                      2.3   Foreign currency translation

                      Functional and presentation currencies

                              Items included in the financial statements of each of the Group's entities are measured using the currency of the primary economic environment in which the entity operates ("the functional currency"). The functional currency of each subsidiary, joint venture and associates reflects the economic substance of the underlying events and circumstances of these entities. The Company is located in Luxembourg and its subsidiaries, joint ventures and associates operate in different currencies. The Group's consolidated financial statements are presented in U.S. dollar (the "presentation currency"). The functional currency of the Company is the U.S. dollar because of the significant influence of the U.S. dollar on its operations.

                      Transactions and balances

                              Transactions denominated in a currency other than the functional currency are translated into the functional currency using the exchange rates prevailing at the date of the transactions. Foreign exchange gains and losses resulting from the settlement of such transactions and from the translation at year-end exchange rates of monetary assets and liabilities denominated in currencies other than the functional currency are recognised in the consolidated statements of profit and loss, except when deferred in equity as qualifying cash flow hedges and qualifying net investment hedges.

                      F-13


                              Translation differences on non-monetary financial assets and liabilities are reported as part of the fair value gain or loss if applicable. Translation differences on non-monetary financial assets and liabilities such as equities held at fair value through profit or loss are recognised in the consolidated statements of profit and loss as part of the fair value gain or loss. Translation differences on non-monetary financial assets such as investments classified as available for sale are included in the fair value reserve in equity.

                      Translation into presentation currency

                              The results and financial position of all the group entities (none of which has the currency of a hyperinflationary economy) that have a functional currency different from the presentation currency are translated into the presentation currency as follows:

                        i)
                        Assets and liabilities for each balance sheet presented are translated at the closing rate at the date of the balance sheet;

                        ii)
                        Income and expenses for each income statement are translated at average exchange rates (unless this average is not a reasonable approximation of the cumulative effect of the rates prevailing on the transaction dates, in which case income and expenses are translated at the dates of the transactions); and

                        iii)
                        All resulting exchange differences are recognised as a separate component of equity "Currency translation reserve", in the caption "Other reserves".

                              On consolidation, exchange differences arising from the translation of net investments in foreign operations, and of borrowing and other currency instruments designated as hedges of such investments, are taken to equity. When a foreign operation is sold, exchange differences that were recorded in equity are recognised in the consolidated statements of profit and loss as part of the gain or loss on sale.

                              Goodwill and fair value adjustments arising on the acquisition of a foreign operation are treated as assets and liabilities of the foreign operation and translated at the closing rate.

                              The following is a table of the principal currency translation rates to the U.S. dollar as of December 31, 2007 and 2006 and the average rates for the year ended December 31, 2007.

                      Country

                       Currency
                       2007
                      Average rate

                       2007
                      Year-end rate

                       2006
                      Year-end rate

                      Bolivia Boliviano 7.84 7.64 7.99
                      Chad CFA Franc 478.14 448.66 497.45
                      Colombia Peso 2,084.69 2,017.23 2,240.00
                      Ghana Cedi 0.94 0.97 0.92
                      Guatemala Quetzal 7.70 7.66 7.62
                      Honduras Lempira 18.90 18.90 18.90
                      Laos Kip 9,712.08 9,459.00 9,855.00
                      Luxembourg Euro 0.73 0.69 0.76
                      Mauritius Rupee 31.32 28.48 32.82
                      Paraguay Guarani 5,041.95 4,750.01 5,170.00
                      Senegal CFA Franc 478.14 448.66 497.45
                      Sierra Leone Leone 2,984.21 2,977.59 2,973.94
                      Sri Lanka Rupee 110.39 108.65 107.42
                      Sweden Krona 6.73 6.47 6.84
                      Tanzania Shilling 1,237.51 1,153.99 1,264.22

                      F-14


                              The effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents held or due in a foreign currency is reported in the cash flow statement in order to reconcile cash and cash equivalents at the beginning and end of the year.

                      2.4   Segment Reporting

                              A business segment is a group of assets and operations engaged in providing products or services that are subject to risks and returns that are different from those of other business segments. A geographical segment is engaged in providing products or services within a particular economic environment that are subject to risks and returns that are different from those of segments operating in other economic environments (see note 9).

                      2.5   Property, plant and equipment

                              Property, plant and equipment is stated at cost, less accumulated depreciation and accumulated impairment in value. Depreciation is calculated using the straight-line method over the shorter of the estimated useful life of the asset and the remaining life of the license associated with the assets, unless the renewal of the license is contractually possible and is expected without significant cost. All repairs and maintenance expenditures are expensed as incurred.

                              Estimated useful lives are:

                      Buildings 40 years or life of lease if lower
                      Networks (including civil works) 5 to 10 years
                      Other 2 to 7 years

                              The carrying values of property, plant and equipment are reviewed for impairment when events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying value may not be recoverable. The assets' residual value and useful life is reviewed, and adjusted if appropriate, at each balance sheet date. An asset's carrying amount is written down immediately to its recoverable amount if the asset's carrying amount is greater than its estimated recoverable amount.

                              Construction in progress consists of the cost of assets, labour and other direct costs associated with property, plant and equipment being constructed by the Group. Once the assets become operational, the related costs are transferred from construction in progress to the appropriate asset category and start to be depreciated.

                              Subsequent costs are included in the asset's carrying amount or recognised as a separate asset, as appropriate, only when it is probable that future economic benefits associated with the item will flow to the Group and the cost of the item can be measured reliably. All other repairs and maintenance are charged to the consolidated statements of profit and loss during the financial period in which they are incurred.

                              A liability for the present value of the cost to remove an asset on both owned and leased sites is recognised when a present obligation for the removal is established. The corresponding cost of the obligation is included in the cost of the asset and depreciated over the useful life of the asset.

                              Borrowing costs that are directly attributable to the acquisition or construction of a qualifying asset are capitalized as part of the cost of that asset when it is probable that such costs will result in future economic benefits for the Group and the costs can be measured reliably.

                      F-15


                      2.6   Intangible assets

                              Intangible assets acquired separately are measured on initial recognition at cost. The cost of intangible assets acquired in a business combination is fair value as at the date of acquisition. Following initial recognition, intangible assets are carried at cost less any accumulated amortisation and any accumulated impairment losses. Internally generated intangible assets, excluding capitalised development costs, are not capitalised and expenditure is charged against profits in the year in which expenditure is incurred. Intangible assets are amortised over the useful economic life and assessed for impairment whenever there is an indication that the intangible asset may be impaired. The amortisation period and the amortisation method for an intangible asset with finite useful life is reviewed at least at each financial year-end. Changes in the expected useful life or the expected pattern of consumption of future economic benefits embodied in the asset is accounted for by changing the amortisation period or method, as appropriate, and treated as changes in accounting estimates. The amortisation expense on intangible assets with finite lives is recognised in the consolidated statements of profit and loss in the expense category consistent with the function of the intangible assets.

                      Goodwill

                              Goodwill represents the excess of cost of an acquisition over the Group's share in the fair value of the identifiable assets less the liabilities and contingent liabilities of the acquired subsidiary, joint venture or associate at the date of transaction. If the fair value of the identifiable assets, liabilities or contingent liabilities or the cost of the acquisition can be determined only provisionally, then Millicom initially accounts for the goodwill using these provisional values. Within twelve months of the acquisition date, Millicom then recognises any adjustments to these provisional values once the fair value of the identifiable assets, liabilities and contingent liabilities and the cost of the acquisition have been finally determined. Adjustments to the provisional fair values are made as if the adjusted fair values had been recognised from the acquisition date. Goodwill on acquisition of subsidiaries and joint ventures is included in "intangible assets, net" Goodwill on acquisition of associates is included in "investments in associates". Following initial recognition, goodwill is measured at cost less any accumulated impairment losses. Gains or losses on the disposal of an entity include the carrying amount of goodwill relating to the entity sold.

                              Goodwill is tested for impairment annually or more frequently if events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying value may be impaired. Impairment losses on goodwill are not reversed.

                              For the purpose of impairment testing, goodwill acquired in a business combination is, from acquisition date, allocated to each of the Group's cash generating units or groups of cash-generating units that are expected to benefit from the synergies of the combination, irrespective of whether other assets or liabilities of the Group are assigned to those units or groups of units. Each unit or group of units to which the goodwill is so allocated:

                        Represents the lowest level within the Group at which the goodwill is monitored for internal management purposes; and

                        Is not larger than a segment based on either the Group's primary or the Group's secondary reporting format.

                      F-16


                                Impairment is determined by assessing the recoverable amount of the cash-generating unit (group of cash-generating units), to which the goodwill relates. Where the recoverable amount of the cash-generating unit (group of cash-generating units) is less than the carrying amount, an impairment loss is recognised. Where goodwill forms part of a cash-generating unit (group of cash-generating units) and part of the operation within that unit is disposed of, the goodwill associated with the operation disposed of is included in the carrying amount of the operation when determining the gain or loss on disposal of the operation. Goodwill disposed of in this circumstance is measured based on the relative values of the operation disposed and the portion of the cash-generating unit retained. Impairment losses related to goodwill cannot be reversed in future periods.

                        Licenses

                                Licences are shown at historical cost unless acquired in a business combination where the cost is the fair value as at the date of acquisition. Licenses have a finite useful life and are carried at cost less accumulated amortization and any accumulated impairment losses. Amortisation is calculated using the straight-line method to allocate the cost of the licenses over their estimated useful lives.

                                The terms of the licenses, which have been awarded for various periods, are subject to periodic review for, amongst other things, rate setting, frequency allocation and technical standards. Licenses are initially measured at cost and are amortised from the date the network is available for use using the straight-line basis over periods of 5 to 20 years depending on the term of the license. Licenses held, subject to certain conditions, are usually renewable and are generally non-exclusive. When determining the useful life of the licenses, management usually does not consider renewal periods since there is no guarantee that the license will be renewed without significant cost (or at no cost). Under the terms of the respective licenses, the joint ventures and subsidiaries are generally entitled to enter into interconnection agreements with operators of both landline and other mobile networks.

                        Trademarks and Subscriber bases

                                Trademarks and subscriber bases are recognised as intangible assets only when acquired in business combinations or ownership increase transactions in joint ventures. Their cost corresponds to the fair value as at the date of acquisition. Trademarks and subscriber bases have a finite useful life and are carried at cost less accumulated amortisation. Amortisation is calculated using the straight-line method to allocate the cost of the trademarks and subscriber bases over their estimated useful lives. The estimated useful life for trademarks and subscriber bases are based on the specifications of the market in which they exist. Trademarks and subscriber bases are recorded under the caption "Intangible assets, net".

                        F-17


                        2.7   Impairment of non-financial assets

                                The Group assesses at each reporting date whether there is an indication that an asset may be impaired. If any such indication exists, or when annual impairment testing for an asset is required, the Group makes an estimate of the asset's recoverable amount. The Group determines the recoverable amount based on the fair value less cost to sell and is determined for an individual asset, unless the asset does not generate cash inflows that are largely independent of those from other assets or groups of assets. Where the carrying amount of an asset exceeds its recoverable amount, the asset is considered impaired and is written down to its recoverable amount. Where no comparable market information is available, the fair value less cost to sell is determined based on the estimated future cash flows discounted to their present value using a discount rate that reflects current market conditions of the time value of money and the risk specific to the asset. In addition to the evaluation of possible impairment to the assets carrying value, the foregoing analysis also evaluates the appropriateness of the expected useful lives of the assets. Impairment losses of continuing operations are recognised in the consolidated statements of profit and loss in those expense categories consistent with the function of the impaired asset.

                                An assessment is made at each reporting date as to whether there is any indication that previously recognised impairment losses may no longer exist or may have decreased. If such indication exists, the recoverable amount is estimated. Other than for goodwill, a previously recognised impairment loss is reversed if there has been a change in the estimate used to determine the asset's recoverable amount since the last impairment loss was recognised. If that is the case, the carrying amount of the asset is increased to its recoverable amount. The increased amount cannot exceed the carrying amount that would have been determined, net of depreciation, had no impairment loss been recognised for the asset in prior years. Such reversal is recognised in profit or loss. After such a reversal the depreciation charge is adjusted in future periods to allocate the asset's revised carrying amount, less any residual value, on a systematic basis over its remaining useful life.

                        2.8   Other assets

                                Other assets include financial assets at fair value through profit or loss, loans and receivables, held to maturity investments or available for sale financial assets, as appropriate. When financial assets are recognised initially, they are measured at fair value, plus, in the case of investments not at fair value through profit or loss, directly attributable costs. Millicom determines the classification of its financial assets upon initial recognition and, where allowed and appropriate, re-evaluates this designation at each financial year-end.

                                All regular purchases and sales of financial assets are recognised on the trade date, the date on which the Group commits to purchase or sell the asset. Investments are derecognised when the rights to receive the cash flows from the investment have expired or have been transferred and the Group has transferred substantially all the risks and rewards.

                        Loans and receivables

                                Loans and receivables are non-derivative financial assets with fixed or determinable payments that are not quoted in an active market. Such assets are carried at amortised cost using the effective interest method. Gains and losses are recognised in income when the loans and receivables are derecognised or impaired, as well as through the amortisation process.

                        F-18


                        Financial assets at fair value through profit or loss

                                A financial asset is classified in this category if acquired principally for the purpose of selling in the short term or if so designated by management. Derivatives are also included in this category unless they are designated as hedges. Assets in this category are classified as current assets if they are either held for trading or are expected to be realised within 12 months of the balance sheet date.

                        Held to maturity investments

                                Non-derivative financial assets with fixed or determinable payments and fixed maturity are classified as held to maturity when Millicom has the intention and ability to hold to maturity. Investments intended to be held for an undefined period are not included in this classification. Investments that are intended to be held to maturity are measured at amortised cost. This cost is computed as the amount initially recognised minus principal repayments, plus or minus the cumulative amortisation using the effective interest method of any difference between the initially recognised amount and the maturity amount. For investments carried at amortised cost, gains and losses are recognised in income when the investments are derecognised or impaired, as well as through the amortisation process.

                        Available for sale financial assets

                                Available for sale financial assets are those non-derivative financial assets that are designated as available for sale or are not classified in any of the three preceding categories. After initial recognition, available for sale financial assets are measured at fair value with gains or losses being recognised as a separate component of equity until the investment is derecognised or until the investment is determined to be impaired at which time the cumulative gain or loss previously reported in equity is included in the consolidated statement of profit and loss.

                                The fair value of investments that are actively traded in organised financial markets is determined by reference to quoted market prices at the close of business on the balance sheet date. For investments where there is no active market, fair value is determined using valuation techniques. Such techniques include using recent arm's length market transactions, reference to the current market value of a substantially similar instrument, discounted cash flow analysis and option pricing models.

                        2.9   Non-current assets (or disposal groups) held for sale and related liabilities

                                Non-current assets (or disposal groups) are classified as assets held for sale and stated at the lower of carrying amount and fair value less costs to sell if their carrying amount is expected to be recovered principally through a sale transaction rather than through continuing use. The liabilities of disposal groups are classified as "Liabilities directly associated with assets held for sale".

                        2.10 Inventories

                                Inventories (which mainly consist of mobile telephone equipment and related accessories) are stated at the lower of cost and net realisable value. Cost is determined using the first-in, first-out (FIFO) method. The net realisable value is the estimated selling price in the ordinary course of business, less applicable variable selling expenses.

                        F-19


                        2.11 Trade receivables

                                Trade receivables are initially recognised at fair value and subsequently measured at amortised cost using the effective interest method, less provision for impairment. A provision for impairment of trade receivable is established when there is objective evidence that the Group will not be able to collect all amounts due according to the original terms of receivables. Significant financial difficulties of the debtor, probability that the debtor will enter bankruptcy or financial reorganisation, and default or delinquency in payments are considered indicators that the trade receivable is impaired. The amount of the provision is the difference between the asset's carrying amount and the present value of estimated future cash flows, discounted at the effective interest rate. The amount of the provision is recognised in the consolidated statements of profit and loss within "Cost of sales". The nominal value less impairment of trade receivables is assumed to approximate their fair values.

                        2.12 Time deposits

                                Cash deposits with banks with maturities of more than 3 months that generally earn interest at market rates are classified as time deposits.

                        2.13 Cash and cash equivalents

                                Cash and cash equivalents include cash in hand, deposits held at call with banks and other short-term highly liquid investments with original maturities of three months or less.

                        2.14 Derivative financial instruments

                                Derivatives are initially recorded at cost and then re-measured to fair value through the consolidated statements of profit and loss.

                                A derivative embedded in a financial instrument is treated as a separate derivative when (i) its economic risks and characteristics are not closely related to those of the host contract, (ii) a separate instrument with the same terms as the embedded derivative would qualify as a derivative, (iii) the combined instrument (derivative and host contract) is not carried at fair value with unrealised gains and losses reported in the statements of profit and loss.

                        2.15 Impairment of financial assets

                                The Group assesses at each balance sheet date whether there is objective evidence that a financial asset or group of financial assets is impaired. Impairment losses recognised in the consolidated statements of profit and loss on equity instruments are not reversed through the consolidated statements of profit and loss.

                        2.16 Share capital

                                Common shares are classified as equity. Incremental costs directly attributable to the issue of new shares are shown in equity as a deduction from the proceeds.

                                Where any Group company purchases the Company's equity share capital, the consideration paid including any directly attributable incremental costs is shown under the caption "Treasury share" and deducted from equity attributable to the Company's equity holder until the shares are cancelled, reissued or disposed of. Where such shares are subsequently sold or reissued, any consideration received, net of any directly attributable incremental costs and the related income tax effects, is included in equity attributable to the Company's equity holders.

                        F-20


                        2.17 Borrowings and borrowing costs

                                Borrowings are initially recognised at fair value, net of transaction costs incurred. Borrowings are subsequently stated at amortised cost. Any difference between the proceeds (net of transaction costs) and the redemption value is recognised in the consolidated statements of profit and loss over the period of the borrowing using the effective interest method.

                                The fair value of the liability portion of a convertible bond is determined using a market interest rate for an equivalent non-convertible bond. This amount is recorded as a liability on an amortised cost basis until extinguishment, conversion or maturity of the bonds. The remainder of the proceeds is allocated to the conversion option, which is recognised and included in equity, net of income tax effects.

                                Borrowings are classified as current liabilities unless the Group has an unconditional right to defer settlement of the liability for at least 12 months after the balance sheet date.

                                Borrowing costs which are not capitalised are recognised as an expense when incurred.

                        2.18 Leases

                                The determination of whether an arrangement is, or contains, a lease is based on the substance of the arrangement and requires an assessment of whether the fulfillment of the arrangement is dependent on the use of a specific asset or assets and the arrangement conveys a right to use the asset.

                                Finance leases, which transfer to the Group substantially all the risks and benefits incidental to ownership of the leased item, are capitalised at the inception of the lease at the fair value of the leased property or, if lower, at the present value of the minimum lease payments. Lease payments are apportioned between the finance charges and reduction of the lease liability so as to achieve a constant rate of interest on the remaining balance of the liability. Finance charges are charged directly against income.

                                Capitalised leased assets are depreciated over the shorter of the estimated useful life of the asset or the lease term, if there is no reasonable certainty that the Group will obtain ownership by the end of the lease term.

                                Operating lease payments are recognised as an expense in the consolidated statements of profit and loss on a straight-line basis over the lease term.

                        2.19 Provisions

                                Provisions are recognised when the Group has a present obligation (legal or constructive) as a result of a past event, if it is probable that an outflow of resources embodying economic benefits will be required to settle the obligation and a reliable estimate can be made of the amount of the obligation. Where the Group expects some or all of a provision to be reimbursed, for example under an insurance contract, the reimbursement is recognised as a separate asset but only when the reimbursement is virtually certain. The expense relating to any provision is presented in the income statement net of any reimbursement. If the effect of the time value of money is material, provisions are discounted using a current pre-tax rate that reflects, where appropriate, the risks specific to the liability. Where discounting is used, the increase in the provision due to the passage of time is recognised as an interest expense.

                        2.20 Trade payables

                                Trade payables are recognised initially at fair value and subsequently measured at amortized cost using the effective interest method where the effect of the passage of time is material.

                        F-21


                        2.21 Revenue recognition

                                Revenue comprises the fair value of consideration received or receivable for the sale of goods and services, net of value added tax, rebates and discounts and after eliminating sales within the Group.

                                Revenue is recognised to the extent that it is probable that the economic benefits will flow to the Group and the revenue can be reliably measured. The following specific recognition criteria must also be met before revenue is recognised:

                        Revenues from provision of telecom services

                                These recurring revenues consist of monthly subscription fees, airtime usage fees, interconnection fees, roaming fees and fees from other telecommunications services such as data services, short message services and other value added services. Recurring revenues are recognised on an accrual basis, i.e. as the related services are rendered. Unbilled revenues for airtime usage and subscription fees resulting from services provided from the billing cycle date to the end of each month are estimated and recorded.

                                Subscription products and services are deferred and amortised over the estimated life of the customer relationship. Related costs are also deferred, to the extent of the revenues deferred, and amortised over the estimated life of the customer relationship. The estimated life of the customer relationship is calculated based on the percentage of disconnections for the same type of customer which has occurred historically.

                        Prepayments

                                Prepayments allow the forward purchase of a specified amount of airtime by customers. Revenues are recognised as credit is used. Unutilised airtime is carried in the balance sheet and is included under deferred revenue within "other current liabilities".

                        Value added services

                                Revenues from value added services such as text messaging, video messaging, ringtones, games etc, are recognised net of payments to the providers of these services when they are responsible for the contents and for determining the price paid by the subscriber and as such the Group is considered to be acting in substance as an agent only. Where the Group is responsible for the content and determines the price paid by the subscriber then the revenue is recognised gross.

                        Equipment revenues

                                These revenues consist of the sale of handsets and accessories on a stand alone basis (if sold with other services, multiple element arrangements accounting would then apply). Revenue is recognised when the significant risks and rewards of ownership of handsets and accessories have been passed to the buyer.

                        Multiple-element arrangements

                                Revenue arrangements with multiple deliverables ("Bundled Offers" such as equipments and services sold together) are divided into separate units of accounting if the deliverables in the arrangement meet certain criteria. The arrangement consideration is then allocated among the separate units of accounting based on their relative fair values or on the residual method. Revenue is then recognized separately for each unit of accounting.

                        F-22


                        2.22 Cost of sales

                                The primary cost of sales incurred by the Group in relation to the provision of telecommunication services relate to interconnection costs, roaming costs, rental of leased lines, costs of handsets and other accessories sold and royalties. Costs of sales are recorded on an accrual basis.

                                Cost of sales also includes the depreciation and impairment of network equipment.

                        2.23 Customer acquisition costs

                                Specific customer acquisition costs, including dealer commissions and handset subsidies, are charged to sales and marketing when the subscriber is activated.

                        2.24 Employee benefits

                        Pension obligations

                                Pension obligations can result from either a defined contribution plan or a defined benefit plan.

                                A defined contribution plan is a pension plan under which the Group pays fixed contributions into a separate entity. Millicom has no further payment obligations once the contributions have been paid. The contributions are recognised as employee benefit expense when they are due. Prepaid contributions are recognised as an asset to the extent that a cash refund or a reduction in the future payments is available.

                                A defined benefit plan is a pension plan that is not a defined contribution plan. Typically, defined benefit pension plans define an amount of pension benefit that an employee will receive on retirement, usually dependent on one or more factors such as age, years of service and compensation. The liability recognised in the balance sheet in respect of the defined benefit pension plan is the present value of the defined benefit obligation at the balance sheet date less the fair value of plan assets, together with adjustments for unrecognised actuarial gains or losses and past service costs. The defined benefit obligation is calculated annually by independent actuaries. The present value of the defined benefit obligation is determined by discounting the estimated future cash outflows using an appropriate discount rate based on the maturities of the related pension liability.

                        Share-based compensation

                                Up until May 2006, share options were granted to Directors, management and key employees. The fair value of the equity instruments granted in exchange for the services received is recognised as an expense over the vesting period. The total amount to be expensed over the vesting period is determined by reference to the fair value of the options granted, excluding the impact of any non-market vesting conditions (for example profitability and sales growth targets). Non market vesting conditions are included in assumptions about the number of options that are expected to vest. At each balance sheet date, the Group revises its estimate of the number of options that are expected to vest. It recognises the impact of the revision of original estimates, if any, in the consolidated statements of profit and loss, with a corresponding adjustment to equity. The dilutive effect of outstanding options is reflected as additional share dilution in the computation of earnings per share.

                                Subsequent to May 2006, restricted share awards are granted to the Directors, management and key employees.

                        F-23


                                The cost of these equity-transactions is recognised, together with a corresponding increase in equity, over the period in which the performance and/or service conditions are fulfilled, ending on the date on which the relevant employee becomes fully entitled to the award (the vesting date). The cumulative expense recognised for equity-settled transactions at each reporting date until the vesting date reflects the extent to which vesting period has expired and the Group's best estimate of the number of equity instruments that will ultimately vest.

                                No expense is recognised for awards that do not ultimately vest, except for awards where vesting is conditional upon a market condition, which are treated as vesting irrespective of whether or not the market conditions are satisfied, provided that all other performance conditions are satisfied. Where the terms of an equity-settled award are modified, as a minimum an expense is recognised as if the terms had not been modified. In addition, an expense is recognised for any modification, which increases the total fair value of the share-based payment arrangement, or is otherwise beneficial to the employee as measured at the date of modification.

                        2.25 Taxation

                        Current tax

                                Current tax assets and liabilities for the current and prior periods are measured at the amount expected to be recovered from or paid to the taxation authorities. The tax rate and tax laws used to compute the amount are those enacted or substantively enacted by the balance sheet date.

                        Deferred tax

                                Deferred income tax is provided using the liability method on temporary differences at the balance sheet date between the tax base of assets and liabilities and their carrying amount for financial reporting purposes. Deferred tax liabilities are recognised for all taxable temporary differences, except where the deferred tax liability arises from the initial recognition of goodwill or of an asset or liability in a transaction that is not a business combination and, at the time of the transaction, affects neither the accounting profit nor taxable profit or loss.

                                Deferred income tax assets are recognised for all deductible temporary differences, carry-forward of unused tax credits and unused tax losses, to the extent that it is probable that taxable profit will be available against which the deductible temporary difference, and the carry-forward of unused tax credits and unused tax losses can be utilised except where the deferred tax assets relating to the deductible temporary difference arise from the initial recognition of an asset or liability in a transaction that is not a business combination and, at the time of the transaction, affects neither the accounting nor taxable profit or loss.

                                The carrying amount of deferred income tax asset is reviewed at each balance sheet date and reduced to the extent that it is no longer probable that sufficient taxable profit will be available to allow all or part of the deferred income tax asset to be utilised. Unrecognised deferred income tax assets are reassessed at each balance sheet date and are recognised to the extent that it has become probable that future taxable profit will allow the deferred tax asset to be recovered.

                                Deferred income tax assets and liabilities are measured at the tax rate expected to apply to the year when the assets is realised or the liability is settled, based on tax rates and tax laws that have been enacted or substantively enacted at the balance sheet date. Income tax relating to items recognised directly in equity is recognised in equity and not in the consolidated statements of profit and loss. Deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities are offset, if legally enforceable rights exist to set off current tax assets against current tax liabilities and the deferred taxes relate to the same taxable entity and the same taxation authority.

                        F-24


                        2.26 Discontinued operations

                                Revenues and expenses associated with discontinued operations are presented in a separate line on the consolidated statements of profit and loss. Comparative figures in the consolidated statements of profit and loss representing the discontinued operations are also reclassified to a separate line. Discontinued operations are those with identifiable operations and cash flows (for both operating and management purposes) and represent a major line of business or geographic unit which has been disposed of or is available for sale.

                        2.27 Changes in accounting policies

                                The consolidated financial statements as of December 31, 2007 are prepared in accordance with consolidation and accounting policies consistent with those of the previous financial years.

                                The Group has adopted the following new and amended IFRS and IFRIC interpretations during the year. Adoption of these revised standards and interpretations did not have any effect on the financial performance or position of the Group. They did however give rise to additional disclosures, including in some cases, revisions to accounting policies.

                          IFRS 7 Financial Instruments: Disclosures

                          IAS 1 Amendment—Presentation of Financial Statements

                          IFRIC 8 Scope of IFRS 2

                          IFRIC 9 Reassessment of Embedded Derivatives

                          IFRIC 10 Interim Financial Reporting and Impairment

                                The principal effects of these changes are as follows:

                          IFRS 7 Financial Instruments: Disclosures—This standard requires disclosures that enable users of the financial statements to evaluate the significance of the Group's financial instruments and the nature and extent of risks arising from those financial instruments. The new disclosures are included throughout the consolidated financial statements. While there has been no effect on the financial position or results, comparative information has been revised where needed.

                          IAS 1 Presentation of Financial Statements—This amendment requires the Group to make new disclosures to enable users of the consolidated financial statements to evaluate the Group's objectives, policies and processes for managing capital.

                          IFRIC 8 Scope of IFRS 2 Share based payments—This interpretation requires IFRS 2 to be applied to any arrangements in which the entity cannot identify specifically some or all of the goods received, in particular where equity instruments are issued for consideration which appears to be less than fair value. This interpretation had no impact on the financial position or performance of the Group.

                          IFRIC 9 Reassessment of Embedded Derivatives—IFRIC 9 states that the date to assess the existence of an embedded derivative is the date that an entity first becomes a party to the contract, with reassessment only if there is a change to the contract that significantly modifies the cash flows. This interpretation had no impact on the financial position or performance of the Group.

                          IFRIC 10 Interim Financial Reporting and Impairment—The Group adopted IFRIC Interpretation 10 as of 1 January 2007, which requires that an entity must not reverse an impairment loss recognised in a previous interim period in respect of goodwill or an investment in either an equity instrument or a financial asset carried at cost. The interpretation had no impact on the financial position or performance of the Group.

                        F-25


                                  The following IFRS and IFRIC interpretations were issued with an effective date for financial periods beginning on or after March 1, 2007. The Group has chosen not to early adopt these standards and interpretations.

                            IFRS 8 Operating Segments—This standard is to be applied for annual periods beginning on or after 1 January 2009. This standard requires disclosure of information about the Group's operating segments and replaced the requirement to determine primary and secondary reporting segments of the Group. The Group does not anticipate any significant impacts on its segmental information as the result of the future adoption of IFRS 8.

                            IFRIC 11 IFRS 2—Group and Treasury Share Transactions—This interpretation is to be applied for annual periods beginning on or after 1 March 2007. This interpretation requires arrangements whereby an employee has rights to an entity's equity instruments to be accounted for as an equity-settled scheme, even if the entity chooses or is required to buy the instruments from another party, or the shareholders provide the equity instruments needed. The interpretation also sets out requirements as to how subsidiaries, in their separate financial statements, should account for schemes when their employees receive equity instruments of the parent. The Group does not anticipate any significant impacts on its financial statements as the result of the future adoption.

                            IFRIC 12 Service Concession Arrangements—This interpretation is to be applied for annual periods beginning on or after 1 January 2008. The interpretation clarifies that the infrastructure for contractual arrangements arising from entities providing public services should be recognized as financial asset and/or an intangible asset. The Group does not anticipate any significant impacts on its consolidated financial statements.

                            IFRIC 13 Customer Loyalty Programmes—This interpretation is to be applied for annual periods beginning on or after 1 July 2008. The interpretation requires that loyalty award credits granted to customers as part of a sales transaction are accounted for as a separate component of the sales transaction. The consideration received in the sales transaction is allocated between the loyalty award credits and the other components of the sale. The amount allocated to the loyalty award credits is determined by reference to their fair value and is deferred until the awards are redeemed or the liability is otherwise extinguished. If the cost of fulfilling the awards is expected to exceed the consideration received, the entity will have an onerous contract and a liability for the excess must be recognised. The Group is assessing the impact of the future adoption.

                            IAS 1R—Presentation of Financial Statements—The revised IAS 1 Presentation of Financial Statements was issued in September 2007 and becomes effective for financial years beginning on or after 1 January 2009. The Standard separates owner and non-owner changes in equity. The statement of changes in equity will include only details of transactions with owners, with all non-owners changes in equity presented as a single line. In addition, the Standard introduces the statement of comprehensive income, which presents all items of income and expense recognized in profit or loss, together with all other items of recognized income and expense, either in one single line statement, or in two linked statements. The Group is still evaluating whether it will have one or two statements.

                            IAS 23R—Borrowing costs—This standard is to be applied for annual periods beginning on or after 1 January 2009. This amendment eliminates the option of expensing all borrowing costs and requires borrowing costs to be capitalized if they are directly attributable to the acquisition, construction or production of a qualifying asset. Accordingly, borrowing costs will be capitalized on qualifying assets with a commencement date after January 1, 2009. As the Group current policy is to capitalize borrowing costs, the adoption of IAS 23R will not have any impact on the Group's consolidated financial statements.

                          F-26


                              IFRS 3R—Business combination and IAS 27R—Consolidated and Separate Financial Statements—The revised standards were issued in January 2008 and become effective for financial years beginning on or after 1 July 2009. IFRS 3R introduces a number of changes in the accounting for business combinations that will impact the amount of goodwill recognized, the reported results in the period that an acquisition occurs, and the future reported results. IAS 27R requires that a change in the ownership interest of a subsidiary is accounted for as an equity transaction. Therefore, such a change will have no impact on goodwill, nor will it give raise to a gain or loss. Furthermore, the amended standard changes the accounting for losses incurred by the subsidiary. The changes introduced by IFRS 3R and IAS 27R must be applied prospectively and will affect future acquisitions and transactions with minority interests.

                              IFRS 2—Share-based payments—vesting conditions and cancellations—This amendments to IFRS 2 Share-based payments was published in January 2008 and becomes effective for financial years beginning on or after 1 January 2009. The standard restricts the definition of "vesting condition" to a condition that includes an explicit or implicit requirement to provide services. Any other conditions are non-vesting conditions, which have to be taken into account to determine the fair value of the equity instruments granted. In the case that the award does not vest as the result of a failure to meet a non-vesting condition that is within the control of either the entity or the counterparty, this must be accounted for as a cancellation. The Group does not expect significant implications on its accounting for share-based payments as a result of these amendments.

                            3.     SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING JUDGMENTS AND ESTIMATES

                            10% Senior Notes

                                    In October 2007, Millicom decided that it would redeem the balance of the 10% Senior Notes in December 2008, and pay the contractual redemption premium of 5% (see note 24). Millicom therefore reviewed its estimates of future cash flows, taking into account the 5% pre-payment and the acceleration of the amortization of the unamortized costs. An additional interest expense of $31 million was recorded for the year ended December 31, 2007, which represented the increase in financial liabilities due to this change in estimate. Millicom also reclassified the 10% Senior Notes from non-current to current.

                            Millicom's operations in Pakistan

                                    As of December 31, 2006, Millicom was actively engaged in selling its remaining operation in Pakistan, Paktel Limited after having sold its interest in Pakcom Limited. The sale of Paktel Limited was completed on February 13, 2007. Since Millicom was exiting this geographical area of operation, both Paktel Limited and Pakcom Limited were classified as discontinued operations. Pakcom Limited was classified as an asset held for sale in the 2005 financial statements but not as a discontinued operation since Millicom still intended to operate in Pakistan at the end of 2005 through Paktel Limited.

                            Contingent liabilities

                                    Contingent liabilities are potential liabilities that arise from past events whose existence will be confirmed only by the occurrence or non occurrence of one or more uncertain future events not wholly within the control of Millicom. Provisions for liabilities are recorded when a loss is considered probable and can be reasonably estimated. The determination of whether or not a provision should be recorded for any potential liabilities is based on management's judgment.

                            F-27


                            Estimates

                                    Estimates are continually evaluated and are based on historical experience and other factors, including expectations of future events that are believed to be reasonable under the circumstances. Because of the inherent uncertainties in this evaluation process, actual losses may be different from the originally estimated provision. In addition, significant estimates are involved in the determination of impairments, provisions related to taxes and litigation risks. These estimates are subject to change as new information becomes available and changes subsequent to these estimates may significantly affect future operating results.

                                    Accounting for property, plant and equipment, and intangible assets involves the use of estimates for determining the fair value at the acquisition date, particularly in the case of such assets acquired in a business combination. Furthermore, the expected useful lives of these assets must be estimated. The determination of the fair values of assets and liabilities, as well as of the useful lives of the assets is based on management's judgment.

                                    Deferred tax assets are recognised for unused tax losses to the extent that it is probable that taxable profit will be available against which the losses can be utilised. Significant management judgment is required to determine the amount of deferred tax assets that can be recognised, based upon the likely timing and level of future taxable profits together with future tax planning strategies (see note 13).

                                    For our critical accounting estimates reference is made to the relevant individual notes to these consolidated financial statements, more specifically note 4—Acquisition of subsidiaries, joint ventures and minority interests; note 13—Taxes; note 15—Intangible assets, note 16—Property, plant and equipment, note 18—Trade receivables, note 22—Share based compensation (relating to the long term incentive plan) and note 28—Commitments and contingencies.

                            4.     ACQUISITIONS OF SUBSIDIARIES, JOINT VENTURES AND MINORITY INTERESTS

                            Year ended December 31, 2007

                                    Millicom did not acquire any subsidiaries, joint ventures or minority interests during the year ended December 31, 2007.

                            Year ended December 31, 2006

                                    Millicom acquired the following subsidiaries, joint ventures and minority interests during the year ended December 31, 2006:

                             
                             Net acquisition cost
                             Net cash acquired
                             Total
                             
                             
                             US$ '000

                             US$ '000

                             US$ '000

                             
                            Colombia Móvil S.A.  (124,148)151,080 26,932 
                            Telefonica Celular del Paraguay S.A.  (5,000) (5,000)
                            Sentel GSM (35,200) (35,200)
                            Millicom Sierra Leone Limited (1,500) (1,500)
                            Millicom Tanzania Limited (20,000) (20,000)
                              
                             
                             
                             
                            Total (185,848)151,080 (34,768)
                              
                             
                             
                             

                            F-28


                            Colombia Móvil S.A.

                                    On October 2, 2006, the Group acquired 50% plus one of the voting shares of Colombia Móvil S.A., a mobile operation in Colombia. Millicom completed the allocation of the purchase price to the assets acquired, liabilities assumed and contingent liabilities during the year ended December 31, 2006. The final determined fair value of the identifiable assets and liabilities acquired were as follows:

                             
                             Recognised on acquisition
                             Carrying value
                             
                             US$ '000

                             US$ '000

                            Intangible assets, net(i) 176,124 71,124
                            Property, plant and equipment, net(ii) 245,285 274,937
                            Financial assets(iii) 15,411 167
                            Inventories 15,297 15,297
                            Trade receivables 31,195 31,195
                            Prepayments and accrued income 14,954 14,954
                            Current tax assets 5,991 5,991
                            Other current assets 14,740 14,740
                            Cash and cash equivalents(iv) 151,080 28,566
                              
                             
                              670,077 456,971
                              
                             
                            Non-current debt and other financing 165,530 165,530
                            Other non-current payables 19,705 19,705
                            Current debt and other financing 238,160 238,160
                            Trade payables 59,276 59,276
                            Accrued interest and other expenses 20,227 20,227
                            Current tax liabilities 20,588 20,588
                            Other current liabilities 7,523 7,523
                            Contingent liabilities(iii) 15,244 
                              
                             
                              546,253 531,009
                              
                             
                            Fair value of net assets acquired and contingent liabilities (100%) 123,824  
                              
                              
                            Fair value of net assets acquired and contingent liabilities (50% acquired) 61,912  
                            Goodwill arising on acquisition 62,236  
                              
                              
                            Acquisition cost 124,148  
                              
                              

                            (i)
                            Intangible assets identified are trademarks for an amount of $5.0 million which were fully written off in the fourth quarter of 2006 as the operation was rebranded; subscriber bases for an amount of $100.0 million which have useful lives of 6 to 7 years; and licenses for $71.1 million which have useful lives of 7 years.

                            (ii)
                            Network equipment fair value at the date of acquisition is $29.7 million lower than its carrying value mainly due to falling network equipment prices which have resulted in a lower replacement cost than book value.

                            (iii)
                            Contingent liabilities relate to existing litigations at the time of the acquisition. The founding shareholders of Colombia Movil S.A. committed to reimburse the operation for any payments that need to be made relating to litigations existing at the time of the acquisition therefore a corresponding financial asset has been recorded.

                            F-29


                            (iv)
                            The business was acquired by purchasing new shares and therefore the purchase price, net of acquisition costs, was injected into the operation.

                                    The goodwill is attributable to the profitability potential of the acquired business and the synergies expected to arise from the Group's acquisition of Colombia Movil S.A. The fair value of the subscriber bases was ascertained using the discounted excess earnings method and the fair value of the trademark was ascertained using the relief from royalty approach. The acquisition cost of Colombia Movil S.A. was $124.1 million, including acquisition costs of $1.6 million and was financed through borrowings.

                                    The acquired business contributed revenues of $90.2 million and net losses of $13.8 million for the period from acquisition to December 31, 2006. If the acquisition had occurred on January 1, 2006, unaudited pro forma Group revenue from continuing operations would have been $1,823 million, and the unaudited pro forma profit for the year from continuing operations would have been $176 million. These amounts have been calculated using the Group accounting policies.

                                    In 2007, the Group reversed $23.4 million of goodwill as a result of the recognition of deferred tax assets in respect of tax losses carried forward (see note 13).

                            Telefonica Celular del Paraguay S.A

                                    In July, 2006, Millicom completed its purchase for a total consideration of $5.0 million of the remaining 4% ownership interest in Telefonica Celular del Paraguay S.A., its subsidiary in Paraguay in which Millicom now has 100% ownership. The acquisition was approved by the regulatory authorities on July 12, 2006. Millicom recognised goodwill of $3.1 million as a result of the acquisition of the minority interest, recorded under the caption "Intangible assets, net".

                            Sentel GSM

                                    On March 14, 2006, Millicom purchased for a total consideration of $35.2 million the remaining 25% ownership interest in Sentel GSM, its operation in Senegal in which Millicom now has 100% ownership. Millicom recognised goodwill of $31.5 million as a result of the acquisition of the minority interest, recorded under the caption "Intangible assets, net".

                            Millicom Sierra Leone Limited

                                    On February 1, 2006, Millicom paid $1.5 million as the second instalment in respect of the acquisition on December 16, 2005 of 30% of the shares in Millicom Sierra Leone Limited.

                            Millicom Tanzania Limited

                                    On January 23, 2006, Millicom purchased for a total consideration of $20.0 million the remaining 15.6% ownership interest in Millicom Tanzania Limited, its operation in Tanzania in which Millicom now has 100% ownership. Millicom recognised goodwill of $15.9 million as a result of the acquisition of the minority interest, recorded under the caption "Intangible assets, net".

                            F-30


                            Year ended December 31, 2005

                                    Millicom acquired the following subsidiaries, joint ventures and minority interests during the year ended December 31, 2005:

                             
                             Net acquisition cost
                             Net cash acquired
                             Total
                             
                             
                             US$ '000

                             US$ '000

                             US$ '000

                             
                            Oasis S.P.R.L.  (35,000)864 (34,136)
                            Telefonica Celular (20,000)3,386 (16,614)
                            Millicom Sierra Leone Limited (1,500) (1,500)
                            Millicom (Ghana) Limited (20,000) (20,000)
                              
                             
                             
                             
                            Total (76,500)4,250 (72,250)
                              
                             
                             
                             

                            Oasis S.P.R.L.

                                    On September 13, 2005, the Group acquired 100% of the voting shares of Oasis S.P.R.L. ("Oasis"), a mobile operation in the Democratic Republic of Congo. The acquisition cost of Oasis was $35.0 million and was fully paid in cash.

                                    The acquired business contributed revenues of $17.8 million (from the date of acquisition to December 31, 2005: $5.2 million) and net losses of $26.3 million (from the date of acquisition to December 31, 2005: loss of $4.9 million) to Millicom for the year ended December 31, 2006.

                                    Millicom completed the allocation of the purchase price to the assets acquired, liabilities assumed and contingent liabilities during the year ended December 31, 2006. On finalization of the allocation of the purchase price Millicom used the discounted excess earnings method to ascertain the value to be allocated to the subscriber bases. As a result, Millicom adjusted the value allocated to subscriber bases from the provisional amount of $4.0 million to $nil and therefore reversed $0.2 million of amortization charges previously recorded in 2005.

                                    The remaining goodwill was attributed to the profitability potential of the acquired business and the synergies expected to arise from the Group's acquisition of Oasis.

                            Telefonica Celular

                                    On May 26, 2005, Millicom acquired an additional 16.7% in the capital of its operation in Honduras, Telefonica Celular ("Celtel"), for a total consideration of $20.0 million, taking its ownership from 50.00% to 66.7%. Due to the presence of joint control, Millicom continues to account for Celtel as a joint venture using proportional consolidation. The 2005 results of Celtel have been proportionally consolidated at 50.00% from January 1, 2005 to May 26, 2005 and at 66.7% afterwards.

                                    At the time of the additional acquisition, for the valuation of the identifiable assets and liabilities Millicom has involved a third party valuation specialist. In accordance with the provisions of IFRS 3, as the initial fair value computation of the identifiable assets and liabilities was in excess of the acquisition cost, Millicom reassessed the valuation. After this reassessment the remaining excess of $6.3 million was immediately recognised in the consolidated statements of profit and loss under the caption "Other operating income".

                            F-31


                            Millicom Sierra Leone Limited

                                    On December 16, 2005, Millicom entered into an agreement with Comtech, the minority shareholder in its operation in Sierra Leone to purchase the remaining 30% of shares in Sierra Leone not already held by Millicom for $3.0 million. The purchase was made in two installments. The first one, on December 16, 2005 by which the agreements were formally signed and 50% of the purchase price was paid. The second one, which occurred on February 1, 2006, when the shares were actually transferred to Millicom and the second half of the purchase price was settled. Between those dates, certain administrative matters had to be solved by the parties, the most significant one being the receipt by the National Bank of Sierra Leone of the confirmation of the sale. As the later was received on December 22, 2005, Millicom recorded the acquisition on that date as by then both parties had effectively fulfilled their main obligations under the agreement and the remaining administrative matters were customary to the finalization of the agreement. The purchase price of $3.0 million is entirely recognized as goodwill as Millicom's operation in Sierra Leone had negative equity on the acquisition date.

                            Millicom (Ghana) Limited

                                    In December 2005, Millicom bought an option to purchase 30% of Millicom (Ghana) Limited, Millicom's operation in Ghana, from a former shareholder for an amount of $20.0 million. This amount is entirely recognised as goodwill as the purchase of the option represents, in substance, the acquisition of the economic benefits associated with the 30% minority interest and at the date of the purchase of the option by Millicom, Millicom Ghana Limited had negative shareholders' equity.

                            5.     DISPOSALS OF SUBSIDIARIES AND JOINT VENTURES

                                    The gains from sales of subsidiaries and joint ventures during the years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005 were as follows:

                             
                             2007
                             2006
                             2005
                             
                             US$ '000

                             US$ '000

                             US$ '000

                            From continuing operations  8,099 1,269
                            From discontinued operations 258,346 738 
                              
                             
                             
                            Total 258,346 8,837 1,269
                              
                             
                             

                            Year ended December 31, 2007

                                    In 2007, Millicom completed the sale of Paktel Limited, for total proceeds of $284.8 million realising a net gain of $258.3 million. Millicom incurred costs of $14.2 million on the transaction and of the net proceeds of $270.6 million, Millicom received $263.0 million in 2007 and the remaining $7.6 million in January 2008 (see note 6).

                            Year ended December 31, 2006

                                    As part of the sale of Pakcom Limited (see note 6), Millicom transferred in 2006 for $1 of consideration 10% of its ownership in Paktel Limited to the Arfeen Group, reducing Millicom's ownership in Paktel Limited to 88.9%. No gain or loss was recorded on the disposal.

                            F-32


                                    In May 2006, Millicom disposed of its wholly-owned subsidiary MIC-USA Inc. for $1. A net gain of $6.1 million was recognised from the sale and MIC-USA Inc. ceased to be consolidated from the date of sale. As part of the disposal of MIC-USA Inc., Millicom disposed of Great Universal Inc. and Modern Holdings Inc. Although Great Universal Inc. and Modern Holdings Inc. were wholly-owned by Millicom, they were not consolidated because of the existence of outstanding warrants that enabled the warrant holder to control Great Universal Inc. and Modern Holdings Inc. These entities were accounted for as financial assets available for sale. Upon disposal, the revaluation reserve was reversed and no gain or loss was recorded on their disposal in 2006.

                                    Millicom sold other minor subsidiaries and other joint-ventures, including its operation in Peru which has been treated as a discontinued operation, for $6.4 million net proceeds resulting in a gain of $2.7 million. Cash disposed in the sale of those companies amounted to $2.4 million.

                            Year ended December 31, 2005

                                    In 2005, Millicom completed the sale of Millicom Chile S.A., which held certain rights in Chile, for net total proceeds of $0.9 million, realizing a net gain of $0.9 million.

                                    In 2005, Millicom disposed of or liquidated a number of other minor subsidiaries for nil net proceeds, realizing a net gain of $0.4 million.

                                    The impact of the above-mentioned disposals and the carrying amounts at the date of disposal of the assets and liabilities disposed of during the years ended December 31, 2007 and 2006 were as follows:

                             
                             2007
                             2006
                             
                             
                             US$ '000

                             US$ '000

                             
                            Property, plant and equipment  1,517 
                            Financial assets—available for sale  2,977 
                            Financial assets—other  18 
                            Current assets  1,197 
                            Assets held for sale 404,442 257,765 
                            Non current liabilities  (2,947)
                            Current liabilities  (2,483)
                            Liabilities directly associated with assets held for sale (392,158)(253,541)
                            Loans written-off  (6,939)
                              
                             
                             
                              12,284 (2,436)
                            Gain on sale 258,346 8,837 
                              
                             
                             
                            Total net sales price, in cash and cash equivalents 270,630 6,401 
                              
                             
                             
                            Less: Cash disposed  (2,397)
                            Deferred sales proceeds (7,593) 
                              
                             
                             
                            Cash flow on disposal net of cash 263,037 4,004 
                              
                             
                             
                             From continuing operations  958 
                             From discontinued operations 263,037 4,962 

                            F-33


                            6.     DISCONTINUED OPERATIONS AND ASSETS HELD FOR SALE

                            Discontinued operations

                                    The results of discontinued operations for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005 are presented below:

                             
                             2007
                             2006
                             2005
                             
                             
                             US$ '000

                             US$ '000

                             US$ '000

                             
                            Revenues 6,130 69,125 163,309 
                            Operating expenses(i) (ii) (5,178)(106,793)(235,934)
                            Gain from disposal 258,346 738  
                              
                             
                             
                             
                            Operating profit (loss) 259,298 (36,930)(72,625)
                            Non-operating expenses, net (679)(38,983)(29,530)
                              
                             
                             
                             
                            Profit (loss) before tax 258,619 (75,913)(102,155)
                            Tax benefit  100 3,895 
                              
                             
                             
                             
                            Profit (loss) for the year attributable to equity holders 258,619 (75,813)(98,260)
                              
                             
                             
                             

                            (i)
                            In 2006, following the sale of Pakcom (see note 5), Millicom reversed an impairment on network equipment for an amount of $5.7 million.

                            (ii)
                            In 2006, following the sale of Millicom Peru S.A. (see note 5), Millicom reversed an impairment on a license for an amount of $2.1 million.

                                    The cash provided (used) by discontinued operations for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005 is presented below:

                             
                             2007
                             2006
                             2005
                             
                             
                             US$ '000

                             US$ '000

                             US$ '000

                             
                            Net cash (used) provided by operating activities (2,133)(30,925)90,990 
                            Net cash provided (used) by investing activities 263,037 (40,869)(162,963)
                            Net cash provided by financing activities  11,306 15,161 
                              
                             
                             
                             
                            Cash provided (used) by discontinued operations 260,904 (60,488)(56,812)
                              
                             
                             
                             

                                    The following table gives details of non cash investing and financing activities of discontinued operations for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005:

                             
                             2007
                             2006
                             2005
                             
                             
                             US$ '000

                             US$ '000

                             US$ '000

                             
                            Investing activities       
                            Acquisition of property, plant and equipment  (62,177) 
                            Acquisition of licenses   (217,885)

                            Financing activities

                             

                             

                             

                             

                             

                             

                             
                            Vendor financing  62,177  
                            License payable   217,885 

                            F-34


                            Pakcom Limited and Paktel Limited

                                    In November 2006, Millicom decided to exit from its remaining business in Pakistan, Paktel Limited, and, as a result Paktel Limited and Pakcom Limited have been classified as discontinued operations. In addition as at December 31, 2006 the assets and liabilities of Paktel Limited are disclosed under the captions "Assets held for sale" and "Liabilities directly associated with assets held for sale". The sale of Pakcom Limited was completed in June 2006 and the sale of Paktel Limited was completed in February 2007.

                            Comvik International (Vietnam) A.B.

                                    Millicom has an 80% equity interest in Comvik International (Vietnam) AB ("Comvik") which had entered into a Business Cooperation Contract ("BCC") with a government-owned company to operate a nationwide cellular GSM network in Vietnam (Mobifone). The BCC expired in May 2005 and Millicom has been negotiating with the Vietnamese government to convert the BCC into an equity ownership interest since before the expiry of the BCC. During the third quarter of 2006, Millicom concluded that it was unlikely that an acceptable agreement would be reached in the near future and therefore classified Comvik as a discontinued operation from that date. Millicom has no other continuing operation in Vietnam. As of December 31, 2006, Comvik was presented as an abandoned operation. As such its assets and liabilities were included under the relevant individual balance sheet captions. All the remaining assets and liabilities were realised and settled in 2007.

                            Other

                                    Other operations have been classified as discontinued operations in 2006, consisting mainly of Millicom Peru S.A. All these operations were divested in the second half of 2006 (see note 5).

                            Assets held for sale

                                    During the fourth quarter of 2006, Millicom began actively negotiating the sale of its shares in Paktel and therefore it was classified as a disposal group held for sale in the December 31, 2006 balance sheet. As of December 31, 2006, Millicom measured all assets and liabilities of Paktel at book value since the expected selling price was significantly higher. Consequently, no impairment was recognised on the assets of Paktel in 2006. In 2007, Millicom completed the sale of Paktel (see note 5). Paktel was part of the segment Asia.

                            F-35


                                    The major classes of assets and liabilities classified as held for sale as at December 31, 2007 and 2006 are as follows:

                             
                             2007
                             2006
                             
                             US$ '000

                             US$ '000

                            Assets    
                            Intangible assets, net  187,414
                            Property, plant and equipment, net  192,881
                            Other non-current Assets  500
                            Trade receivables, net  11,148
                            Inventories  494
                            Other current assets  7,501
                            Cash and cash equivalents  7,135
                              
                             
                            Assets held for sale  407,073

                            Liabilities

                             

                             

                             

                             
                            Other non-current liabilities  107,439
                            Trade payables  33,277
                            Current tax liabilities  3,345
                            Other current liabilities  108,072
                            Current debt and other financing  77,576
                            Non-current debt and other financing  64,330
                              
                             
                            Liabilities directly associated with assets held for sale  394,039
                              
                             
                            Net assets directly associated with disposal group  13,034
                              
                             

                            F-36


                            7.     SUBSIDIARIES

                                    The Group has the following significant subsidiaries, which are consolidated:

                            Name of the company

                             Country
                             Holding December 31, 2007
                             Holding December 31, 2006
                             
                              
                             % of ownership interest

                             % of ownership interest

                            Central America      
                             Telemóvil El Salvador S.A.  El Salvador 100.0 100.0
                            South America      
                             Telefónica Celular de Bolivia S.A.  Bolivia 100.0 100.0
                             Telefónica Celular del Paraguay S.A.(i) Paraguay 100.0 100.0
                             Colombia Móvil S.A. E.S.P.(i) Colombia 50.0 + 1 share 50.0 + 1 share
                            Africa      
                             Millicom Ghana Company Limited(i) Ghana 100.0 100.0
                             Sentel GSM S.A.(i) Senegal 100.0 100.0
                             Millicom (S.L.) Limited(i) Sierra Leone 100.0 100.0
                             MIC Tanzania Limited(i) Tanzania 100.0 100.0
                             Oasis S.P.R.L.(i) Democratic Republic of Congo 100.0 100.0
                             Millicom Tchad S.A.  Chad 87.5 87.5
                            Asia      
                             Millicom Lao Co. Limited Lao People's Democratic Republic 74.1 74.1
                             Paktel Limited(ii) Pakistan  88.9
                             Tigo (Pvt) Limited Sri Lanka 99.9 99.9
                            Unallocated      
                             Millicom International Operations S.A.  Luxembourg 100.0 100.0
                             Millicom International Operations B.V.  Netherlands 100.0 100.0
                             MIC Latin America B.V.  Netherlands 100.0 100.0
                             Millicom Africa B.V.  Netherlands 100.0 100.0
                             Millicom Holding B.V.  Netherlands 100.0 100.0

                            (i)
                            See note 4.

                            (ii)
                            See notes 3, 5 and 6.

                            8.     INTERESTS IN JOINT VENTURES

                                    The Group has the following significant joint venture companies, which are proportionally consolidated:

                            Name of the company

                             Country

                             Holding December 31, 2007
                             Holding December 31, 2006
                             
                              
                             % of ownership interest

                             % of ownership interest

                            Central America      
                             Comunicaciones Celulares S.A.  Guatemala 55.0 55.0
                             Telefónica Celular S.A.  Honduras 66.7 66.7
                            Africa      
                             Emtel Limited Mauritius 50.0 50.0
                            Asia      
                             Cam GSM Company Limited Cambodia 58.4 58.4

                            F-37


                                    The share of assets and liabilities of the jointly controlled entities at December 31, 2007 and 2006, which are included in the consolidated financial statements, are as follows:

                             
                             2007
                             2006
                             
                             US$ '000

                             US$ '000

                            Current assets 184,202 145,271
                            Non-current assets 489,301 320,934
                              
                             
                            Total assets 673,503 466,205
                              
                             

                            Current liabilities

                             

                            263,876

                             

                            197,238
                            Non-current liabilities 96,207 52,777
                              
                             
                            Total liabilities 360,083 250,015
                              
                             

                                    The share of revenues and operating expenses of the jointly controlled entities for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005, which are included in the consolidated financial statements, are as follows:

                             
                             2007
                             2006
                             2005
                             
                             
                             US$ '000

                             US$ '000

                             US$ '000

                             
                            Revenues 901,564 625,544 365,671 
                            Total operating expenses (483,430)(365,826)(237,439)
                              
                             
                             
                             
                            Operating profit 418,134 259,718 128,232 
                              
                             
                             
                             

                            9.     SEGMENT INFORMATION

                                    The primary segment reporting format is determined to be geographic segments as the Group's risks and rates of return are affected predominantly by the fact that it operates in different countries in different geographical areas. The Group operates mainly in one reportable business segment, telecommunications services. The operating businesses are organised and managed according to the geographical areas, which represent the basis on which the information is presented to the Board of Directors and executive management to evaluate past performance and for making decisions about the future allocation of resources.

                                    For segmental information on investment in associates and profit from associates (see note 17).

                            Primary Reporting Format—Geographical Segments

                                    The Group operates in 16 countries within four regions: Central America, South America, Africa and Asia.

                            F-38


                                    The following tables present revenues, operating profit/ (loss) and other segment information for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005:

                            December 31, 2007

                             Central America
                             South America
                             Africa
                             Asia
                             Unallocated item
                             Total Continuing Operations
                             Discontinued Operations (note 6)
                             Elimination
                             Total
                             
                             
                             US$ '000

                             US$ '000

                             US$ '000

                             US$ '000

                             US$ '000

                             US$ '000

                             US$ '000

                             US$ '000

                             US$ '000

                             
                            Revenues 1,149,368 809,881 476,593 194,772  2,630,614 6,130  2,636,744 
                              
                             
                             
                             
                             
                             
                             
                             
                             
                             
                            Operating profit/(loss) 526,369 106,591 57,939 41,041 (69,014)662,926 259,298  922,224 
                            Add back:                   
                            Depreciation and amortization 80,695 144,704 91,375 37,927 239 354,940   354,940 
                            Loss on disposal and impairment of property, plant and equipment 1,083 1,937 251 588 (44)3,815   3,815 
                            Reduction of goodwill  23,358    23,358   23,358 
                            Corporate costs     49,591 49,591   49,591 
                            Share based compensation     19,228 19,228   19,228 
                            Gain on disposal of subsidiaries and joint ventures, net       (258,346) (258,346)
                              
                             
                             
                             
                             
                             
                             
                             
                             
                             
                            Adjusted operating profit(i) 608,147 276,590 149,565 79,556  1,113,858 952  1,114,810 
                              
                             
                             
                             
                             
                             
                             
                             
                             
                             
                            Total Assets 1,086,366 1,143,305 1,046,669 299,976 1,087,774 4,664,090  (250,264)4,413,826 
                              
                             
                             
                             
                             
                             
                             
                             
                             
                             
                            Total Liabilities 521,285 859,455 947,234 227,936 875,084 3,430,994  (385,504)3,045,490 
                              
                             
                             
                             
                             
                             
                             
                             
                             
                             
                            Additions to:                   
                            Property, plant and equipment 282,312 319,861 339,669 93,354 926 1,036,122 38  1,036,160 
                            Intangible assets 9,366 5,216 3,323 594 943 19,442   19,442 
                              
                             
                             
                             
                             
                             
                             
                             
                             
                             
                            Capital expenditure 291,678 325,077 342,992 93,948 1,869 1,055,564 38  1,055,602 
                              
                             
                             
                             
                             
                             
                             
                             
                             
                             

                            F-39


                             
                            December 31, 2006

                             Central America
                             South America
                             Africa
                             Asia
                             Unallocated item
                             Total Continuing Operations
                             Discontinued Operations (note 6)
                             Elimination
                             Total
                             
                             
                             US$ '000

                             US$ '000

                             US$ '000

                             US$ '000

                             US$ '000

                             US$ '000

                             US$ '000

                             US$ '000

                             US$ '000

                             
                            Revenues 796,111 321,038 312,105 146,846  1,576,100 69,125  1,645,225 
                              
                             
                             
                             
                             
                             
                             
                             
                             
                             
                            Operating profit/(loss) 334,923 49,657 63,143 36,070 (42,505)441,288 (36,930) 404,358 
                            Add back:                   
                            Depreciation and amortization 79,242 68,335 56,763 24,701 200 229,241 28,516  257,757 
                            Loss on disposal and impairment of property, plant and equipment 1,265 26 2,666 357 141 4,455 (7,850) (3,395)
                            Corporate costs     37,413 37,413   37,413 
                            Share based compensation     12,850 12,850   12,850 
                            Gain on disposal of subsidiaries and joint ventures, net     (8,099)(8,099)  (8,099)
                            Other items       3,340  3,340 
                              
                             
                             
                             
                             
                             
                             
                             
                             
                             
                            Adjusted operating profit(i) 415,430 118,018 122,572 61,128  717,148 (12,924) 704,224 
                              
                             
                             
                             
                             
                             
                             
                             
                             
                             
                            Total Assets 771,553 941,133 699,532 209,022 468,000 3,089,240 428,663 (196,909)3,320,994 
                              
                             
                             
                             
                             
                             
                             
                             
                             
                             
                            Total Liabilities 363,829 641,522 585,753 153,585 887,255 2,631,944 540,968 (434,306)2,738,606 
                              
                             
                             
                             
                             
                             
                             
                             
                             
                             
                            Additions to:                   
                            Property, plant and equipment 176,769 71,495 263,579 104,596 68 616,507 107,901  724,408 
                            Intangible assets 25,880 2,154 251 5,488  33,773   33,773 
                              
                             
                             
                             
                             
                             
                             
                             
                             
                             
                            Capital expenditure 202,649 73,649 263,830 110,084 68 650,280 107,901  758,181 
                              
                             
                             
                             
                             
                             
                             
                             
                             
                             
                             

                            F-40


                            December 31, 2005

                             Central America
                             South America
                             Africa
                             Asia
                             Unallocated item
                             Total Continuing Operations
                             Discontinued Operations (note 6)
                             Elimination
                             Total
                             
                             
                             US$ '000

                             US$ '000

                             US$ '000

                             US$ '000

                             US$ '000

                             US$ '000

                             US$ '000

                             US$ '000

                             US$ '000

                             
                            Revenues 452,600 141,655 204,397 124,128  922,780 163,309  1,086,089 
                              
                             
                             
                             
                             
                             
                             
                             
                             
                             
                            Operating profit/(loss) 177,012 29,555 55,440 33,418 (20,056)275,369 (72,625) 202,744 
                            Add back:                   
                            Depreciation and amortization 61,420 26,961 32,340 20,422 143 141,286 77,070  218,356 
                            Loss on disposal and impairment of property, plant and equipment 875 137 387 127 968 2,494 52,155  54,649 
                            Corporate costs     22,994 22,994   22,994 
                            Share based compensation     3,075 3,075   3,075 
                            Gain on disposal of subsidiaries and joint ventures, net     (1,269)(1,269)  (1,269)
                            Other items     (5,855)(5,855)1,385  (4,470)
                              
                             
                             
                             
                             
                             
                             
                             
                             
                             
                            Adjusted operating profit(i) 239,307 56,653 88,167 53,967  438,094 57,985  496,079 
                              
                             
                             
                             
                             
                             
                             
                             
                             
                             
                            Total Assets 430,747 158,393 373,737 146,909 862,330 1,972,116 637,103 (49,563)2,559,656 
                              
                             
                             
                             
                             
                             
                             
                             
                             
                             
                            Total Liabilities 138,018 96,896 306,210 101,472 1,177,754 1,820,350 664,999 (259,477)2,225,872 
                              
                             
                             
                             
                             
                             
                             
                             
                             
                             
                            Additions to:                   
                            Property, plant and equipment 78,503 30,048 110,285 39,188 36 258,060 91,685  349,745 
                            Intangible assets 3,579 450 2,992 378 784 8,183 218,012  226,195 
                            Capital expenditure 82,082 30,498 113,277 39,566 820 266,243 309,697  575,940 

                            (i)
                            Adjusted operating profit is the measure used by the management to monitor the segmental performance.

                            F-41


                            10.   ANALYSIS OF OPERATING PROFIT

                                    The Group's operating income and expenses from continuing operations analysed by nature of expense is as follows:

                             
                             2007
                             2006
                             2005
                             
                             
                             US$ '000

                             US$ '000

                             US$ '000

                             
                            Revenues 2,630,614 1,576,100 922,780 
                            Cost of rendering telecommunication services (689,634)(433,878)(263,807)
                            Depreciation and amortization (notes 9,15 and 16) (354,940)(229,241)(141,286)
                            Dealer commissions (214,959)(120,327)(58,870)
                            Advertising and promotion (113,010)(46,275)(25,264)
                            Phone subsidies (112,777)(56,695)(26,325)
                            Employee related costs (note 11) (169,589)(97,005)(51,810)
                            Operating lease expense (note 28) (47,681)(23,517)(15,012)
                            External services (52,143)(32,329)(17,064)
                            Network maintenance (47,553)(24,607)(16,653)
                            Utilities (46,193)(25,521)(14,634)
                            Reduction of goodwill (notes 9 and 15) (23,358)  
                            Loss on disposal of assets (note 9) (2,064)(1,503)(2,494)
                            Impairment of assets (notes 9 and 16) (1,751)(2,952) 
                            Other operating income  4,036 15,412 
                            Gain from sale of subsiariaries and joint ventures, net  8,099 1,269 
                            Other expenses (92,036)(53,097)(30,873)
                              
                             
                             
                             
                            Operating profit 662,926 441,288 275,369 
                              
                             
                             
                             

                            11.   EMPLOYEE RELATED COSTS

                                    Employee related costs are comprised of the following:

                             
                             2007
                             2006
                             2005
                             
                             
                             US$ '000

                             US$ '000

                             US$ '000

                             
                            Wages and salaries (118,792)(65,179)(39,691)
                            Social security (13,578)(6,497)(3,006)
                            Share based compensation (see note 22) (19,228)(12,850)(3,075)
                            Other employee related costs(i) (17,991)(12,479)(6,038)
                              
                             
                             
                             
                            Total (169,589)(97,005)(51,810)
                              
                             
                             
                             

                            (i)
                            Includes pension costs, other benefits and training costs.

                                    The average number of permanent employees during the years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005 was as follows:

                             
                             2007
                             2006
                             2005
                            Continuing operations 4,768 3,243 2,386
                            Discontinued operations  450 552
                              
                             
                             
                            Total average number of permanent employees 4,768 3,693 2,938
                              
                             
                             

                            F-42


                            12.   OTHER NON-OPERATING INCOME (EXPENSES), NET

                                    The Group's other non-operating income (expenses), net is comprised of the following:

                             
                             2007
                             2006
                             2005
                             
                             
                             US$ '000

                             US$ '000

                             US$ '000

                             
                            Valuation movement on financial assets:       
                             Tele2 A.B.—"B" shares  (36,386)(63,356)
                             Embedded derivative on the 5% Mandatory Exchangeable Notes  66,095 (5,978)
                             Other financial derivatives  (785)681 
                            Exchange gain/(loss) on the 5% Mandatory Exchangeable Notes  (35,616)60,591 
                            Loss on repurchase of the 10% Senior Notes (see note 24) (4,961)  
                            Other exchange gains/(losses) 15,133 5,506 (4,745)
                              
                             
                             
                             
                            Other non operating income (expenses), net 10,172 (1,186)(12,807)
                              
                             
                             
                             

                            13.   TAXES

                                    Group taxes are mainly comprised of income taxes of subsidiaries and joint ventures. As a Luxembourg commercial company, the Company is subject to all taxes applicable to a Luxembourg Société Anonyme. Due to losses incurred and brought forward, no taxes based on Luxembourg-only income have been computed for 2007, 2006 or 2005.

                                    The effective tax rate on continuing operations is approximately 16% (2006: 33%, 2005: 40%). Currently Millicom operations are in jurisdictions with income tax rates of 10% to 40% (2006: 10% to 40%, 2005: 15% to 35%).

                                    The reconciliation between the weighted average statutory tax rate and the effective average tax rate is as follows:

                             
                             2007
                             2006
                             2005
                             
                             
                             %

                             %

                             %

                             
                            Weighted average statutory tax rate(i) 23 24 27 
                            Taxes based on revenue (10)(5)(3)
                            Recognition of previously unrecorded tax losses (11)(1)(1)
                            Unrecognised current year tax losses(ii) 10 11 13 
                            Withholding taxes on transfers between operating and non operating entities 4 4 4 
                              
                             
                             
                             
                            Effective tax rate(iii) 16 33 40 
                              
                             
                             
                             

                            (i)
                            The weighted average statutory tax rate has been determined by dividing the aggregate statutory tax charge of each subsidiary and joint venture, which was obtained by applying the statutory tax rate to the profit or loss before tax, by the aggregate profit before tax.

                            (ii)
                            Unrecognised current year tax losses mainly consist of tax losses at the Company level and tax losses recorded in the Group's operations in the Democratic Republic of Congo and Sierra Leone (2006: Colombia, the Democratic Republic of Congo and Sierra Leone, 2005: Chad, the Democratic Republic of Congo and Sierra Leone).

                            (iii)
                            The variation in the effective tax rate is mainly due to the recognition of deferred tax assets for tax loss carry forwards in Colombia (see below).

                            F-43


                                    In October 2006, the Group acquired Colombia Móvil (see note 4). At the time of acquisition, Colombia Móvil had tax loss carry forwards. When completing the purchase price allocation, Millicom assessed that it was not probable that these tax loss carry-forwards would be used. Thus no deferred tax asset was recognized on acquisition. Given the 2007 actual results of Colombia Móvil and its forecasted performance, Colombia Móvil is expected to be profitable in the foreseeable future. Accordingly, an amount of $85.8 million was recorded in deferred tax assets corresponding to $39.0 million related to tax losses after the acquisition and $46.8 million related to tax losses prior to the acquisition. Management has estimated that these tax losses will be used against future taxable profit. As part of these losses existed at the time of acquisition some of the goodwill recorded at acquisition was reversed resulting in an expense of $23.4 million in 2007 recorded under the caption "other operating expenses".

                                    The charge for income taxes from continuing operations is shown in the following table and recognises that revenue and expense items may affect the financial statements and tax returns in different periods (temporary differences):

                             
                             2007
                             2006
                             2005
                             
                             
                             US$ '000

                             US$ '000

                             US$ '000

                             
                            Current income tax charge (172,869)(117,128)(65,235)
                            Net deferred income tax benefit/(charge) 85,792 (1,077)(3,560)
                              
                             
                             
                             
                            Charge for taxes (87,077)(118,205)(68,795)
                              
                             
                             
                             

                                    The tax effects of significant items comprising the Group's net deferred income tax asset and liability as of December 31, 2007 and 2006 are as follows:

                             
                             Consolidated balance sheet

                             Consolidated income statement

                             
                             
                             2007
                             2006
                             2007
                             2006
                             
                             
                             US$ '000

                             US$ '000

                             US$ '000

                             US$ '000

                             
                            Deferred income tax assets:         
                            Loss carryforwards 85,812  85,812  
                            Temporary differences:         
                             Provision for doubtful debtors 1,117 1,002 115 (63)
                             Temporary differences between book and tax basis of intangible assets and property, plant and equipment 3,621 962 2,659 518 
                             Temporary differences between book and tax basis of other assets and liabilties 6,994 1,742 5,252 1,168 
                              
                             
                                 
                              97,544 3,706     
                              
                             
                                 
                            Deferred income tax liabilities:         
                             Temporary differences between book and tax basis of fixed assets (42,825)(36,160)(6,665)(4,327)
                             Provision for doubtful debtors 1,008 1,525 (517)1,339 
                             Other temporary differences (597)267 (864)288 
                              
                             
                                 
                              (42,414)(34,368)    
                              
                             
                             
                             
                             
                            Deferred income tax benefit/(expense)     85,792 (1,077)
                                  
                             
                             

                                    Deferred income tax assets and liabilities reflect temporary differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and the amounts used for income tax purposes.

                            F-44


                                    No deferred tax liability has been recognised in respect of $1,095.0 million (2006: $753.1 million) of unremitted earnings of subsidiaries, joint ventures and associates because the Group is in a position to control the timing of the reversal of the temporary difference and it is unlikely that such differences will reverse in the foreseeable future. Furthermore, it is not practicable to estimate the amount of unrecognized deferred tax liabilities in respect of these unremitted earnings.

                                    Unrecognised net operating losses and other tax loss carryforwards relating to the subsidiaries of Millicom, amounted to $153.8 million as at December 31, 2007 (2006: $317.7 million, 2005: $97.1 million) with expiry periods of between 1 and 7 years except for $34.0 million where the losses do not expire. In addition the Company has unrecognized net operating losses of $1,940 million (2006: $1,564 million) which do not expire.

                            14.   EARNINGS PER SHARE

                                    Basic earnings per share amounts are calculated by dividing net profit for the year attributable to equity holders of the Company by the weighted average number of shares outstanding during the year.

                                    Diluted earnings per share amounts are calculated by dividing the net profit attributable to equity holders of the Company (after deducting interest on the convertible notes if the conversion of these notes would be dilutive) by the weighted average number of ordinary shares outstanding during the year plus the weighted average number of dilutive potential shares.

                                    The following reflects the net profit and share data used in the basic and diluted earnings per share computations:

                             
                             2007
                             2006
                             2005
                             
                             
                             US$ '000

                             US$ '000

                             US$ '000

                             
                            Basic       
                            Net profit attributable to equity holders from continuing operations 439,088 244,311 96,795 
                            Net profit/(loss) attributable to equity holders from discontinued operations 258,054 (75,364)(86,518)
                            Net profit attributable to equity holders used to determine the basic earnings per share 697,142 168,947 10,277 

                            Diluted

                             

                             

                             

                             

                             

                             

                             
                            Net profit attributable to equity holders from continuing operations 439,088 244,311 96,795 
                            Interest expense on convertible debt (note 24) 16,640   
                            Net profit attributable to equity holders from continuing operations used to determine the diluted earnings per share 455,728 244,311 96,795 
                            Net profit/(loss) attributable to equity holders from discontinued operations 258,054 (75,364)(86,518)
                            Net profit attributable to equity holders used to determine the diluted earnings per share 713,782 168,947 10,277 

                            F-45


                             
                             
                             2007
                             2006
                             2005
                             
                             '000

                             '000

                             '000

                            Weighted average number of ordinary shares (excluding treasury shares) for basic earnings per share 101,088 100,361 98,803
                            Effect of dilution:      
                            Potential incremental shares as a result of share options(i) 1,250 1,010 1,118
                            Assumed conversion of convertible debt(ii) 5,709  
                            Weighted average number of ordinary shares (excluding treasury shares) adjusted for the effect of dilution(i) 108,047 101,371 99,921

                            (i)
                            For the years ended December 31, 2007 and 2006, the Group included all share options in the computation of diluted earnings per share. For the year ended December 31, 2005 the Group excluded 956,136 options from the computation of diluted earnings per share as they were not dilutive.

                            (ii)
                            For the years ended December 31, 2006 and 2005, the effect of the conversion of the 4% Convertible Notes has not been reported because to do so would have been anti-dilutive (see note 24).

                                    To calculate earnings per share amounts for the discontinued operations, the weighted average number of shares for both basic and diluted amounts is as per the table above.

                            15.   INTANGIBLE ASSETS

                                    The movements in intangible assets in 2007 were as follows:

                             
                             Goodwill
                             Licences
                             Other
                             Total
                             
                             
                             US$ '000

                             US$ '000

                             US$ '000

                             US$ '000

                             
                            Opening balance, net 196,178 165,222 121,375 482,775 
                            Additions  7,064 12,378 19,442 
                            Amortisation charge(i)  (24,918)(24,087)(49,005)
                            Reduction of goodwill(i) (notes 9 and 13) (23,358)  (23,358)
                            Other movements   7,780 7,780 
                            Exchange rate movements 11,037 7,486 11,345 29,868 
                              
                             
                             
                             
                             
                            Closing balance, net 183,857 154,854 128,791 467,502 

                            As at December 31, 2007

                             

                             

                             

                             

                             

                             

                             

                             

                             
                            Cost or valuation 183,857 213,043 170,909 567,809 
                            Accumulated amortisation  (58,189)(42,118)(100,307)
                              
                             
                             
                             
                             
                            Net 183,857 154,854 128,791 467,502 
                              
                             
                             
                             
                             

                            F-46


                                    The movements in intangible assets in 2006 were as follows:

                             
                             Goodwill
                             Licences
                             Other
                             Total
                             
                             
                             US$ '000

                             US$ '000

                             US$ '000

                             US$ '000

                             
                            Opening balance, net 77,351 271,937 24,199 373,487 
                            Additions  32,520 1,253 33,773 
                            Changes in the composition of the Group (note 4)(ii) 112,724 71,124 105,000 288,848 
                            Amortisation charge(i)  (26,354)(13,317)(39,671)
                            Other movements   (2,745)(2,745)
                            Exchange rate movements 6,409 3,103 6,985 16,497 
                            Transfer to assets held for sale, net (note 6) (306)(187,108) (187,414)
                              
                             
                             
                             
                             
                            Closing balance, net 196,178 165,222 121,375 482,775 

                            As at December 31, 2006

                             

                             

                             

                             

                             

                             

                             

                             

                             
                            Cost or valuation 196,178 208,760 136,213 541,151 
                            Accumulated amortisation  (43,538)(14,838)(58,376)
                              
                             
                             
                             
                             
                            Net 196,178 165,222 121,375 482,775 
                              
                             
                             
                             
                             

                            (i)
                            The reduction of goodwill is recorded under the caption "Other operating expenses" and the amortisation charge for licenses and other is recorded under the caption "General and administrative expenses".

                            (ii)
                            Movement in goodwill represents $62.2 million of goodwill from the acquisition of 50% of Colombia Movil, $15.9 million of goodwill from the acquisition of 15.6% of Millicom Tanzania Limited, $31.5 million of goodwill from the acquisition of 25% of Sentel GSM and $3.1 million of goodwill from the acquisition of 4% of Telefonica Celular de Paraguay S.A.

                                    The following table provides details of cash used for additions to intangible assets:

                             
                             2007
                             2006
                             2005
                             
                             
                             US$ '000

                             US$ '000

                             US$ '000

                             
                            Additions 19,442 33,773 226,195 
                            Additions from Discontinued Operations   (218,012)
                              
                             
                             
                             
                            Subtotal 19,442 33,773 8,183 
                            License installments 6,374 6,717  
                              
                             
                             
                             
                            Cash used from continuing operations for additions from intangible assets 25,816 40,490 8,183 
                              
                             
                             
                             

                            Impairment test of goodwill

                                    For the year ended December 31, 2007, management tested for the impairment of all goodwill. The Group determines whether goodwill is impaired at least on an annual basis. This requires an estimation of the recoverable amount of the cash-generating unit to which the goodwill is allocated.

                                    The recoverable amount of a cash-generating unit is determined based on discounted cash flow calculation. The cash flow projections used (EBITDA margins, income tax, working capital, capital expenditure and license renewal cost) are extracted from financial budgets approved by the management covering a period of 3 years. The planning horizon reflects industry practice in the countries where the Group operates. Cash flows beyond this period are extrapolated using a perpetual growth rate of 1.5%. The cash flows are discounted using suitable discount and growth rates. No impairment losses were recorded on goodwill for the years ended December 31, 2007 and 2006.

                            F-47


                                    The allocation of goodwill to cash generating units, net of exchange rate movements, is shown below:

                             
                             2007
                             2006
                             
                             US$ '000

                             US$ '000

                            Millicom's operations in:    
                            Colombia(i) 49,731 66,523
                            El Salvador 42,053 42,053
                            Ghana 18,780 19,811
                            Senegal 38,430 34,661
                            Tanzania 16,233 14,818
                            Other 18,630 18,312
                              
                             
                            Total goodwill 183,857 196,178
                              
                             

                            (i)
                            An amount of $23.4 million of goodwill has been reversed in Colombia as a result of deferred tax assets recognised in 2007 on pre-acquisition tax loss carry forwards (see note 13).

                                    The recoverable amounts have been determined for the cash generating units based on the following discount rates for the years ended December 31, 2007 and 2006:

                             
                             Discount rate after tax
                             
                             2007
                             2006
                            Central America 11.9%–13.1% 11.5%–13.8%
                            South America 11.0%–14.1% 11.8%–15.3%
                            Africa 12.8%–16.1% 11.5%–20.9%
                            Asia 13.0%–15.3% 12.5%–16.8%

                            16.   PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT

                                    The movements in 2007 were as follows:

                             
                             Network equipment
                             Land and Buildings
                             Construction in Progress
                             Other(i)
                             Total
                             
                             
                             US$ '000

                             US$ '000

                             US$ '000

                             US$ '000

                             US$ '000

                             
                            Opening balance, net 933,381 32,628 231,638 69,512 1,267,159 
                            Additions 62,765 3,336 948,238 21,821 1,036,160 
                            Disposals (5,551)(139) (227)(5,917)
                            Impairments(ii) (1,722)  (29)(1,751)
                            Depreciation charge(iii) (286,497)(1,385) (18,053)(305,935)
                            Asset retirement obligations 10,690  4,615  15,305 
                            Other movements (7,780)   (7,780)
                            Transfers 792,292 16,199 (808,491)  
                            Exchange rate movements 59,425 1,340 5,984 2,132 68,881 
                              
                             
                             
                             
                             
                             
                            Closing Balance 1,557,003 51,979 381,984 75,156 2,066,122 
                              
                             
                             
                             
                             
                             

                            As at December 31, 2007

                             

                             

                             

                             

                             

                             

                             

                             

                             

                             

                             
                            Cost or valuation 2,228,969 64,883 381,984 130,300 2,806,136 
                            Accumulated depreciation (671,966)(12,904) (55,144)(740,014)
                              
                             
                             
                             
                             
                             
                            Net 1,557,003 51,979 381,984 75,156 2,066,122 
                              
                             
                             
                             
                             
                             

                            F-48


                                    The movements in 2006 were as follows:

                             
                             Network equipment
                             Land and Buildings
                             Construction in Progress
                             Other(i)
                             Total
                             
                             
                             US$ '000

                             US$ '000

                             US$ '000

                             US$ '000

                             US$ '000

                             
                            Opening balance, net 451,180 21,093 156,090 43,411 671,774 
                            Additions 20,479 6,420 647,435 50,074 724,408 
                            Disposals (958)(84) (461)(1,503)
                            Change in composition of the Group (notes 4 and 5) 199,030 (1,134)43,878 1,994 243,768 
                            Impairments(iv) (2,952)   (2,952)
                            Depreciation charge(iii) (193,416)(2,464) (22,206)(218,086)
                            Asset retirement obligations 16,378    16,378 
                            Transfers 558,999 8,661 (567,660)  
                            Exchange rate movements 22,511 1,016 2,360 366 26,253 
                            Transfer to assets held for sale (note 6) (137,870)(880)(50,465)(3,666)(192,881)
                              
                             
                             
                             
                             
                             
                            Closing Balance 933,381 32,628 231,638 69,512 1,267,159 
                              
                             
                             
                             
                             
                             

                            As at December 31, 2006

                             

                             

                             

                             

                             

                             

                             

                             

                             

                             

                             
                            Cost or valuation 1,517,557 41,780 231,638 144,927 1,935,902 
                            Accumulated depreciation (584,176)(9,152) (75,415)(668,743)
                              
                             
                             
                             
                             
                             
                            Net 933,381 32,628 231,638 69,512 1,267,159 
                              
                             
                             
                             
                             
                             

                            (i)
                            The caption "Other" mainly includes office equipment and motor vehicles.

                            (ii)
                            For the year ended December 31, 2007, Millicom recorded an impairment charge of $1.7 million for network equipment, mainly related to its operation in Bolivia.

                            (iii)
                            The depreciation charge for network equipment is recorded under the caption "Cost of sales" and the depreciation charge for land and buildings and other is recorded under the caption "General and administrative expenses".

                            (iv)
                            For the year ended December 31, 2006, Millicom recorded an impairment charge of $3 million related to the network equipment in its operations in Sierra Leone, Mauritius and Laos.

                                    The amount of borrowing costs capitalized for the year ended December 31, 2007 was $5.8 million (2006: $4.5 million).

                                    The following table provides details of cash used for the purchase of property, plant and equipment:

                             
                             2007
                             2006
                             2005
                             
                             
                             US$ '000

                             US$ '000

                             US$ '000

                             
                            Additions 1,036,160 724,408 349,745 
                            Additions from discontinued Operations (38)(107,901)(91,685)
                              
                             
                             
                             
                            Subtotal 1,036,122 616,507 258,060 
                              
                             
                             
                             
                            Suppliers advances 20,055 40,171  
                            Change in capex payable (171,809)(128,124)(61,590)
                            Vendor financing (see note 27) (23,041)(65,870) 
                              
                             
                             
                             
                            Cash used from continuing operations for purchase of property, plant and equipment 861,327 462,684 196,470 
                              
                             
                             
                             

                            F-49


                            17.   INVESTMENT IN ASSOCIATES

                                    As at December 31, 2007 and 2006 the principal associates are Navega.com S.A., which is unlisted, and Metrored S.A., which is a subsidiary of Navega.com S.A.

                                    Navega.com S.A. is 45% owned by Millicom's joint venture in Guatemala of which Millicom holds 55.0% (see note 8). Metrored S.A. is 51% owned by Navega.com S.A. and 49% owned by Millicom's joint venture in Honduras of which Millicom holds 66.7% (see note 8). The following table provides summarised financial information of the Group's investment in associates:

                             
                             2007
                             2006
                             
                             
                             US$ '000

                             US$ '000

                             
                            Opening balance(i) 6,838 5,367 
                            Share of profit(i),(ii) 4,400 1,483 
                            Exchange rate movements (4)(12)
                              
                             
                             
                            Closing balance(i) 11,234 6,838 
                              
                             
                             

                            (i)
                            All amounts relate to the Central America segment.

                            (ii)
                            Share of profit is after taxes and minority interest of associates.

                                    The Group's share of revenues and net profits of its principal associates and its share of the assets and liabilities are as follows:

                            Name

                             Country of incorporation
                             Assets
                             Liabilities
                             Revenues
                             Profit
                             % interest held
                             
                             
                              
                             US$ '000

                             US$ '000

                             US$ '000

                             US$ '000

                              
                             
                            2007             
                            Navega.com S.A.  Guatemala 16,393 9,640 8,826 3,054 24.7%
                            Metrored S.A.(i) Honduras 11,384 6,903 6,848 1,346 45.3%
                                
                             
                             
                             
                               
                                27,777 16,543 15,674 4,400   
                                
                             
                             
                             
                               
                            2006             
                            Navega.com S.A.  Guatemala 13,613 9,914 5,802 961 24.7%
                            Metrored S.A.(i) Honduras 8,476 5,337 3,976 522 45.3%
                                
                             
                             
                             
                               
                                22,089 15,251 9,778 1,483   
                                
                             
                             
                             
                               

                            (i)
                            Represents Millicom's 32.7% holding in Metrored S.A through its operation in Honduras. Millicom also holds 12.6% of Metrored S.A. through its investment in Navega.com S.A.

                            18.   TRADE RECEIVABLES

                             
                             2007
                             2006
                             
                             
                             US$ '000

                             US$ '000

                             
                            Gross trade receivables 259,522 207,067 
                            Less: provisions for impairment of receivables (35,943)(21,612)
                              
                             
                             
                            Trade receivables, net 223,579 185,455 
                              
                             
                             

                            F-50


                                    As at 31 December 2007 and 2006, the ageing analysis of trade receivables is as follows:

                             
                              
                             Past due but not impaired
                              
                             
                             Neither past due nor impaired
                              
                             
                             <30 days
                             30-90 days
                             >90 days
                             Total
                             
                             US$ '000

                             US$ '000

                             US$ '000

                             US$ '000

                             US$ '000

                            2007          
                            Telecom operators 72,249 27,735 21,069 47,726 168,779
                            Own subscribers 21,698 6,099 2,148 3,017 32,962
                            Others 16,277 3,045 1,952 564 21,838
                              
                             
                             
                             
                             
                            Total 110,224 36,879 25,169 51,307 223,579
                              
                             
                             
                             
                             

                            2006

                             

                             

                             

                             

                             

                             

                             

                             

                             

                             
                            Telecom operators 79,674 21,173 17,577 15,362 133,786
                            Own subscribers 23,417 3,630 2,441 2,149 31,637
                            Others 12,103 5,649 1,735 545 20,032
                              
                             
                             
                             
                             
                            Total 115,194 30,452 21,753 18,056 185,455
                              
                             
                             
                             
                             

                            19.   OTHER CURRENT ASSETS

                                    Other current assets are comprised as follows:

                             
                             2007
                             2006
                             
                             US$ '000
                             US$ '000
                            VAT tax sales receivables 20,444 12,581
                            Pledged deposits 8,233 45,402
                            Receivables from the sale of Paktel (see note 5)(i) 7,593 
                            Other 12,211 15,851
                              
                             
                            Total other current assets 48,481 73,834
                              
                             

                            (i)
                            The amount referred to the net receivable from the buyer of Paktel (see note 5).

                            20.   CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS

                                    Cash and cash equivalents are comprised as follows:

                             
                             2007
                             2006
                             
                             US$ '000

                             US$ '000

                            Cash and cash equivalents in U.S. dollars 1,050,919 503,869
                            Cash and cash equivalents in other currencies 123,678 152,823
                              
                             
                            Total cash and cash equivalents 1,174,597 656,692
                              
                             

                            F-51


                            21.   SHARE CAPITAL

                            Share capital and share premium

                                    The authorised share capital of the Company totals 133,333,200 registered shares (2006: 133,333,200). As at December 31, 2007, the total subscribed and fully paid-in share capital and premium was $417.4 million (2006: $372.5 million) consisting of 102,428,260 (2006: 100,683,880) registered common shares at a par value of $1.50 (2006: $1.50) each.

                                    In 2007, the Company issued a total of 1,744,380 new shares (2006: 980,282 new shares and 654,852 from treasury share), resulting from:

                              1,625,872 new shares (2006: 912,769 new shares and 654,852 from treasury share) following the exercise of share options;

                              89,822 new restricted shares to employees and directors (2006: 67,513); and

                              28,686 new shares following the conversion of $1 million of 4% Convertible Notes.

                                    At the Company's Annual General Meeting in May 2006, the shareholders voted to transfer $101.9 million of the share premium account to the statutory accumulated losses.

                            22.   SHARE BASED COMPENSATION

                            Share options

                                    Up until May 30, 2006, share options were granted to directors, senior executives, officers and selected employees. The exercise price of the granted options was equal to or higher than the market price of the shares on the date of grant. The options were conditional on the employee or Director completing one to five years service (the vesting period). The options were exercisable starting from one year to five years from the grant date. The options have a contractual option term of six years from the grant date for employees and of twenty years for directors (amended in 2005). Share options grants for directors prior to 2005 had an indefinite life. Shares issued when share options are exercised have the same rights as common shares.

                                    The following table summarizes information about share options outstanding at December 31, 2007. The market price of the Company's shares as at December 31, 2007 was $117.94 (2006: $61.64).

                             
                             Options outstanding
                             Options exercisable
                            Range of exercise price $

                             Weighted
                            average
                            exercise price

                             Number
                            outstanding at
                            December 31, 2007

                             Weighted
                            average
                            exercise price

                             Number
                            outstanding at
                            December 31, 2007

                            3.32–3.75 3.51 27,552 3.51 27,552
                            9.00 9.00 10,732 9.00 10,732
                            20.56 20.56 451,408 20.56 101,979
                            25.05–29.75 26.37 118,315 26.37 118,315
                            31.88–35.91 34.06 99,996 34.06 99,996
                            3.32–35.91 22.60 708,003 24.59 358,574

                            F-52


                                    Share options outstanding at the end of the year have the following expiry date and exercise prices:

                            Date issued

                             Number of options outstanding as at December 31, 2007
                             Exercise price $
                             Terms of option
                            May 1996, May 1997, May 1998, May 2000 and May 2004 179,995 25.05–35.91 Exercisable immediately. Options have an indefinite life.

                            May 2005

                             

                            76,667

                             

                            20.56

                             

                            Exercisable immediately. Options have a twenty year life.

                            December 2001, December 2002, May 2003 and May 2004

                             

                            76,600

                             

                            3.32–25.05

                             

                            Exercisable over a three-year period in equal installments. Options expire after six years from date of grant.

                            May 2005

                             

                            274,741

                             

                            20.56

                             

                            Exercisable over a five year period in equal installments. Options expire after six years from date of grant.

                            July 2005 and May 2006

                             

                            100,000

                             

                            20.56

                             

                            Exercisable over a five-year period in equal installments from the start of the fourth year. Options expire after six years from date of grant.

                                    The following table summarizes the Company's share options as of December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005, and changes during the years then ended:

                             
                             2007
                             2006
                             2005
                             
                             
                             Average exercise price in $ per share
                             Number of options
                             Average exercise price in $ per share
                             Number of options
                             Average exercise price in $ per share
                             Number of options
                             
                            Outstanding at beginning of year 21.04 2,380,305 15.96 3,812,387 15.56 4,127,547 
                            Granted   20.56 50,000 20.56 740,740 
                            Expired/forfeited(i) 20.83 (46,430)28.53 85,539 26.09 (571,381)
                            Exercised 20.37 (1,625,872)9.08 (1,567,621)7.39 (484,519)
                            Outstanding at end of year 22.60 708,003 21.04 2,380,305 15.96 3,812,387 
                            Exercisable at end of year 24.59 358,574 20.91 1,807,796 15.40 2,321,646 

                            (i)
                            In 2006, former directors who continue to be employed by related parties of Millicom requested to exercise options that were deemed to be forfeited in prior years. Upon investigation, it was determined that the options should not have been forfeited. Consequently, all exercisable options granted to former directors who continue to be employed by related parties are presented in these financial statements. This has no effect on share-based compensation in the financial statements as at December 31, 2006 and 2005 as the options were granted prior the adoption of IFRS 2Share-based payment.

                            F-53


                                    The range of fair value of options granted determined using option pricing models was $6.30 to $8.31 for 2006 and $2.76 to $8.63 for 2005. The significant inputs into the model were share price of $19.21 for 2006 and $17.88 for 2005 at the grant date, exercise price as disclosed above, expected exercise date based on previous exercise behavior for employees and for directors between 1 and 20 years, option contractual term as previously disclosed, annual risk-free interest rate of 3.74% for both 2006 and 2005 and expected share price volatility of 46.5% for both 2006 and 2005 based on statistical analysis of daily share prices over the last 2 years amended for the change in the debt levels of the Company over the same period of time. No new options were granted in 2007.

                                    In May 2006 at the Annual General Meeting, it was agreed to accelerate the vesting period for share options held by the directors from three years to one year to correspond to the directors' one-year term in office. It was also agreed to change the term of the share options so that they no longer expire when a director is no longer a member of the board. In addition, the directors entered into an agreement with Millicom, whereby if Millicom is subject to a change of control the directors' share options will vest immediately and the restricted shares will become unrestricted upon the change of control.

                                    For the year ended December 31, 2007 Millicom recorded a charge of $0.6 million (2006: $2.8 million; 2005:$3.1 million) related to share options.

                            Restricted share grants

                                    Starting on May 30, 2006, the grant of options was replaced by the grant of restricted shares whereby these shares cannot be sold or transferred for 12 months. Grants to directors and employees in 2007 were as follows:

                             
                             Number of shares
                             Share price at date of grant
                             2007 Expense (US$ '000)
                            Directors 5,034 85.86 432
                            Employee share grants relating to 2006 4,017 80.39 323
                              
                               
                            Total 9,051   755
                              
                               

                                    Grants to directors and employees in 2006 were as follows:

                             
                             Number of shares
                             Share price at date of grant
                             2006 Expense (US$ '000)
                            Directors 10,098 44.58 450
                            Employees 57,415 33.33 1,913
                              
                               
                            Total 67,513   2,363
                              
                               

                                    Compensation expense for the total number of shares awarded to directors was measured on the grant date, the date of the Annual General Meeting of Shareholders on May 29, 2007, using Millicom's closing share price as quoted on the NASDAQ National Market on that date.

                                    Compensation expense for the total number of shares awarded to employees was measured on the grant date, the date the employees were notified of their individual share allocations on April 4, 2007, using Millicom's closing share price as quoted on the NASDAQ National Market on that date. The shares are subject to a restriction of a one-year holding period. As the shares related to services provided in 2006, they vested immediately on the grant date.

                            F-54


                            Long term incentive plans

                                    In May 2006 at the Annual General Meeting a long term incentive plan ("2006 LTIP") was approved although the terms and conditions of the plan were not finalized until 2007. This long term incentive plan was based on a target share award granted to eligible Millicom employees, limited to Millicom senior-level employees, key high potential employees and certain critical new recruits. The shares granted are subject to a one-year holding period once the shares are vested.

                                    The shares awarded under the 2006 LTIP will vest at the end of a three year period, or performance cycle, subject to specified market and performance conditions related to Millicom's share price growth compared to a peer group index, revenue growth, EBITDA margin, and profit margin. The achievement of a certain level of each condition, measured at the end of the three years, yields a specific percentage of shares awarded to each employee at the grant date.

                                    The plan has been designed so that the shares normally vest at the end of the three-year performance period. However, for the performance cycle from 2006 through 2008 only, the shares granted vest 20% on December 31, 2006, 20% on December 31, 2007 and 60% on December 31, 2008. In addition at the end of the third-year performance period there could be an additional 40% of shares that vest if further performance targets relating to Millicom's share price growth compared to a peer group index, revenue growth, EBITDA margin, and profit margin are achieved.

                                    The total charge for the above plan is estimated at $24.9 million which will be recorded over the service period. Since the plan was approved at the Annual General Meeting in May 2006 and, as such, the employees became aware of the intention to issue the plan at that date, a charge of $7.7 million was recorded in 2006. 57,957 shares were issued in 2007 representing the grants that vested on December 31, 2006. For the year ended December 31, 2007 a charge of $11 million was recorded..

                                    A new long term incentive plan covering 2007-2009 ("2007 LTIP") was approved by the Board on March 15, 2007. This plan consists of two elements: performance share plan and a matching share award plan.

                                    The shares awarded under the performance share plan will vest at the end of a three year period, or performance cycle, subject to performance conditions related to Millicom's "earnings per share". The achievement of a certain level of each condition, measured at the end of the three years, yields a specific percentage of shares awarded to each employee at the grant date.

                                    The matching share award plan requires employees to invest in shares of the Group in order to receive potential matching shares. The shares awarded under this plan vest at the end of a three year period, or performance cycle subject to market conditions that are based on the "total shareholder return" ("TSR") of Millicom's shares compared to the TSR of six similar mobile telephony companies during the three-year performance cycle of the plan. A fair value has been determined for potential shares under this plan based on this market condition and this value is applied to the total potential number of matching shares and will be expensed over the vesting period. Under the matching share award plan rules, Millicom issued 9,214 new shares on June 22, 2007 which were purchased by employees at fair market value.

                                    The total charge for the above plans is estimated at $24.2 million ($15.8 million for the performance shares and $8.4 million for the matching share award plan) which will be recorded over the service period. A charge of $4.5 million has been recorded in 2007 in respect of the performance shares and $2.4 million in respect to the matching share award plan.

                            F-55


                                    The number of share awards under the long term incentive plans is as follows:

                             
                             Matching share award plan 2007
                             Performance shares 2007
                             Performance shares 2006
                             
                            Maximum share awards 187,470 250,700 446,600 
                            Revision for expected forfeitures (26,738)(35,756)(72,053)
                            Revision for expectations in respect of performance conditions   (26,753)
                            Shares issued   (57,957)
                              
                             
                             
                             
                            Share awards expected to vest 160,732 214,944 289,837 
                              
                             
                             
                             

                            Total share-based compensation expense

                                    Total share-based compensation for years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005 was as follows:

                             
                             2007
                             2006
                             2005
                             
                             US$ '000
                             US$ '000
                             US$ '000
                            Share options 627 2,781 3,075
                            Restricted share grants 755 2,363 
                            2006 LTIP 10,971 7,706 
                            2007 LTIP 6,875  
                              
                             
                             
                            Total share-based compensation expense 19,228 12,850 3,075
                              
                             
                             

                            F-56


                            23.   OTHER RESERVES

                             
                             Legal reserve
                             Equity-settled transaction reserve
                             Equity component convertible notes
                             Currency translation reserve
                             Revaluation reserve
                             Total
                             
                             
                             US$ '000

                             US$ '000

                             US$ '000

                             US$ '000

                             US$ '000

                             US$ '000

                             
                            As at January 1, 2005 13,577 2,297  (71,116) (55,242)
                            Fair value adjustment     (3,308)(3,308)
                            Shares issued via the exercise of share options  (462)   (462)
                            Share based compensation  3,075    3,075 
                            4% Convertible Notes—equity component   39,109   39,109 
                            Currency translation movement    (5,005) (5,005)
                              
                             
                             
                             
                             
                             
                             
                            As at December 31, 2005 13,577 4,910 39,109 (76,121)3,308 (15,217)
                            Fair value adjustment     (3,308)(3,308)
                            Net shares issued via the exercise of share options  (1,549)   (1,549)
                            Share based compensation  10,487    10,487 
                            Currency translation movement    12,553  12,553 
                              
                             
                             
                             
                             
                             
                             
                            As at December 31, 2006 13,577 13,848 39,109 (63,568) 2,966 
                            Transfer from retained profit 1,526     1,526 
                            Net shares issued via the exercise of share options  (3,838)   (3,838)
                            Share based compensation  18,473    18,473 
                            Issuance of shares—2006 LTIP  (4,523)   (4,523)
                            Conversion of part of the 4% Convertible Notes   (196)  (196)
                            Currency translation movement    31,149  31,149 
                              
                             
                             
                             
                             
                             
                             
                            As at December 31, 2007 15,103 23,960 38,913 (32,419) 45,557 
                              
                             
                             
                             
                             
                             
                             

                            Legal reserve

                                    On an annual basis, if the Company reports a net profit for the year on a non-consolidated basis, Luxembourg law requires appropriation of an amount equal to at least 5% of the annual net profit to a legal reserve until such reserve equals 10% of the issued share capital. This reserve is not available for dividend distribution.

                                    At the Company's Annual General Meeting in May 2007, the shareholders voted to transfer $1.5 million from retained profits to the legal reserve.

                            Equity-settled transaction reserve

                                    The cost of share options is recognised as an increase in the Equity-settled transaction reserve over the period in which the performance and/or service conditions are fulfilled. If the options are subsequently exercised then the cost attributed to these options is transferred from the Equity-settled transaction reserve to the share premium. The reserve will be transferred to the share premium account when the shares vest.

                            F-57


                            Equity component convertible notes

                                    The portion of the convertible bond representing the fair value of the conversion option at the time of issue is included in equity reserve (see note 24).

                                    In October 2007, $1 million of the 4% Convertible Notes were converted into 28,686 shares. The equity component of the 4% Convertible Notes was then reduced by $0.2 million and reclassified to share premium.

                            Currency translation reserve

                                    For the purposes of consolidating joint ventures, associates and subsidiaries with functional currencies other than U.S. dollars, their balance sheets are translated to U.S. dollars using the closing exchange rate. Profit and loss accounts are translated to U.S. dollars at the average exchange rates during the year. The currency translation reserve includes foreign exchange gains and losses arising from the translation of financial statements.

                            24.   BORROWINGS

                                    Borrowings are comprised of the following:

                             
                             2007
                             2006
                             
                             US$ '000

                             US$ '000

                            Corporate debt:    
                             10% Senior Notes 479,826 538,673
                             4% Convertible Notes—debt component(i) 178,940 171,169
                            Other Debt and Financing 1,175,525 783,814
                              
                             
                            Total borrowings 1,834,291 1,493,656
                              
                             

                            (i)
                            Excludes the fair value of the equity component.

                                    Borrowings due after more than one year:

                             
                             2007
                             2006
                             
                             
                             US$ '000

                             US$ '000

                             
                            Corporate debt:     
                             10% Senior Notes  538,673 
                             4% Convertible Notes—debt component  171,169 
                              
                             
                             
                               709,842 
                            Other debt and financing:     
                             Bank financing 1,061,310 706,745 
                             Vendor financing 17,947 27,923 
                             Finance leases 7,061 4,933 
                              
                             
                             
                            Total non-current other debt and financing 1,086,318 739,601 
                            Less: portion payable within one year (141,112)(90,448)
                              
                             
                             
                            Total other debt and financing due after more than one year 945,206 649,153 
                              
                             
                             

                            F-58


                                    Borrowings due within one year:

                             
                             2007
                             2006
                             
                             US$ '000

                             US$ '000

                            Corporate debt:    
                             10% Senior Notes 479,826 
                             4% Convertible Notes—debt component 178,940 
                              
                             
                              658,766 
                            Other debt and financing:    
                             Bank financing 83,698 38,167
                             Vendor financing 5,509 6,046
                              
                             
                            Total current other debt and financing 89,207 44,213
                            Portion of non-current debt payable within one year 141,112 90,448
                              
                             
                            Total other debt and financing due within one year 230,319 134,661
                              
                             

                            10% Senior Notes

                                    On November 24, 2003, Millicom issued $550.0 million aggregate principal amount of 10% Senior Notes (the "10% Senior Notes") due on December 1, 2013. The 10% Senior Notes bear interest at 10% per annum, payable semi-annually in arrears on June 1 and December 1. The effective interest rate is 10.7%.

                                    The 10% Senior Notes are general unsecured obligations of Millicom and rank equal in right of payment with all future unsecured and unsubordinated obligations of Millicom. The 10% Senior Notes are not guaranteed by any of Millicom's subsidiaries, joint ventures or affiliates, and as a result are structurally subordinated in right of payment to all indebtedness of such subsidiaries, joint ventures and affiliates.

                                    If Millicom experiences a Change of Control Triggering Event, defined as a rating decline resulting from a change in control, each holder will have the right to require Millicom to repurchase its notes at 101% of their principal amount plus accrued and unpaid interest and all other amounts due, if any.

                                    During 2007, Millicom repurchased $90 million of the 10% Senior Notes incurring in a charge of $5.0 million which is recorded under the caption "Other non operating income (expenses), net".

                                    In October 2007, Millicom decided that it would redeem the balance of the Notes in December 2008 and pay the contractual redemption premium of 5%. As a result, Millicom reclassified the 10% Senior Notes from non current to current and recorded an additional interest expense of $31 million for the year ended December 31, 2007, which represented the increase in financial liabilities due to the recognition of the 5% pre-payment expense and an increase in the amortised cost of the Notes due to the earlier settlement date.

                            4% convertible Notes

                                    In January 2005, Millicom raised $200.0 million aggregate principal amount of 4% Convertible Notes due 2010 (the "4% Convertible Notes"). The net proceeds of the offering were received on January 7, 2005 in the amount of $195.9 million.

                                    The 4% Convertible Notes are general unsecured obligations of Millicom and rank equal in right of payment with all future unsecured and unsubordinated obligations of Millicom. The rate of interest payable on the 4% Convertible Notes is 4% per annum. Interest is payable semi-annually in arrears on January 7 and July 7 of each year, beginning on July 7, 2005. The effective interest rate is 9.6%.

                            F-59


                                    The 4% Convertible Notes were constituted by a trust deed dated January 7, 2005 between Millicom and The Bank of New York, as Trustee for the holders of notes.

                                    Millicom has apportioned part of the value of the 4% Convertible Notes to equity and part to debt. The value allocated to equity as of December 31, 2007 was $38.9 million (2006: $39.1 million) and the value allocated to debt was $178.9 million (2006: $171.2 million).

                                    As of December 31, 2007, $1 million of the 4% Convertible Notes were converted into 28,686 ordinary shares.

                                    On January 22, 2008, Millicom converted a further $196 million of the outstanding bonds into 5,622,471 shares. On the same day Millicom repaid in cash the remaining $3 million of bonds that were not converted, including accrued interest. The conversion resulted in an increase of equity amounting to approximately $176 million in January 2008 (see note 31). As a result Millicom reclassified the 4% Convertible Notes from non current to current.

                            Other Debt and Financing

                                Millicom's share of total other debt and financing analyzed by country is as follows:

                             
                             2007
                             2006
                             
                             US$ '000

                             US$ '000

                            Bolivia (i) 41,874 28,241
                            Chad (ii) 23,830 
                            Colombia (iii) 436,670 372,396
                            Democratic Republic of Congo (iv) 60,877 25,781
                            El Salvador (v) 199,715 154,223
                            Ghana (vi) 108,244 38,391
                            Honduras (vii) 56,961 20,132
                            Senegal (viii) 62,557 28,367
                            Sri Lanka (ix) 53,416 34,357
                            Tanzania (x) 51,471 18,151
                            Other 79,910 63,775
                              
                             
                            Total other debt and financing 1,175,525 783,814
                              
                             
                            Of which:    
                             due after more than 1 year 945,206 649,153
                             due within 1 year 230,319 134,661

                                Significant individual financing facilities are described below:

                            i)     Bolivia

                                    In December 2007, Telefonica Celular de Bolivia SA ("Telecel Bolivia"), Millicom's operation in Bolivia, signed a financing agreement for $40.0 million with the Nederlandse Financieringsmaatschappij Voor Ontwikkelingslanden, N.V. (FMO), also known as the Netherlands Development Finance Company. The A tranche of $20.0 million was provided directly by the FMO. This tranche is repayable over 7 years and bears an interest at $LIBOR rate plus 2.25%. The B tranche of $20 million is provided equally by Nordea and Standard bank. This tranche is repayable over 5 years and bears interest at $LIBOR plus 2.00%. Both tranches are guaranteed by the Company and were fully drawn as at December 31, 2007.

                                    As at December 31, 2006, Telecel Bolivia also had $7.2 million outstanding on a financing agreement with the International Finance Corporation granted in 2001 and $15.0 million outstanding on a bridge financing from Standard Bank. Both of these amounts were repaid during 2007.

                            F-60


                                    In addition to the above, Telecel Bolivia also had $1.9 million of other debt and financing outstanding as at December 31, 2007 (2006: $6.0 million).

                            ii)    Chad

                                    In May 2007, Millicom Tchad S.A., Millicom's operation in Chad, entered into a $32.0 million, 5 year loan with the China Development Bank to finance equipment purchases from Huawei, an equipment supplier. This loan bears interest at $LIBOR plus 2% and is 100% guaranteed by the Company. As of December 31, 2007, $12.1 million was outstanding under this facility.

                                    In August 2007, Millicom Tchad S.A. entered into a Euro11.0 million, 5 year loan with PROPARCO (Promotion et participation pour la coopération économique). This loan bears interest at EURIBOR plus 2% and is 100% guaranteed by the Company. As at December 31, 2007, the Euro equivalent of $11.7 million was outstanding under this facility.

                            iii)   Colombia

                                    In October 2006, the Company acquired a majority ownership 50% plus 1 share in Colombia Movil S.A. E.S.P. At the time of the acquisition the Company had a COP 168,539 million (approximately $83 million) Hermes guaranteed export credit facility with Citigroup maturing in January 2012 and a COP 309,800 million ($154 million) loan facility arranged by BBVA maturing in November 2009. These facilities bear interest at IPC plus 6.30% and DTF plus 4.15%, respectively and are 100% guaranteed by the minority shareholders. As at December 31, 2007 $53.7 million (2006: $59.1 million) and $94.5 million (2006: 127.7 million) respectively were outstanding under these facilities.

                                    Colombia Movil S.A. E.S.P. also had local currency loans from the minority shareholders outstanding as at December 31, 2007 of $229.5 million (2006: $185.6 million). These loans bear interest at DTF plus 4.15% and mature between 2011 and 2013.

                                    In addition, as at December 31, 2007 Colombia Movil S.A. E.S.P. had $57.0 million (2006: $nil) outstanding in respect of local currency 60 day treasury credits from various banks and $2.0 million (2006: $nil) of other debt and financing, in US$and local currency.

                            iv)    Democratic Republic of Congo

                                    In September 2006, Oasis S.P.R.L. ("Oasis"), Millicom's operation in the Democratic Republic of Congo, entered into a $106.3 million, 7 year loan from the China Development Bank to finance equipment purchases from Huawei, an equipment supplier. The loan bears interest at $LIBOR plus 2% and is repayable over 17 equal quarterly installments commencing in 2009. This financing is 100% guaranteed by the Company. As of December 31, 2007, $55.9 million was outstanding under this facility (2006: $21.5 million) and in addition Oasis had other debt and financing of $5.0 million (2006: $4.3 million).

                            v)     El Salvador

                                    In September 2006, Telemovil El Salvador S.A., Millicom's operation in El Salvador, entered into a $200 million 5 year loan. The loan was syndicated amongst a group of local and international banks and was arranged by ABN AMRO, Citigroup and Standard Bank. The loan bears interest at $LIBOR plus 1.75%. As of December 31, 2007, $199.7 million of this facility was outstanding (2006: $154.2 million).

                            F-61


                            vi)    Ghana

                                    In December 2007 Millicom (Ghana) Limited, Millicom's operation in Ghana, entered into a $60.5 million local 5 year club-deal Facility (Agent Stanbic). The loan bears interest at Libor plus 2%. In parallel a $80 million offshore 7 year DFI (Development Finance Institution) financing which bears interest at Libor plus 2.25% was arranged. The local Tranche was fully drawn whereas the outstanding amount under the offshore DFI Tranche amounted to $30.0 million at the end of December 2007.

                                    In July 2005, Millicom (Ghana) Limited entered into a $20 million loan agreement with Citibank N.A., 75% guaranteed by the Overseas Private Investment Corporation and 100% guaranteed by the Company. This loan bears interest at $LIBOR plus 2.5% and is repayable in 8 semi-annual installments commencing from January 2007. As at December 31, 2007, the outstanding was $15.0 million (2006: $20.0 million).

                                    In 2006, Millicom (Ghana) Limited entered into a $18.4 million loan from Ericsson Credit B.V., bearing interest at $LIBOR plus 2.5%. This loan was settled in December 2007.

                                    In addition as at December 31, 2007, Ghana had other debt and financing of $2.7 million (2006: $nil).

                            vii)  Honduras

                                    Telefonica Celular S.A., Millicom's operation in Honduras, has facilities with 7 local banks maturing between 2008 and 2015. These facilities are in dollars and in Lempiras and are unsecured. Interest rates are either fixed or variable, ranging as of December 31, 2007 between 7.28% and 10.25% (2006: between 6.38% and 11%). As at December 31, 2007, the outstanding debt under these facilities was $57.0 million (2006: $20.1 million).

                            viii) Senegal

                                    In December 2005, Sentel GSM, Millicom's operation in Senegal entered into a XAF12,500 million loan agreement with Crédit Lyonnais Sénégal ("CLS"). This loan bears a fixed interest rate of 8% and is fully repayable at maturity, in December 2010. The outstanding amount in US$as at December 31, 2007 was $27.9 million (2006: $25.2 million).

                                    In addition Sentel GSM entered into a 5 year additional Tranche of XAF7,500 million with CLS in July 2007. This tranche bears an 8.5% fixed interest rate and was fully drawn at the end of 2007. The outstanding amount under this additional Tranche in US$as at December 31, 2007 was $17.3 million.

                                    In September 2006, Sentel GSM additionally entered into a XAF2,500 million bridge loan with the Compagnie Bancaire de l'Afrique Orientale (CBAO). This loan bears a 7% interest rate and matures in March 2008. As of December 31, 2007 $0.7 million (XAF336 million) (2006: $3.2 million (XAF1,611 million)) of this facility was outstanding.

                                    In addition, in 2007, Sentel GSM entered into two new loans with CBAO amounting in total to XAF7,500 million bearing fixed interest respectively of 6.5% and 8%. These loans were fully drawn as at December 31, 2007 and the amount outstanding was $16.7 million.

                            F-62


                            ix)   Sri Lanka

                                    In 2004, Tigo (Pvt) Limited, Millicom's operation in Sri Lanka arranged a five year syndicated loan of LKR 2,000 million (US$18.2 million) through ABN-Amro, 47.5% is ABN-Amro guaranteed which in turn is counter guaranteed by the Company. The loan carries interest equal to the Sri Lankan Weighted Average Treasury Bill rate plus 2.75% which for the year ended December 31, 2007 was approximately 20% (2006: 14%). The unsecured tranche carries interest equal to the Sri Lankan Weighted Average Treasury Bill rate plus 3%. Tigo (Pvt) Limited must repay the loan between 2006 and 2009. The outstanding US$amount as of December 31, 2007 was $9.8 million (2006: $14.6 million).

                                    In 2006, Tigo (Pvt) Limited entered into a LKR4,200 million (US$38.2 million) facility, 50% is ABN-Amro guaranteed which in turn is counter guaranteed by the Company. This loan matures in December 2011, and bears interest equal to the average weighted prime lending rate plus 1.75% (Tranche A) and plus 1% (Tranche B) approximately 19% and 18% (2006: 16% and 15%). As of December 31, 2007, this facility was fully drawn and the outstanding US$amount was $38.2 million (2006: $12.4 million).

                                    In addition to the above, Tigo (Pvt) Limited also had $5.4 million (2006: $7.4 million of which $2.0 million was in local currency) of other debt and local financing outstanding as at December 31, 2007.

                            x)     Tanzania

                                    In March 2007 Millicom Tanzania Limited, Millicom's operation in Tanzania, entered into a new 5 year Citi-Opic facilities, bearing interest rate of LIBOR plus 2.5%, composed of a $17.4 million $Tranche and a Tranche in local currency up to the equivalent of $5 million. The outstanding US$ amount under these facilities as at December 31, 2007 amounted to $22.9 million.

                                    At the same time Millicom Tanzania Limited entered into a 5 year $10 million Term Loan with Barclays bearing interest of LIBOR plus 3% and a 5 year $16.5 million vendor financing with Ericsson credit AB, priced at LIBOR plus 2.5%. The amount outstanding as at December 31, 2007 was $8.5 million under the Barclays loan and $14.0 million under the Ericsson loan.

                                    In addition to the above, Millicom Tanzania Limited also had $6.1 million (2006: $18.1 million) of other debt and financing outstanding as at December 31, 2007.

                            Fair value of financial liabilities

                                    Borrowings are recorded at amortised cost. The fair value of borrowings as at December 31, 2007 and 2006 is as follows:

                             
                             2007
                             2006
                             
                             US$ '000

                             US$ '000

                            10% Senior Notes 489,459 601,219
                            4% Convertible Notes(i) 199,000 184,542
                            Other debt and financing 1,173,252 783,954
                              
                             
                            Fair value of total debt 1,861,711 1,569,715
                              
                             

                                (i)
                                Excludes the fair value of the equity component.

                                    When the quoted price of the borrowings in an active market is not available, the fair value of the borrowings is calculated by discounting the expected future cash flows at market interest rates.

                            F-63


                            Guarantees

                                    In the normal course of business, Millicom has issued guarantees to secure some of the obligations of some of its operations under bank and supplier financing agreements. The tables below describe the outstanding amount under the guarantees and the remaining terms of the guarantees as of December 31, 2007 and 2006. Amounts issued to cover bank guarantees are recorded in the consolidated balance sheets under the caption "Other debt and financing" and amounts covered by supplier guarantees are recorded under the caption "Trade payables" or "Other debt and financing" depending on the underlying terms and conditions.

                            As of December 31, 2007:

                             
                             Bank and other financing guarantees(i)
                             Supplier guarantees(ii)
                             Total
                            Terms

                             Outstanding exposure
                             Maximum exposure
                             Outstanding exposure
                             Maximum exposure
                             Outstanding exposure
                             Maximum exposure
                             
                             US$ '000

                             US$ '000

                             US$ '000

                             US$ '000

                             US$ '000

                             US$ '000

                            0–1 year      
                            1–3 years 36,335 50,205 1,200 1,200 37,535 51,405
                            3–5 years 80,557 102,606   80,557 102,606
                            More than 5 years 89,598 166,000   89,598 166,000
                              
                             
                             
                             
                             
                             
                            Total 206,490 318,811 1,200 1,200 207,690 320,011
                              
                             
                             
                             
                             
                             

                            As of December 31, 2006:

                             
                             Bank and other financing guarantees(i)
                             Supplier guarantees(ii)
                             Total
                            Terms

                             Outstanding exposure
                             Maximum exposure
                             Outstanding exposure
                             Maximum exposure
                             Outstanding exposure
                             Maximum exposure
                             
                             US$ '000

                             US$ '000

                             US$ '000

                             US$ '000

                             US$ '000

                             US$ '000

                            0–1 year 23,422 33,489 12,891 22,332 36,313 55,821
                            1–3 years 15,786 18,711 34,123 34,582 49,909 53,293
                            3–5 years 60,966 76,450   60,966 76,450
                            More than 5 years 41,547 196,121   41,547 196,121
                              
                             
                             
                             
                             
                             
                            Total(iii) 141,721 324,771 47,014 56,914 188,735 381,685
                              
                             
                             
                             
                             
                             

                            (i)
                            The guarantee ensures payment by the Group's Company guarantor of outstanding amounts of the underlying loans in the case of non payment by the obligor.

                            (ii)
                            The guarantee ensures payment by the Group's Company guarantor of outstanding amounts of the underlying supplier financing in the case of non payment by the obligor.

                            (iii)
                            Including discontinued operations.

                                    The Group's share of total debt and financing secured by either pledged assets, pledged deposits issued to cover letters of credit or guarantees issued by the Company is $739.2 million (2006: $516.0 million). The assets pledged by the Group for these debts and financings amount to $448.6 million (2006: $758.6 million).

                            F-64


                            25.   OTHER NON-CURRENT AND CURRENT PROVISIONS AND LIABILITIES

                                    Provisions and other non-current liabilities are comprised as follows:

                             
                             2007
                             2006
                             
                             US$ '000

                             US$ '000

                            Non-current legal provisions (note 28) 7,133 20,195
                            Long-term portion of asset retirement obligations 42,502 23,933
                            Unpaid portion of license fees 915 2,139
                            Other 5,051 3,086
                              
                             
                            Total 55,601 49,353
                              
                             

                                    Included in non-current legal provisions are litigation contingencies of $3.7 million (2006: $16.3 million) that were assumed as part of the Colombia Móvil S.A. acquisition. The founding shareholders of Colombia Móvil S.A. committed to reimburse Millicom for any payments relating to these litigation contingencies. As a consequence, Millicom has booked a corresponding receivable.

                                    Provisions and other current liabilities are comprised as follows:

                             
                             2007
                             2006
                             
                             US$ '000

                             US$ '000

                            Deferred revenues 82,932 62,070
                            Subscriber deposits 4,890 3,894
                            Current legal provisions (note 28) 3,207 3,561
                            Asset retirement obligations 413 669
                            Unpaid portion of license fees 2,745 7,200
                            Other tax payables 32,939 12,019
                            Other 14,430 9,879
                              
                             
                            Total 141,556 99,292
                              
                             

                            26.   DIRECTORS' AND OFFICERS' REMUNERATION

                            Directors

                                    The remuneration of the members of the board of directors of the Company (the "Board") is comprised of an annual fee and share-based compensation. Up until May 2006, the Directors were issued share options. Subsequent to May 2006, the Directors are issued restricted shares. The annual fee and the share based compensation grants are proposed by the Board and approved by the shareholders at the Annual General Meeting of Shareholders (the "AGM").

                            F-65


                                    The remuneration charge for the Board for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005 was as follows:

                             
                             Chairman
                             Other members of the board
                             Total
                             
                             No. of shares and share options
                             US$ '000
                             No. of shares and share options
                             US$ '000
                             US$ '000
                            2007          
                            Fees   82   305 387
                            Share based compensation:(i)          
                             Restricted shares(ii) 960 82 4,074 350 432
                                
                               
                             
                            Total   164   655 819
                                
                               
                             

                            2006

                             

                             

                             

                             

                             

                             

                             

                             

                             

                             
                            Fees   75   415 490
                            Share based compensation:(i)          
                             Restricted shares(ii) 1,122 50 8,976 400 450
                             Charge for share options   164   1,104 1,268
                                
                               
                             
                            Total   289   1,919 2,208
                                
                               
                             

                            2005

                             

                             

                             

                             

                             

                             

                             

                             

                             

                             
                            Fees   75   455 530
                            Share based compensation:(i)          
                             Share options granted/charge for share options(iii) 25,000 137 175,000 854 991
                                
                               
                             
                            Total   212   1,309 1,521
                                
                               
                             

                            (i)
                            See note 22.

                            (ii)
                            Restricted shares cannot be sold for one year from date of issue.

                            (iii)
                            The share options were granted to the Chairman and the other members of the Board at an exercise price equal to the market price at the date of grant plus a mark-up of 15%.

                                    The number of shares and share options beneficially owned by the Board as at December 31, 2007 and 2006 was as follows:

                             
                             Chairman
                             Other members of the Board
                             Total
                            2007      
                            Shares(i) 2,082 2,100,753 2,102,835
                            Share options 45,000 55,000 100,000

                            2006

                             

                             

                             

                             

                             

                             
                            Shares(i) 1,122 2,154,362 2,155,484
                            Share options 45,000 206,668 251,668

                                (i)
                                The amount for Other members of the Board includes 2,032,932 shares (2006: 2,032,932) owned by the Stenbeck Family, of which 1,156,589 shares (2006: 1,156,589) are held by The 1980 Stenbeck Trust.

                            F-66


                              Officers

                                      The remuneration of the Officers of the Company ("Officers") comprises of an annual base salary, an annual bonus, share-based compensation, social security contributions, pension contributions and other benefits. The bonus and share-based compensation plans are based on actual performance (including individual and Group performance). Up until May 2006, the Officers were issued share options. Subsequent to May 2006, the Officers were issued restricted shares. Share-based compensation is granted once a year by the Compensation Committee of the Board. For 2006, the annual base salary and other benefits of the Chief Executive Officer ("CEO") was proposed by the Compensation Committee and approved the Board and the annual base salary and other benefits of the Chief Operating Officer and Chief Financial Officer were set by the CEO and approved by the Board.

                              F-67


                                      The remuneration charge for the Officers for the year ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005 was as follows:

                               
                               Chief Executive Officer
                               Chief Operating Officer
                               Chief Financial Officer
                               Total
                               
                               No. of shares and share options
                               US$ '000
                               No. of shares and share options
                               US$ '000
                               No. of shares and share options
                               US$ '000
                               US$ '000
                              2007              
                              Base salary   2,351   629   690 3,670
                              Bonus   2,008   547   500 3,055
                              Pension         83 83
                              Other benefits      138    138
                                  
                                 
                                 
                               
                                  4,359   1,314   1,273 6,946
                              Share based compensation:(i)              
                               Shares issued/charge under long term incentive plans(ii) 8,527 2,076 3,282 850 2,190 539 3,465
                               Charge for share options   104   54   171 329
                                  
                                 
                                 
                               
                              Total   6,539   2,218   1,983 10,740
                                  
                                 
                                 
                               

                              2006

                               

                               

                               

                               

                               

                               

                               

                               

                               

                               

                               

                               

                               

                               
                              Base salary   1,982   624   568 3,174
                              Bonus(iii)   1,669   712   468 2,849
                              Pension         73 73
                              Other benefits      138    138
                                  
                                 
                                 
                               
                                  3,651   1,474   1,109 6,234
                              Share based compensation:(i)              
                               Restricted shares(iv) 3,132 104 1,853 62 1,430 48 214
                               Charge for long term incentive plans(v)   1,031   397   265 1,693
                               Share options granted/charge for share options  240  113 50,000 228 581
                                  
                                 
                                 
                               
                              Total   5,026   2,046   1,650 8,722
                                  
                                 
                                 
                               

                              2005

                               

                               

                               

                               

                               

                               

                               

                               

                               

                               

                               

                               

                               

                               
                              Base salary   1,449   475   190 2,114
                              Bonus   602   325   95 1,022
                              Pension   401      21 422
                              Other benefits      238    238
                                  
                                 
                                 
                               
                                  2,452   1,038   306 3,796
                              Share based compensation:(i)              
                               Share options granted/charge for share options 75,000 553 37,600 200 50,000 38 791
                                  
                                 
                                 
                               
                              Total   3,005   1,238   344 4,587
                                  
                                 
                                 
                               

                              (i)
                              See note 22.

                              (ii)
                              Share awards of 62,381, 25,434 and 16,189 were granted in 2007 under the 2007 LTIP to the CEO, COO and CFO. Share awards at target performance of 42,634, 16,409 and 10,952 were granted in 2007 under the 2006 LTIP to the CEO, COO and CFO. The maximum shares to be issued under the 2006 LTIP could be 140% of these awards.

                              (iii)
                              $1.0 million of the 2006 bonus was settled in Millicom shares, by issuing 7,975 shares to the CEO, 3,390 shares to the COO and 2,235 shares to the CFO.

                              (iv)
                              Restricted shares cannot be sold for one year from date of issue.

                              (v)
                              Accrual for the 2006 Long Term Incentive Plan finalized in 2007.

                              F-68


                                      The number of shares, share options and unvested share awards beneficially owned by the senior management as at December 31, 2007 and 2006 was as follows:

                               
                               Chief
                              Executive Officer

                               Chief
                              Operating Officer

                               Chief
                              Financial Officer

                               Total
                              2007        
                              Shares 1,664,770 578,897 9,700 2,253,367
                              Share options 45,000 22,560 100,000 167,560
                              Share awards not vested 96,488 38,561 24,951 160,000

                              2006

                               

                               

                               

                               

                               

                               

                               

                               
                              Shares 1,001,604 554,705 1,430 1,557,739
                              Share options 791,664 40,080 100,000 931,744

                              Severance payments

                                      If employment of the Officers is terminated by Millicom, severance payment of up to 12 months salary is payable.

                              27.   NON-CASH INVESTING AND FINANCING ACTIVITIES

                                      The following table gives details of non-cash investing and financing activities for continuing operations for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005.

                               
                               2007
                               2006
                               2005
                               
                               
                               US$ '000

                               US$ '000

                               US$ '000

                               
                              Investing activities       
                              Sale of Tele2 AB "B" shares  252,140  
                              Acquisition of property, plant and equipment (see note 16) (23,041)(65,870) 
                              Derecognition of the embedded derivative on the 5% Mandatory Exchangeable Notes  105,372  
                              Asset retirement obligations (15,305)(16,378)(1,908)
                              Excess of fair value over the acquisition costs of 16.67% of Telefonica Celular   6,299 
                              Financing activities       
                              Vendor financing 23,041 65,870  
                              Settlement of the 5% Mandatory Exchangeable Notes  (357,512) 
                              Shares issued as payment of bonuses 1,000   
                              Share based compensation (see note 22) 19,228 12,850 3,075 

                              28.   COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

                              Operational environment

                                      Millicom has operations in emerging markets, namely Asia, Latin America and Africa, where the regulatory, political, technological and economic environments are evolving. As a result, there are uncertainties that may affect future operations, the ability to conduct business, foreign exchange transactions and debt repayments and which may impact upon agreements with other parties. In the normal course of business, Millicom is involved in discussions regarding taxation, interconnect, license renewals and tariffing arrangements, which can have a significant impact on the long-term economic viability of its operations.

                              F-69


                              Litigation

                                      The Company and its operations are contingently liable with respect to lawsuits and other matters that arise in the normal course of business. As of December 31, 2007, the total amount of claims against Millicom's operations was $49.5 million (December 31, 2006: $59.9 million) of which $0.9 million (2006: $11.6 million) relate to joint ventures. As at December 31, 2007 $10.3 million (December 31, 2006: $23.8 million) has been provided for these contingent liabilities in the consolidated balance sheet. Management is of the opinion that while it is impossible to ascertain the ultimate legal and financial liability with respect to these contingencies, the ultimate outcome of these contingencies is not anticipated to have a material effect on the Group's financial position and operations.

                              Lease commitments

                                Operating Leases:

                                      The Group has the following annual operating lease commitments as of December 31, 2007 and 2006.

                               
                               
                               2007
                               2006
                               
                               
                               US$ '000

                               US$ '000

                              Operating lease commitments    
                              Within:one year 25,732 33,669
                              Between:one-five years 101,191 70,347
                              After:five years 110,918 54,014
                                 
                               
                              Total 237,841 158,030
                                 
                               

                                      The operating leases comprised mainly of lease agreements relating to land and buildings. The operating lease terms and conditions reflect normal market conditions. Operating lease expense from continuing operations was $47.7 million in 2007 (2006: $23.5 million, 2005: $15 million).

                                Finance leases:

                                      The Group's future minimum payments on the finance leases were not material. These financial leases are comprised mainly of lease agreements relating to vehicles used by the Group.

                              Capital commitments

                                      The Company and its subsidiaries and joint ventures have fixed commitments to purchase network equipment, land and buildings and other fixed assets for a value of $400.3 million (2006: $308.6 million), of which $88.2 (2006: $47.9 million) relate to joint ventures, from a number of suppliers.

                                      In addition, Millicom is committed to supporting Colombia Móvil S.A., its operation in Colombia, through loans and warranties. The maximum commitment is $377.8 million and remains until the time the total support from Millicom equals the support from the founding shareholders of Colombia Móvil S.A.

                              Contingent assets

                                      Due to the late delivery by suppliers of network equipment in various operations, Millicom is entiltled to compensation. This compensation is in the form of discount vouchers on future purchases of network equipment. The amount of vouchers received but not recognised as they had not yet been used as at December 31, 2007 was $30 million (2006: $nil).

                              F-70


                              Dividends

                                      The ability of the Company to make dividend payments is subject to, among other things, the terms of indebtedness, legal restrictions and the ability to repatriate funds from Millicom's various operations.

                              29.   RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

                              Kinnevik

                                      The Company's principal shareholder is Investment AB Kinnevik and subsidiaries ("Kinnevik"). Kinnevik is a Swedish holding company with interests in the telecommunications, media, publishing and paper industries. As of December 31, 2007, Kinnevik owned approximately 37% of Millicom.

                                      During 2007 and 2006, Kinnevik did not purchase any Millicom shares.

                              Services purchased and sold to related companies

                                      The Group made purchases for an amount of $4.1 million (2006: $5.3 million) and had outstanding balances of $1.5 million (as of December 31, 2006: $5.2 million) with related parties. These related parties are companies where Kinnevik is the principal shareholder. The services purchased and supplied covered fraud detection, network and IT support, acquisition of assets and customer care systems. These purchases were made on an arm's length basis.

                                      There were no sales to related companies. As of December 31, 2007, Millicom had no receivables from related parties (2006: $1.2 million).

                              30.   FINANCIAL RISK MANAGEMENT

                              Interest rate risk

                                      The interest rate risk generally arises from borrowings. Borrowings issued at floating rates expose the Group to cash flow interest rate risk. Borrowings issued at fixed rates expose the Group to fair value interest rate risk. The Group's exposure to the risk for changes in market interest rates relates to both of the above. To manage the risk, the Group's policy is to maintain a combination of fixed and floating rate debt in which neither category of debt falls below 25% of the total debt. The Group actively monitors its borrowings to ensure the compliance with this policy. At December 31, 2007, approximately 43% of the Group's borrowings are at a fixed rate of interest (2006: 52%).

                                      The table below summarizes, as at December 31, 2007, our fixed rate debt and floating rate debt:

                               
                               Amounts due within
                               
                               
                               1 year
                               1–2 years
                               2–3 years
                               3–4 years
                               4–5 years
                               >5 years
                               Total
                               
                               
                               (in thousands of U.S. Dollars, except percentages)

                               
                              Fixed rate 716,916 13,260 43,328 11,400 8,262 2,289 795,455 
                              Average nominal interest rate 8.5%8.5%8.6%8.6%8.6%6.3%8.5%
                              Floating rate 172,169 172,657 152,222 270,746 135,061 135,981 1,038,836 
                              Average nominal interest rate 10.8%9.9%8.4%9.5%9.9%9.5%9.7%
                                
                               
                               
                               
                               
                               
                               
                               
                              Total 889,085 185,917 195,550 282,146 143,323 138,270 1,834,291 
                                
                               
                               
                               
                               
                               
                               
                               
                              Average nominal interest rate 8.9%9.8%8.4%9.5%9.8%9.4%9.1%

                              F-71


                                      The table below summarizes, as at December 31, 2006, our fixed rate debt and floating rate debt.

                               
                               Amounts due within
                               
                               
                               1 year
                               1–2 years
                               2–3 years
                               3–4 years
                               4–5 years
                               >5 years
                               Total
                               
                               
                               (in thousands of U.S. Dollars, except percentages)

                               
                              Fixed rate 15,177 4,133 5,481 199,189 2,744 543,471 770,195 
                              Average nominal interest rate 8.2%7.0%5.5%4.6%7.2%10.0%8.5%
                              Floating rate 119,484 104,267 132,927 74,154 140,216 152,413 723,461 
                              Average nominal interest rate 9.7%9.8%9.1%8.4%9.0%9.8%9.4%
                                
                               
                               
                               
                               
                               
                               
                               
                              Total 134,661 108,400 138,408 273,343 142,960 695,884 1,493,656 
                                
                               
                               
                               
                               
                               
                               
                               
                              Average nominal interest rate 9.5%9.7%9.0%5.6%9.0%10.0%8.9%

                                      A one hundred basis point fall or rise in market interest rates for all currencies in which the group had borrowings at December 31, 2007, would increase or reduce profit before tax for the year by approximately $10.4 million (2006: $7.2 million).

                              Foreign currency risk

                                      The Group operates internationally and is exposed to foreign exchange risk arising from various currency exposures where the Group operates. Foreign exchange risk arises from future commercial transactions, recognized assets and liabilities and net investments in foreign operations.

                                      Millicom seeks to reduce its foreign currency exposure through a policy of matching, as far as possible, assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies. In some cases, Millicom may borrow in US dollars because it is either advantageous for joint ventures and subsidiaries to incur debt obligations in US dollars or because US dollar denominated borrowing is the only funding source available to a joint venture or subsidiary. In these circumstances, Millicom has currently decided to accept the remaining currency risk associated with the financing of its joint ventures and subsidiaries, principally because of the relatively high cost of forward cover, when available, in the currencies in which the Group operates.

                                      The following table summarizes our debt detailing the balances at December 31, 2007 and 2006, that were denominated in US$ and in other local currencies.

                               
                               2007
                               2006
                               
                               US$ '000

                               US$ '000

                              US$ 1,226,332 1,029,499
                                
                               
                              Colombia 435,615 372,396
                              Honduras 41,352 10,990
                              Senegal 62,557 28,367
                              Sri Lanka 48,016 28,958
                              Others 20,419 23,446
                                
                               
                              Total local currency 607,959 464,157
                                
                               
                              Total 1,834,291 1,493,656
                                
                               

                                      At December 31, 2007, if the US$ had weakened/strengthened by 10% against the other functional currencies of our operations and all other variables held constant, then profit before tax would have increased/decreased by $12.6 and $10.4 million respectively (2006: $12.8 and $10.5 million respectively). This increase/decrease in profit before tax would have mainly been as a result of the conversion of the results of our operations with foreign functional currencies. The increase in the effect of a change in the rate of the US$between 2007 and 2006 is mainly as a result of the increase in the size of the Group and the increase in foreign currency debt.

                              F-72


                                      The change of the US$ against the functional currencies of the operations located in Central America has not been considered as these currencies have been closely linked to US$ in the recent years.

                              Credit risk

                                      Financial instruments that potentially subject the Group to credit risk are primarily cash and cash equivalents, pledged deposits, letters of credit, trade receivables, amount due from joint venture partners, supplier advances and other current assets. The counter parties to the agreements relating to the Group's cash and cash equivalents, pledged deposits and letters of credit are significant financial institutions with investment grade ratings. Management does not believe there is a significant risk of non-performance by these counter parties.

                                      A large portion of the turnover is made of prepaid airtime. For customers for which telecom services are not prepaid, the Group follows risk control procedures to assess the credit quality of the customer, taking into account its financial position, past experience and other factors.

                                      Accounts receivables are mainly derived from the balances towards other telecom operators. The credit risk towards the other telecom operators is limited due to the regulatory nature of the telecom industry, in which licenses are normally only issued to credit worthy companies. The Group maintains a provision for impairment of trade receivables based upon the expected collectibility of all trade receivables.

                                      There is no significant concentration of credit risk with respect to trade receivables, as the Group has a large number of customers, internationally dispersed.

                              Liquidity risk

                                      Liquidity risk is defined as the risk that an entity will encounter difficulty in meeting obligations associated with financial liabilities. The Group has incurred significant indebtedness but also has significant cash balances. Millicom evaluates its ability to meet its obligations on an ongoing basis using a recurring liquidity planning tool. This tool considers the operating net cash flows generated from its operations and the future cash needs for borrowing and interest payments and the capital expenditures required to maintain and develop local businesses.

                                      The Group manages its liquidity risk through the use of bank overdrafts, bank loans (onshore and offshore), vendor financing, Export Credit Agencies and Direct Financial Institutions ("DFI") and finance leases. We believe that there is sufficient liquidity available in our markets to meet our ongoing liquidity needs. As the Group operates in the emerging markets, we are able to take advantage of local liquidity. Additionally, we are able to arrange offshore funding through the use of Export Credit Agency guarantees and DFI (IFC, PROPARCO, DEG and FMO), who have been established specifically to finance development in our markets. Given the respective Government backing and/or ownership of these institutions, we do not expect this to stop.

                              F-73


                                      The tables below summarize the maturity profile of the Group's net financial liability at December 31, 2007 and 2006.

                              Year ended 31 December 2007

                               Less than 1 year
                               1 to 5 years
                               >5 years
                               Total
                               
                               
                               US$ '000

                               US$ '000

                               US$ '000

                               US$ '000

                               
                              Total borrowings (see note 24) (889,085)(806,936)(138,270)(1,834,291)
                              Cash and cash equivalent 1,174,597   1,174,597 
                                
                               
                               
                               
                               
                              Net debt 285,512 (806,936)(138,270)(659,694)
                              Future interest commitments(i) (100,180)(137,916)(8,679)(246,775)
                              Trade payables (excluding accruals) (621,818)  (621,818)
                              Other financial liabilities (including accruals) (409,342)  (409,342)
                              Trade receivables 223,579   223,579 
                              Other financial assets 190,343 19,855  210,198 
                                
                               
                               
                               
                               
                              Net financial liability (431,906)(924,997)(146,949)(1,503,852)
                                
                               
                               
                               
                               
                               
                              Year ended 31 December 2006

                               Less than 1 year
                               1 to 5 years
                               >5 years
                               Total
                               
                               
                               US$ '000

                               US$ '000

                               US$ '000

                               US$ '000

                               
                              Total borrowings (see note 24) (134,661)(663,111)(695,884)(1,493,656)
                              Cash and cash equivalent 656,692   656,692 
                                
                               
                               
                               
                               
                              Net debt 522,031 (663,111)(695,884)(836,964)
                              Future interest commitments(i) (92,681)(363,231)(135,185)(591,097)
                              Trade payables (excluding accruals) (428,304)  (428,304)
                              Other financial liabilities (including accruals) (249,809)  (249,809)
                              Trade receivables 185,455   185,455 
                              Other financial assets 98,563 26,225  124,788 
                                
                               
                               
                               
                               
                              Net financial asset/(liability) 35,255 (1,000,117)(831,069)(1,795,931)
                                
                               
                               
                               
                               

                              (i)
                              Include unamortized difference between carrying amount and nominal amount of debts.

                              Capital management

                                      The primary objective of the Group's capital management is to ensure that it maintains a strong credit rating and healthy capital ratios in order to support its business and maximize shareholder value.

                                      The Group manages its capital structure and makes adjustments to it, in light of changes in economic conditions. To maintain or adjust the capital structure, the Group may make dividend payments to shareholders, return capital to shareholders or issue new shares. No changes were made in the objectives, policies or processes during the years ended 31 December 2007 and 31 December 2006.

                                      The Group monitors capital using primarily a net debt to adjusted operating profit ratio.

                               
                               2007
                               2006
                               
                               US$ '000

                               US$ '000

                              Net debt 659,694 836,964
                              Adjusted operating profit (see note 9) 1,113,858 717,148

                               

                               

                              Ratio

                               

                              Ratio
                              Net debt to adjusted operating profit ratio 0.6 1.2

                              F-74


                                      The Group also reviews its gearing ratio, which is net debt divided by total capital plus net debt. The Group includes within net debt, interest bearing loans and borrowings, less cash and cash equivalents, excluding discontinued operations. Capital represents equity attributable to the equity holders of the parent.

                               
                               2007
                               2006
                               
                               
                               US$ '000

                               US$ '000

                               
                              Net debt 659,694 836,964 
                              Equity 1,287,907 504,874 
                                
                               
                               
                              Net debt and equity 1,947,601 1,341,838 
                                
                               
                               
                              Gearing ratio 34%62%

                              31.   SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

                              4% Convertible Notes

                                      In December 2007, Millicom announced that any of its 4% Convertible Bonds that were not converted into shares by 11 January 2008 at the request of the bondholders would be redeemed in cash. Before December 2007, $1 million of the bonds had been converted into 28,686 shares. In early January a further $196.0 million of the outstanding bonds were converted into 5,622,471 shares. Millicom repaid the $3.0 million of bonds that were not converted, including accrued interest.

                                      The conversion will result in an increase in equity amounting to approximately $176 million in Q1 2008 and a decrease in interest expenses of approximately $35 million over 2008 and 2009. There were 108,050,731 shares outstanding after the conversion.

                              Proposed dividend

                                      Due to the strength of the balance sheet and the net cash proceeds from the sale of our business in Pakistan, the Board has recommended a special dividend of $2.40 a share be paid following the Annual General Meeting in May of 2008. The Group has not yet established a formal dividend policy. Any future dividends will be based on the free cash flows of the Group going forward.

                              F-75


                              Shareholder information

                              Corporate and registered office
                              Millicom International Cellular SA
                              15 Rue Léon Laval
                              L-3372 Leudelange
                              Grand-Duchy of Luxembourg
                              Tel: +352 27 759 101
                              Fax: +352 27 759 359
                              RCB 40630 Luxembourg

                              Investor relations
                              Shared Value Limited
                              30 St. James's Square
                              London SW1 4JH
                              Tel: +44(0)20 7321 5010
                              Fax: +44(0)20 7321 5020
                              E-mail mic@sharedvalue.net

                              Visit MIC's homepage at
                              http://www.millicom.com

                              Financial Calendar
                              February 13, 2008
                              Full year results 2007

                              April 22, 2008
                              First quarter results

                              July 22, 2008
                              Second quarter results

                              October 21, 2008
                              Third quarter results

                              February 2009
                              Full year results 2008

                              F-76




                              QuickLinks

                              TABLE OF CONTENTS
                              FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS
                              PRESENTATION OF FINANCIAL AND OTHER INFORMATION
                              PART I
                              SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL AND OPERATING DATA
                              RISK FACTORS
                              CENTRAL AMERICA
                              SOUTH AMERICA
                              AFRICA
                              ASIA
                              DIVESTED OPERATIONS
                              OTHER
                              PART II
                              PART III
                              SIGNATURES
                              INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                              Management's Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting
                              Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
                              Consolidated Statements of Profit and Loss for the Years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005
                              Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2007 and 2006
                              Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005
                              Consolidated Statements of Changes in Shareholders Equity for the Years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005
                              Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements